First Book To Precede German Course George Comfort

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
http://books.google.com
NEDL TRANSFER
HN
13
FIRST
BOOK
IN
GERMAN:
TO PRECEDE
THE
"GERMAN
COURSE."
Br GEORGE F. COMFORT, A.M.,

norraaon op modern i.anouaof.8 and .xstuktiob, Syracuse university, new yobk;
AUTHOR OF "A GERMAN COURSE," 11 A GERMAN REAUEU," 11 A
MANUAL OF GERMAN CONVERSATION/' KTO.
NEW YORK:
HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS,
FRANKLIN S Q U A II K.
188 1.
f HARVA2lA
UNIVERStTY
LIBRARY
Comfort's German Series.

A GERMAN PRIMER. Introductory to the German Series. umo, Half
Leather, 50 cents.
A, FIRST BOOK IN GERMAN. To Precede the German Course. iimo.
Half Leather, 60 cents.
A FIRST GERMAN READER. To Succeed the First Book in German.
i2mo, Cloth, 50 cents.
A GERMAN COURSE. Adapted for Use in Colleges, Academies, and HighSchools. i2mo, Half Leather, $1 12.
A TEACHER'S COMPANION to the German Course. umo, Cloth, 50 cts.
A GERMAN READER. With Notes and Vocabulary. i2mo, Half Leath
er, $1 13.
A MANUAL OF GERMAN CONVERSATION. umo, Half Leather,
90 cents.
HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLlSHERS, NEW YORK.
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871, by

HARPER & BROTHERS,
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington,
INTRODUCTION
TO THB
FIRST BOOK IN GERMAN.
The "First Booh in German" is intended as introduc

tory to the German Course. In many schools the German
language is now commenced by students of too young
an age to begin with the rather rigid treatment that is
adopted in the German Course, which is intended for
more advanced students in Colleges, Academies, and
High-schools. The First Booh in German is intended
to meet the wants of these younger classes.
Scope and The treatment is in every way simpler and
Method, easier than in the German Course. The de
velopment of grammatical principles in the Lessons is
less rapid. The sentences are shorter and less compli
cated, and are adapted to the mental condition of
younger persons. The words which are introduced re
fer to the most familiar objects of daily life. By occa
sional recapitulations the student is shown what prog
ress he has made in accumulating a stock of words and
in learning the grammatical forms of the language.
While this First Booh is intended primarily for youn
ger classes of students, it may often be used with ad
vantage, however, as an introductory book, by quite
advanced students, who intend to give two or three
years to the study of the German language. The ad
ditional time thus spent in these preliminary lessons
IV
INTRODUCTION.
will insure in the end greater advancement, and a more

thorough and satisfactory knowledge of the language
than though the student should hasten to the reading
of classical literature.
The First Book in German is divided into three parts :
First Part, containing Practical Lessons ;
Second Part, containing Familiar Conversations ;
Third Part, containing a Classified Vocabulary.
Practical The Practical Lessons are arranged upon
Lessons, the same general plan as that which is
adopted in the German Course. Each lesson consists
of five parts, as follows :
First, Sentences illustrating the new Principles ;
Second, a German Exercise ;
Third, Vocabulary of new Words ;
Fourth, Explanation of Grammatical Principles ;
Fifth, an English Exercise.
In the first part a few sentences are given with En
glish translation, and containing the new grammatical
principles of the lesson ingrafted upon words already
known. The attention is thus drawn at the first solely
to the new principle.
Secondly, the same principles are applied to sentences
without translation, and containing new words. From
similarity to corresponding English words, or from the
connection of the sentence, the meaning of these new
words will often be surmised. It is better for the pu
pil to learn the signification of new words from seeing
them in living sentences, than to trace them in a dic
tionary. The impression upon the mind is more vivid,
and the intellect is thus trained at an early stage to
careful habits of analysis.
Thirdly, the Vocabulary contains the new words
which are used in the lesson. These are usually not
INTRODUCTION.
arranged alphabetically, but they are grouped accord

ing to their logical or grammatical similarity or contrast
in meaning and use.
Fourthly is given an explanation, with appropriate il
lustration, of the new grammatical principles which are
involved in the preceding exercises. The treatment of
the grammatical principles is not exhaustive, but is suffi
cient to explain the exercises. The rules which are
given are stated in simple language, and are abundant
ly illustrated by examples. Advantage is taken of
heavier type and of spaced letters to attract the eye
to the variable part of the inflected word. As being
more appropriate to conversation with children and
pupils, the second person of the pronoun is employed
in most of the exercises.
Fifthly, the lesson closes with an exercise of En
glish sentences containing the new words and princi
ples, to be translated into German.
. ,.
The exercises in Pronunciation contain
Pronunciation. , ,
, . ,
,
.il
short and simple sentences with many
proper names. They contain no words the meaning
of which is not readily discerned, nor do they involve
more difficulties of pronunciation than occur in ordi
nary discourse. The pupil is thus not distracted by
having to pronounce long lists of words which convey
to him no meaning, and which also give an erroneous
idea of the phonetic character of the language. For
several lessons the accent is marked on all the words.
This is done for the double purpose of fixing the ac
centuation and of showing the division of words into
syllables.
German
As it is desirable to introduce the difCurrent hand. Acuities of the language gradually, the
VI
INTRODUCTION.
use of the German Current Hand is reserved until the

eye of the student shall have become familiar with the
printed German type.
Familiar
In order that it may be impressed upon
Conversations, the mind of the pupil that the German
language can be made the medium of all his thoughts
and feelings as fully as his own vernacular can be, a
number of Familiar Conversations are introduced after
the Lessons. These conversations treat of subjects,
and contain words and expressions that are fitted to
the juvenile mind.
Classified In order to show the student as forcibly
Vocabulary, as possible how large a stock of words he
will have accumulated upon finishing the book, a Clas
sified Vocabulary is given of all the German words oc
curring in the Lessons and the Conversations. It would
be a useful exercise for the student to commit to mem
ory a small section of this vocabulary each day, while
reviewing the book. With several hundred words and
the elementary grammatical forms thus firmly fixed in
the mind, the student will be well prepared for the
more rigid study of the language in the German Course.
The English words are given alphabetically.
CONTENTS
OF THE
FIRST BOOK IN GERMAN.

INTRODUCTION
iii
I. PRACTICAL LESSONS.
Leuon
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
X.
XI.
XII.
XIII.
XIV.
XV.
XVI.
XVII.
Pronunciation
Pronunciation (continued)
Present and Imperfect Tenses of the Verb (tin, to be
Present and Imperfect Tenses of IjallCIt, to have
Present and Imperfect Tenses of Regular Verbs
Regular Verbs (continued). Accusative Case
Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses of Regular Verbs
Impersonal Verbs
Gender of Nouns
Prepositions with the Accusative Caso
The Indefinite Article
Possessive Pronouns
The Genitive Case
The Dative Case
Prepositions with the Accusative and Dative Cases
Recapitulation of Words and Paradigms
Personal Pronouns. Forms of Address. Contractions of Prep
ositions with the Definite Article
XVIII. The Irregular Verb UKtutll, to become. Future Tenses
XIX. German Current Hand
XX. Conjugation of Irregular Verbs
XXI. Irregular Verbs of the First Class
XXII. Irregular Verbs of the Second Class
XXIII. Irregular Verbs of the Third Class
XXIV. Irregular Verbs of the Fourth Class
XXV. Irregular Verbs of the Fifth Class
XXVI. Irregular Verbs of the Sixth Class
XXVII. Irregular Verbs of the Seventh Class
XXVIII. Recapitulation of Irregular Verbs
1
4
8
10
11
14
1G
18
20
21
23
25
27
30
32
35
40
42
45
49
51
54
5S
53
63
62
63
65
viii
CONTENTS.
Laaon
XXIX.
XXX.
XXXI.
XXXII.
XXXIII.
XXXIV.
XXXV.
XXXVI.
XXXVII.
XXXVIII.
XXXIX.
XL.
The Potential Verb fiittltett, to be able

The Potential Verb mitffClt, to be obliged
The Potential Verb tDOltca, to be willing, to wish
The Potential Verb biirfCtt, to be permitted
The Potential Verb follen, should, ought
The Potential Verb ntSflClt, may
New Declension of Nouns
Mixed Declension
Old Declension of Nouns
Cardinal Numbers
Nouns expressing Measure, Quantity, etc
Adjectives used predicatively and attributively. Old De
clension of Adjectives
XLI. New Declension of Adjectives
XLII. Mixed Declension of Adjectives
XLIII. Comparison of Adjectives
XLIV. Ordinal Numbers
XLV. Verbs with frilt, to be, as auxiliary
XLVI. The Infinitive Mood
XLVII. The Imperative Mood
XLVIII. Separable Compound Verbs with Prepositions as Prefixes.
XLIX Separable Compound Verbs with Adverbs as Prefixes
L. Inseparable Compound Verbs
LI. Verbs Doubly compounded (separable)
LII. Compound Verbs with Prefixes separable and inseparable.
LIII. Reflexive Pronouns and Verbs
LIV. Passive Voice
LV. Indefinite Pronouns
LVI. Interrogative Pronouns
LVII. Possessive Pronouns
LVIII. Demonstrative Pronouns
LIX. Relative Pronouns
LX. Compound Pronominal Adverbs
LXI. Subjunctive and Conditional Moods
LXII. Conjugation of Verbs
II. FAMILIAR CONVERSATIONS.

No.
1. Arising (bo8 Huffteben)
2. Taking a Walk (ber pajiergang)
.S. At the Dinner-table (betm 2JtittagStifd))
4. Sewing (ba8 *JiaI)en)
5. In the Garden (iln arten)
C. In the Sick-room (tm Sranfenjimmer)
I Skating (ba8 d)littfcbublaufen)
67
70
72
74
7ii
78
80
82
85
89
91
93
96
98
101
103
100
109
112
ltt
117
120
123
12G
1 28
131
138
135
187
140
H2
145
148
151
157
158
160
161
162
163
165
CONTENTS.
No.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
IX
PK
Going to School (jur Sd)ute gefyen)

The Arithmetic Class (bcr UitterridH ill Der Slritbmeti!)
The Intermission (Die gtriftbenftuncc)
The Hour for Writing (Die cbreibftuitte)
Class in English (bet Unterricbt in Der. englifcbcn Srad;e)
166
167
169
170
171
III. CLASSIFIED VOCABULAKY.

1. German-English Vocabulary
I. Classified List of Nouns
II. Classified List of Adjectives
III. Classified List of Pronouns
IV. Classified List of Verbs
V. List of Adverbs
VI. Classified List of Prepositions
VII. List of Conjunctions
173
173
179
181
181
185
186
186
2. English- German Vocabulary (alphabetical)
187
LESSON I.
PRONUNCIATION.
Exercise I.
1. Words containing the vowels a (a)
German
Roman
English
Letters.
Pronunciation.
Letters.
Karl,
tfarl,
Karl,
Sater,
Vater,
Fah'-ter,
Da,
Da,
Dah,
Paar,
9>aar,
Pahr,
Fah'-nay,
galjne,
Fahne,
$eter,
eben,
Peter,
Gehen,
Besser,
Es,
Pay'-ter,
Gay'-en,
Bes'-ser,
Ess,
and t (e):
English
Translation.
Charles.
Father.
There.
Pair.
Flag.
Peter.
To go.
Better.
It.
2. Words containing the vowels t (i), 0 (o), and n(u

Elisa,
Ay-lee'-zah, Eliza.
Glifa,
Berlin,
Ber-leen',
erltn,
Berlin.
>ier,
Hier,
Here,
Here.
Marie,
Mak-ree',
2Jlarie,
Mary.
3ft,
1st,
1st,
Is.
In,
In,
3n,
In.
$olen,
oot,
Sruber,
fiutter,
Polen,
Thomas,
Roth,
Boot,
Po'-len,
Tho'-mas,
Rote,
Boat,
Poland.
Thomas.
Red.
Boat.
Bruder,
Mutter,
Kuh,
Broo'-der,
Moof-ter,
Koo,
A
Brother.
Mother.
Cow.
PRONUNCIATION.
3. Words containing consonants that are not pronounced as in English:

German
English
English
English
Letters.
Pronunciation.
Translation.
Letters.
Dieb,
Deep,
Dieb,
Thief.
Unb,
Und,
Oont,
And.
3ult,
Juli,
Yoo'-lee,
July.
Sobann,
Johann,
Yo-hann',
John.
olw,
Sohn,
Zone,
Son.
ie,
Sie,
Zee,
You.
33or,
Fore,
Vor,
Before.
aSter,
Vier,
Feer,
Four.
5Bo,
Vo,
Wo,
Where.
2Bie,
Vee,
Wie,
How.
2Bityelm,
ViU'-helm,
Wilhelm,
William.
3u,
Tsoo,
Zu,
To
Mtion,
Zek-tsi-on', Lesson.
Lektion,
Grammatical.
7 l.The German Alphabet has twenty-six letters :
German
Roman
Names of
German
Roman Names of
Letters. Letters.
Letters.
Letters.
Letters.
Letters.
Ah.
N,n, Enn.
A, a ,
,a,
B, b,
Bay.
0, o, Oh.
B, o,
,*,
P,
P, Pay.
C,c
Tsay.
C c,
y,p,
D, d,
Day.
3),b,
D, a,
Q.q. Koo.
R, r,
Err.
Ay.
%r,
E,e,
i,e,
Ess.
F,f,
S,8,
8f,f,
@,f(),*
WT,
t,
Tay.
Gay.
,t,
, 8,
,g
H,h,
Hah.
U,u, Oo.
Ee.
V,v, Fow.
%'h
Tote.
W,w, Vay.
JJ.
SB, to,
K, k,
âA.
X,x, Iks.
X, ?,
St, h
L, 1,
Ell.
Y> y, Ip'-see-Ion.
2,1,
M, m,
Emm.
Z, z, Tset.
9R, in,
St it
* The short form is used at the eod of syllables: 9iu -.benS, $re'sr>cn.
PRONUNCIATION.
V
2. The Vowels a, t, i, 0, It are pronounced thus:
1. Sl, 0, like a in father : 33a'4er, Father.
2. g, e, " a u dame: $e'4er, Peter.
3.&i, " ee"deem: @*U'*fa, Eliza.
4. ),o, " o " dome: $o'*len, Poland.
5. 11, It, " oo " doom : rubber, Brother.
3. The Vowel is long:
1. When doubled in the same syllable: $aar, 33oor.
2. With silent ( " "
"
"
: <Sobn, flub.
3. When it closes a syllable (especially when it is
accented) : Sa'^ter, @4i'*fa, ft'Atx, $>o'4en, ba, ja.
Rem.
followed by silent C, is long: SBictt(ieen); 3Rflsttt' (Mah-ree).
4. The Vowel is short when followed by :
1. Double consonants : 2Jiut'*tcr, bef'*fer, 3o4)ann'.
2-. Two consonants (as a rule) : Sef4i*on', Jlu^beng.
3. A single consonant (in a few monosyllables), as:
in, mit, bag, eg, man, wag, bin, ât, etc.
Rem. In most unaccented syllables, the t, receives but a very slight sound,
m in English, as : Sge'ter, gc'*ben, 5|Jo'4en, Salter, 8ru'*fcer, 3Bu('*ter.
^5. The Consonants are pronounced thus:
1. SB, b, f, l), !, l, nt, Jt,
H, r, t are pronounced like
P, d,f,h, k, I, m, n,p, q, r, t in English.
Exc. 1. 8, at the end of a syllable, like /> in deep: 2)tt6, thief.
Exc. 2. 2), "
"
"
" t " boat: UltO, and.
Exc.S. 9}, not beginning a syllable, is trilled: SrU'stter, SB(t'=ter.
Etc. 4.
in final stiOJt (not preceded by ), like t$l SCf=tt=Ot'.
2.
before a, 9, or tt likekinking: Ga'to, Gor'ftfa .
" before other vowels " te" mite: Gi'cero, Ge'reg.
3. ,*
" ff" ffo:
o'tba, ge'ben.
4.3,
" y " yoe; 3obann',3uU
5.@, before a vowel . . " z " sowe: <Sol>n, Sli'fa.
before p or t3t . . . " sh "
piel, telle.
" otherwise
" " less: SRu'beng, bag.
* For 0 at the end of a syllable, see Less. II., 6, 1.
\ When at the beginning of a radioal syllable.
it
PRONUNCIATION (CONTINUED).
6. 58 (in native words),

7. 3B,
8.1,
9.$,
like finfine :
" v " vine:
" x " wax:
" ts" mits:
S3a'ter, or.
2Bien, roo.
2ftar, g'cltr.
3i'seu, ju.
Exercise 2.
jtarl 23enb'4er tft in er4tn', CharlesBendlerisinBerlia
E*U'*fa 23raun ift in @o'4foa, Elisa Braun is in Gotha.
9Jia*rte' 3ttt'*tcr ift in 2Bien,
Mary Ritter is in Vienna.
SSMt'êlm SRit'tcr war in Sre'* "William Ritter was in Bre
men unb 33a'*ben,
men and in Baden.
6r tft in granf^furt,
He is in Frankfort.
2Bo tft err 2Be'êr?
Where is Mr. Weber?
(5r tft in iDreg'*ben,
He is in Dresden.
err Slotf^roril tft in 53ern,
Mr. Rothwell is in Berne.
2l*me'*rUfa, 2t'*ft*eu, 2T*fri*fa, America, Asia, Africa.
3*ta'4ben, pa'*nuen,
Italy, Spain.
4?olManb, Un^garn, $o'4en,
Holland, Hungary, Poland.
LESSON II.
Sritte Slufpbe.
1. The Diphthongs tttt (au), tt (ei), and CU
Roman
German
English
Letters.
Letters.
Pronunciation.
Haus,
House,
Braun,
Brown,
raun,
Ow'-goost,
August,
aiuguft,
5if)ein,
gein,
2Jtetn,
9ietn,
(Stein,
Rhein,
Fein,
Mein,
Nein,
Stein,
Rhine,
Fine,
Mine,
Nine,
Stine,
(eu) :
English
Translation.
House.
Brown.
August.
Rhine.
Fine.
My.
No.
Stone.
German
Letters.
eute,
6uropa,
Steu,
3?eun,
$tu,
Roman
Letters.
Heute,
Europa,
Neu,
Neun,
Heu,
English
Pronunciation.
Hoy'-tay,
Oy-ro'-pah,
Nay,
Noyn,
Hoy.
2. The Consonantal Combinations fd) (sch),

Fisch,
Fish,
m.
Schnee,
Shnay,
d)nee,
Schule,
Shoo'-lay,
(pcbule,
5
English
Translation.
To-day.
Europe.
New.
Nine.
Hay.
tl) (th), ttg (ng):
Fish.
Snow.
School.
Sheuer,
Thomas,
Roth,
Theuer,
To'-mas,
Rote,
Toy'-er,
Thomas.
Red.
Dear.
ingen,
ginger,
Singen,
Finger,
Zing'-cn,
Fing'-er,
To sing.
Finger.
3. The Compound Consonantal forms d (c7c), $ (sz), tj (te):

Deckf-en,
Decken,
To cover.
3)ecfen,
Beckf-en,
Basin.
Becken,
23ccfeu,
$eif,
2Beifj,
Heiss,
Weiss,
Hice,
Vice,
Hot.
White.
3et,
Netz,
Jetzt,
Nets,
Tetst,
Net.
Now.
Grammatical.
M 1. The Diphthongs alt, Ct, tit are pronounced thus:
1. 3llt, ail, like ou in mound: 33raun, hrovm.
2. (t, Ct, " * " might: 9if)ew, Rhine.
3. (Stt, Clt, " oi " moist: 9ttu,new; eu, hay
Rem. Diphthongs are always pronounced long.
2. The Consonantal Combinations fd) (sch), tl) (th), ttg (ng):
1. Sd), like sh in shall: <Styall, sound; %tfd),Jish.
2. 1), " t "tone: X\)Q'm<\%, Thomas ; wtt), red.
3. 9tg, " ng"sing: fin'tc^m, to sing; QiriQ, thing.
3. The Compound Consonants, or

in printing, are (1) (cA), (f
ft
1. fi (c&) is pronounced like h
2. fj(ss)"
"
" s
3. $ (fe) "
"
" ts
those joined together
$ (te).
in hake : Secf'en, Sasm.
" less: v$,hot.
" mils : 3efct, now.
4. Doubled Letters are named separately in

00, aa . . . ah-ah.
ff, ff . .
CC, ee . .
ay-ayff, ss . .
00, oo . .
oh-oh.
tt/ tt . .
Rem. The vowels t and tt are never doubled.
spelling :
. eff-eff.
. ess-ess.
. tay-tay.
5. The Um'-lauts ii, 0, ii, Sit are pronounced thus :

\/ 1. 2le, ii, called ah'-umlaut, like c (see Less. I., 2, 2).
V 2. jDc, 0, called oh'ûmlaut, has no equivalent in
English. It is like the French eu.
Rem. Its pronunciation may be approximated by producing a sound be
tween that of oo in boon and that of ur in burn: SBiSrfe, Exchange, bBfe, bad.
\{ 3. lie, ii, called oo'-umlaut, has no equivalent in
English. It is like the French u.
Rem. The pronunciation of lib (south) may be approximated by placing
the lips as if to whistle, and then trytng to pronounce the word seed: îe^w.
4. Stett, filt, has the same sound as Ctt (Less. II., 1,3)
i.e., that of oi in moist: SSMu^fe, mice.
6. There are two Guttural Sounds in the German that
do not exist in the English language:
1. (1), d) (and g, when ending a syllable) after (I, 0,
U, or Otl, have a rough aspirate sound, formed
deeper in the throat, and much stronger than
that of h in hope: bod) (hohh),high; ud) (toohh),
cloth;
(tahh), day ; ma(fytn(ma'-hhcri),tomake.
2. After other letters (and in the diminutive sylla

ble =d)ett), they have a softer sound, made higher
in the palate, and inclining to that of sh in shall :
id) (*'*), /; red)t (reh'hht), right; RWtfytn (kind'.
h,hen), a child; 2ftun'*d)en (mun'h'hen), Munich.
Rem. 1. In words of Greek origin, d) sounds like A-.- Sbor, choir.
Rem. 2. Also before in the same radical syllable, like k: 2Bad)8, wax.
t 7. There are no silent letters in German, except :
' X.\, when used to indicate the long sound of a vowel;
2. e,
"
"
"
" i;
3. tD, after 0 (occurring in a few proper names).
8. The Accent may be understood to be on the first
syllable when not otherwise marked in the vocabularies.
9. Capital Letters are used as initials to all nouns, and
to the pronouns ie (you) and
(your).
SSicrtc Stufgak.
Dag .>aug ift fcbott,
^futfjam^na 2Be'*ber ift in
2)uf*fekborf,
2Bil'êlm unb arl 2Be'4tr
finb nid)t in Duf*fekborf,
ie ftnb jefct in Dre3'*ben,
2Bo ift err 2)te/*fenâd)?
<5r ift in Dftf*fekborf,
grau 9io'*fen*franj ift in 9lom,
5Ketn Dn'*fel wof)nt in 2Bien,
SBien ift in De'*fter*reid),
@r/*fte, jroei'*tc Sluf*gabe,
@r'*fte, jroet'*te Stf^kon',
2)rit'4c, tcr^te 2luf*gabe,
33er4tn' ift in $reu'*fkn,
^reu'*fjen ift in Deutfd)'4anb,
2)reg'*ben unb 2eip'*jtg ftnb in
ad)'*fen,
The house is beautiful,

CatharineWeberisinDiisseldorf.
William and Charles WeberarenotinDusseldorf.
They are now in Dresden.
Where is Mr. Diefenbach?
He is in Diisseldorf.
Mrs.RosenkranzisinRome.
My uncle lives in Vienna.
Vienna is in Austria.
First, second Exercise.
First, second Lesson.
Third, fourth Exercise.
Berlin is in Prussia.
Prussia is in Germany.
Dresden and Leipsic are in
Saxony.
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OF feitt, TO BE.
LESSON III.
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OP THE VERB fdtt, TO BE.
3ft err aften'êl in 33er4m'? Is Mr. Menzel in Berlin?
êin, er ift in oln,
No, he is in Cologne.
Where wast thou yester.
2Bo warft bu ge'*ftern?
3$ war in al'rle,
I was in Halle.
[day?
The book was not dear.
2)ag uc^ war ntd)t tl)cu^cr,
It is very warm to-day.
@g ift beu'4c febr warm,
eu'*te ift eg fef>r warm,
pnfte Slufgak.
1. 555o tjt 2BiI'*beIm SWen'êl? 2. @r tjt in granf^furt. 3.
3ft êtn^rid) 3icin^barb bjer? 4. SNetn, ein'*rid) SRetn'ârb
ift ntd)t bjer; Sll'*bert 9iem'4)arb ift bjer. 5. 2Bo ift bag ud) ?
6. ierifteg. 7. $arl, wo bift bu? 8. ier bin id). 9.Dag
2Bet^ter ift je&t fc^r warm. 10. e'*ftern war eg fef)r fait. 11.
2Bo warft bu ge^ftern? 12.3d) war in er4in'. 13. 3ft
grau mn'^tl in 33er4in'? 14. 3a, grau 2ften'*jel ift in ffler;
lin', unb grau'4etn SOTen'êl ift in SDtag'*be*burg. 15. er=
Un', 2ftag'*be*burg unb ôln ftnb in ^reu^fjen.
Vocabulary.
Sa*tba=rt'*na, Catharine.
3ct3t, now.
eu'*te, to-day.
3Ka=rie', Mary.
e'*fton, yesterday
Sll''bert, Albert.
@ebr, very.
ein'*rid), Henry.
3Bo? where?
3o'*l)antt, John.
ter, here.
Sari, Charles.
a, there.
2Bil'4eIm, William.
granf'*furt, Frankfort.
3n,ih.
al'4e, Halle.
3a, yes.
ei'*bel'berg, Heidelberg. 9iein, no.
Siiln, Cologne.
5Rtcbt, not.
SPreu'*fjen, Prussia.
Unb, and.
Grammatical.
l.The Nominative Case of the Personal PronouD is:
First Person. Second Person.
Third Person.
Singular: id), I;
bu,thou;
Cr,he; fte,she; e8, it.
Plural: totr, we;
ibr,you;
fte, they; fte, they; fte, they.
r Sfl.,Mr. N.
grau$TC.,Mrs. N.
grau'Iein 9l., Miss N.
aS Sucb, the book.
ud), the cloth.
aSet'^ter, the weather.
SBarm, warm.
eifj, hot.
Salt, cold.
Sf)eu'êr, dear.
Sif=ltg, cheap.
em, to be.
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OF ftttt, TO BE.
'J
Rem. Where great familiarity exists, as between members of the same

family, or between the teacher and younger pupils, the Germans generally
employ the second person singular of the pronoun in direct address.
2. The Irregular Verb feitt, to be, is conjugated thus:
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) bin, I am.
id) tear,
I was.
btt lift, thou art.
bu to a x * ft, thou wast.
er ift, he is.
er to o r ,
he was.
toix ftltb, we are.
row To a x * ett, we were.
i&r fttil, yon are.
ibr to a r = t, you were.
fte ftni), they are.
fte to a x * Ctt, they were.
^ 3. A single consonant between two vowels is pro
nounced with the last vowel: wir n?a'*reu, we were;
tfyatTi'*M, Catharine ; beu'te, to-day; 2l*mc'ri4a, America;
fyWAUtn, Italy.
Rem. In the paradigms the terminations are separated from the stems of
the words, without reference to the division of words into syllables in pro
nunciation.
4. Adverbs of time usually precede those ofplace :
3ol)anvf ift l)tntC in Serlin,
John was in Berlin to-day.
(Sr War QeftCltt bier,
He was here yesterday.
SBilbelm ift jttyt nid)t bier,
William is not here now.
5.When the adverb or adjective is put before the verb,
the nominative is placed after the verb :
ier i ft e,
Here it is.
eute ift tS febr lalt,
It is very cold to-dny.
Exercise 6.
l.Where is Catharine Schubert to-day? 2. She is in
Cologne. 3. Is William Schubert in Cologne? 4. No,
he is in Heidelberg. 5.Where is Miss Menzel? 6. She
is not here; she is in Magdeburg. 7.Was the weather
warm? 8. Yes, the weather was very warm. 9.1s the
weather warm? 10. No, the weather is cold. ll.Where
wast thou yesterday? 12. Yesterday I was in Magde
burg. 13. Charles, Henry, and William are here to-day.
14. They were not here yesterday. 1 5.Where were they
A2
10
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF I)aJett, TO HAVE.
yesterday? 16. They were in Halle yesterday. 17. The

book. was not dear; it was very cheap. 18. We were
not there.
....
LESSON IV.
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OP THE VERB l)fltlCH, TO HATE.
aft bu bag 33uc ?
Hast thou the book?
3a, id) babe eg,
Yes, I have it.
2Btr ba'ên bag elb,
We have the money.
te Ijat'*ten bag elb,
They had the money.
E>etn'*rid) l>at bag -JJief*fer,
Henry has the knife.
SSBil'êlm f)at'*te bag 23ud>,
William had the book.
ieiente Stufgak.
l.2Bag M bu, êin^rid)? 2.3$
bag ud). 3.
at 2Bil'êlm bag $a*pie/? 4. 5Mn, 2Bil'êlm bat bag $a*
pier" nid)t. 5. 2Ber &at eg? 6. So'ânn j>at eg. 7. 2Bag
bat'*teft bu? 8.3$ ,at';te bag SWefcfer. 9. 2Ber batte bag
2Jtep*fer? 10. etn'*rid) bat'^tc eg. 11. 2Btr batMen bag
2ud) md)t. 12. ie batten eg. 13. te bat bag 33ud>, unb
er bat bag â*pter/. 14. 2)ag ud) war fe^r tbeu'*er. 15.
ettV*rid) bat'*te bag 33ud), alg er bier war ; aber jefct bat er eg
tticbt. 16. 2Ber bat'^te bag Suf, alg bu ba roarft? 17. gran*
jig'*fa ât'4e eg.
Vocabulary.
Sanb, ribbon, band.
g=fi'4a=6et&, Elizabeth.
<Sbar*IotVta, Charlotte,
3Kef'*fcr, knife.
granj, Francis.
â*pier', paper.
gran*jt8'*ta, Frances.
SBer? who?
Ufl'4anb, England.
S3a8? what?
oi'*lanb, Holland.
SBann? when?
9iufj'4anb, Russia.
3118, when.
cbott'4anb, Scotland.
(S'*be, before.
Grammatical.
l.The Irregular Verb %H'Mn,to have, conjugated
thus :
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF I)aOtlt, TO HAVE.
11
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) fldi'tf I have.
id) %UUtt, I had.
btt fydfit,
thoa hast.
bu b a t * tCft, thou hadst.
er bat*tf, he had.
Cr hat,
he has.
tttr b a b * ttt, we have.
tt)tr fyat'ttn, we had.
t^r b a b * t, yon have.
ibr ty a t * tCt, you had.
fie b a b * ett, they have.
fte b a t * tCH, they had.
2. The adverb tti<f)t, not, is generally placed after the
object of the verb:
3d) babe ba8 Su&) ntd)t,
I have not the book.
3. The verb is placed at the end of subordinate sen
tences :
.
2Ber batte ba8 Sud), ebe 3obantt e8 Who had the book before John had
hflttC?
it?
[there?
SSBer batte ba8 Sucb, oI8 bu ba ttKjrft, Who had the book when you were
Mem. The conjunction fll<S, when (called in English a conjunctive adverb),
always refers to past time. The interrogative adverb tPCtntt ? when? may
refer to either past, present, or future time.
Exercise 8.
l.Where is the book? 2. Charlotte Steffens has it.
3. No, she has not it. 4. Hast thou the book, Charlotte ?
5. No, I have not it. 6.Whohasit? 7.William Brown
has it. 8.Who had the knife? 9. Francis had it. 10.
We have not the money. 11. Henry and Charles had
the money, but they have not it now. 12. Who has it
now? 13. Francis and Albert have it. 14. Miss Eliza
beth Eeinhard was here yesterday. 15. Where is the
ribbon? 16. Here it is ; I have it.
Vj?
LESSON V.
PRESENT AND IMrERFECT TENSES OF REGULAR VERBS. .
(a
\
2Bag faufft bu?
What are you buying?
3$ fcm'*fe ba faipkx',
I am buying paper.
2>er d)ne1'*ber fauft ud),
The tailor is buying cloth.
2Bir fau'^fen Xufy,
We are buying cloth.
12
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.
ie fau'*fen Sftd)tg,
3d) fauf'4e bag 33ud),
<2r fauf^te bag â^pier',
2Bir fauf4en bag ud),
ic fauf*ten SNid)tg,
They are buying nothing.

I bought the book.
He bought the paper.
We bought the cloth.
They bought nothing.
Sfteunte Stufpk.
1. 2Bag fauft eta'*ri<$? 2. etn'*ri$ fauft bag ud). 3.
Sag faufft bu? 4. 3d) fau'*fe Stid)tg. 5. 2)er aup*maim
er*fauft' bag ud), unb ber d)nerVber fauft bag ud). 6.
SBann fauf'^tc êin^rid) bag 23ud)? 7. @r fa.uf'4e eg, alg er
ttt 33er4in' war. 8. 2Bir fauf^ten bag ud), alg wir in ?eip'*
jig waren. 9. 2)er Salter unb bic 2Jiut'4er Ue'^ben bag ttnb.
10. 2Bo wobnfl bu? 11. 3d) wo^ne in Dreg'*ben. 12. 2Bo
wobnt a*tâ*ri'*na enWper ? 13. ie wobnt jefct in ^jam'*
burg. 14. 2Bo^nMcfteni$tfru'^crin^^men? 15. 3a, fte
wo^n^te in 33re'*men, alg voir ba wa'*ren. 16. 2Bofwt err
@b>ren4;arbt nid)t in al'*le? 17. 9ttin, er wobitt nid)t in
al'4e; er wcfynt in 2ftag'*be*burg.
Vocabulary.
2)er d)nci'*ber, tailor.
Sau'*fett, to buy.
M $auf'*mann, merchant.
aScr*fau'4en, to sell.
9Sa'*ter, father.
Sie'*ben, to love.
2)te SKut'*tcr, mother.
SS3ob>nen, to reside.
grau, woman.
9?id)t8, nothing.
S)a Sinb, child.
atwto'*toer, Hanover.
ttu8, house.
5)eutfd)'*lanb, Germany.
grtt'4)er, formerly.
2ftag'*be=burg, Magdeburg.
Grammatical.
1. The KegularVerb liektt, to love, is conjugated thus:
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) HellsC, I love.
id) lieb * te, I loved.
btt Ueb* ft, thoulovest.
btt 1 1 e b * tCft, thou lovedst.
er lteb = t, he loves.
er I i e b * te, he loved,
rmr I i e 6 * ett, we love,
rott lieb*tClt, we loved.
ibr Iteb*t, you love.
ibr 1 1 e b * tet, you loved.
{ie I i e b tn, they love.
fie I i e b * ten, they loved
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.
13
Rem. 1. All regular verbs are conjugated in the same way.

Rem. 2. That part of the simple verb which precedes the termination of the
^ infinitive (sCH) is called the stem, as: Ut&tn, laufen, fflg.*en, JB0!)H*en.
waft* 2. For the three forms of conjugating the verb in English,the German verb has but onethe simpleform; thus:
1. Present Tense of the Regular Verb fatlfett, to buy:
id) f0f=C,
I buy,
I am buying,
I do buy.
bu f a U f * ft, thou buyest,
thou art buying,
thou dost buy.
er f a U { * t, he buys,
he is buying,
he does buy.
toir ! a u f * cn, we buy,
we are buying,
we do buy.
il)r la u {* t, you buy,
you are buying,
you do buy.
fie ! a U f* tttf they buy,
they are buying,
they do buy.
2. Imperfect Tense ofthe Regular Verb fltufcit, tobuy:
id) fattf=tC,
I bought,
1 was buying,
I did buy.
btt f auf 'tCft, thou boughtest, thou wast buying, thou didst buy.
er f a U f * tC, he bought,
he was buying,
he did buy.
ttoir f a U f * ten, we bought,
we were buying,
we did buy.
ibr ! 0 U f * tCt, you bought,
you were buying,
you did buy.
fie f a tt f * tCjt, they bought,
they were buying, they did buy.
Rem. Particular attention to this principle is necessary in translating inter
rogative and negative sentences from English into German, thus:
Saufter?
buys he?
is he buying?
does he buy?
Saufettfte?
buy they?
are they buying?
do they buy?
ifaufte er?
bought he?
was he buying?
did he bny?
Sauften fie?
bought they?
were they buying? did they buy?
@r tauft nid)t, he buys not,
he is not buying,
he does not buy.
(Sr faUfte nid)t, he bought not, he was not buying, he did not buy.
Stefauftennicbt, they bought not, they were not buying, they did not buy.
Sauft Cr ni<bt? buys he not?
is he not buying? does he not buy?
fiattfte er nid)t? bought he not? was he not buying? did he not buy?
3. The Definite Article has a different form for
each gender, thus :
Masculine: J)CC SJiann tft tyier,
The man is here.
Feminine: bit %xcm ifi f)ter,
The woman is here.
Neuter: iaS Sinb ifi tyter,
The child is here.
Exercise 10.
l.When did you (thou) buy the book? 2. 1 bought
it to-day. 3. What was Henry Reinhardt buying? 4.
He was not buying any thing (he bought nothing). 5.
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
14
What were they buying ? 6. They were not buying any.

thing. 7. Did the merchant buy the house? 8. No, the
merchant did not buy the house, but the tailor bought
the house. 9. The merchant sold the paper. 10. Who
bought the paper? 11. The woman bought the paper1 2. Where do Mr. Menzel and Mr. Liebrecht reside ? 13.
They reside in Hanover. 14. Where did Henry Brock
reside when he was in Germany? 15. He resided in
Breslau. 16. Who has the book? 17.1 did not have
it. 18. Did John have it? 19. No, William had it.
LESSON VI.
BEOULAB VERBS (CONTINUED). ACCUSATIVE CASE.
2Bag fud)ft bu ?
What are you looking for?
3$ fu'ê bag Sud),
I am looking for the book.
2Bag fud)'*te er?
What was he looking for?
23en be*fu'*d)en fte?
Whom are they visiting?
<Sie be*fu'*d)en ibn,
They are visiting him.
ic be*fu$'*ten ung,
They visited us.
Sr be*fudb/4e mid) nid)t,
He did not visit me.
3d) be*fud)'*te errn kraft,
I visited Mr. Kraft.
(SIfte Stufpbc.
1. 2Bag fud)t Sranj? 2. @r fud)t bag ud). 3. 8e=fuc'*te
>err 8teb'*red)t errn dm'înann, alg cr in 6In war? 4.
STietn, er be*fudb'4c i^n nid)t. 5. orft bu wag SDla*rie' fagt?
6. SWn, id) bo'^c nicbt, wag fte fagt. 7. 5'*ren fte wag rotr
fagen? 8. 3a, fte ffi*xtn wag wtr fa'*gen. 9. at 3Hame'
bag ud) unb bag $a*pter'? 10. 3a, fte l>at fte. ll.Sffiag
fauft ber 33av*cfcr? 12. @r fauft SSKebl, unb er*fauft' rob.
13. 35ag 3n'*nur ift ju flein. 14. 2)er 3tm'*mer*mann er*
fauft' bag aug, unb ber <Sd)nei'*ber fauft eg. 15. SEBag ftu*
birr ein'*ridj ? 16. @r ftu*birt' jefct md)t ; er fptclt. 17. 3Bag
wiinfd)t 3o4an/? 18. gr wunfd)t bag ud).
REGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED).
15
^^-.'wArfCw ,U>. i Vocabulary.

3'*ren, to hear.
) 9Sa'=cfer, baker.
leaden, to say.
Sod), cook. 0
pic'4en, to play.
3iin''tlter*tnann, carpenter.
tu*bi'*ren, to study.
2)n Srob, bread.
u'*cben, to seek, look for.
n jjleifd), meat.
SBe*fu'*d)en, to visit.
n 3Ke6l, flour.
iuiin, small.
bft, fruit.
roft, large. _
n 31W'mer, room.
Grammatical.
1. The German language h&a four cases : the Nomina
tive, the Genitive, the Dative, and the Accusative.
1. The Nominative corresponds to our Nominative2. The Accusative is rendered by our Objective.
Rem. The Genitive and Dative cases will be treated hereafter.
2. The form of the accusative of the masculine only
of the article differs from that of the nominative :
Nominative: 2)et Wtmn, bit grou unb ba8 Stub fmb tyier,
"
The man, the woman, and the child are here.
Accusative: Si) H belt SWann, Me grau mtb ba8 Sinb,
Objective: I see the man, the woman, and the child.
Rem. The accusative of the article bet, biC, baS, is thus: bttt, bit, ba8.
3. The Nominative and the Accusative cases of the
Personal Pronouns are as follows :
PLURAL.
SINGULAR.
Nom. Nom.
Acc. 0y.
Acc. Obj.
Nom. Nom.
toir, we.
tttt8, as.
id), I.
mid), me.
ba, thou.
itir, you.
cad), you.
bid), thee.
et, he.
fie, they.
ftt, them.
il)n, him.
they.
them.
fit, she.
her.
fit,
they.
them.
t8, it.
it.
ci,
4. The word crr takes the termination *H in all cases
of the singular number except the Nominative :
err graft befucbte err*n Sleitt, Mr. Craft visited Mr. Klein.
5. The Accusative of toer? (who?) is toett? (whom?).
Exercise 12.
1. Did Mary hear what Catharine said? 2. No, Mary
did not hear what Catharine said, but I heard what she
16
PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.
said. 3. What did Henry say? 4.1 did not hear what
he said. 5. What do you (thou) wish? 6.1 wish the
book. 7 .Who wishes the knife? 8.1 wish it. 9.Where
is the knife? 10. Here it is. 11. What is John look
ing for? 12. He is looking for the book. 13. What is
the cook buying? 14. He is buying meat and fruit.
15. What did the baker buy? 16. He bought flour and
fruit. 17. Is William studying? 18. No, he is not stud
ying, he is playing. 19. Mary and Catharine are here.
20. Are they studying? 21. Yes, they are studying.
LESSON VII.
PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT TENSES OF REGULAR VJ5RBS.
2Ber bat bag 33ud) ge*fauft' ?
Who has bought the book?
I have bought it.
3d) ba'4e eg ge^fauft',
@r &at bag aug ge^fauft',
He has bought the house.
afl bu bag 23ud) geâbt'?
Hast thou had the book?
9?etn,id) ba'4e egnid)tge4abt', No, I have not had it.
(Sic bat'4en bagud) ge*fauft', They had bought the cloth.
@r &at'4e bag 33ud) geâ&t',
He had had the book.
S5rtijel)ttte Stufgak.
1. err letn bat bag aug ge^fauft'. 2. Der d)nei^ber
bat'*te bag ud) md)t geâuft'. 3. êrr Slot^ bat bag aug
ser^fauft'. 4. J)er auf'*mamt ât'*te bag ud) tucbt er*
fauft'. 5. 2Ber bat bag 33ud) ge*babt'? 6. 3d) ba'*be eg nid)t
ge*bal>t'. 7. 2Btl'êlm bat eg geâbt'. 8. 3o;bamf bat'4e eg
nid)t ge*babt'. 9. 2Bag bat a4bam'*na ge^fagt"? io. 3d)
ba'*be nid)t ge4)ort', wag fte ge*fagt' bat. ll.2Bag ba'*ben
3Bil'*belm unb Soânn' geâgt'? 12. 2Btr ba'4>en nid)t ge*
bort', wag fte ge*fagt' ba'4>en. 13. 2Bag baft bu ge*fagt'? 14.
3$ ba'*be $md)tg ge^fagt'. 15. aft bu erm 23rautt be*
rud)f? 16. 3a, id) (abe tbn be^fud)t'. 17. grau 2ftul'4er (at
grau or'*ner beûd)t'.
PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.
17
Grammatical.
1. The Perfect Participle of Regular Verbs is formed by
prefixing ge=, and adding =t to the stem :
Iieb'*tn, to love; gt4ieb=t' , loved.
\)ix''tXl, to hear; Qt'fy'Ax't'f heard.
tauf'*elt, to buy; ge*fattf=t', bought.
fag'*Ctt, to say; gc*fag=t', said.
Rem. Verbs with inseparable prefixes (as be*, Crtt*, er*, ge=, ber*, and jer*),
and those ending in Axtxi, do not take the prefix jJC=:
b e *fud)'*cn, to visit ;
b e *\utyt, visited.
fiUsbtr'*en, to study ;
ftu*bir*t', studied.
2. The Verb has three Principal Parts, as in English :
Present Infinitive.
Imperfect Indicative. Perfect Participie.
Iieb'*ett, to love;
lteb'*te, loved;
ge4ieb*f, loved.
fanf'*cn, to buy;
fauf'*tC, bought;
ge=tauH', bought.
fud)'*t1t, to seek;
fucb>te, sought;
ge=frt(b=t', sought.
fag'CH, to say;
W'tt, said;
%t*\<L&*t', said.
ftu*bir'*eH, to study;
ftu4Nr'*te, studied;
ftu4ttr*t', studied.
3. The Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses of Transitive Verbs
are formed by the use of the present and imperfect
tenses of the auxiliary l)dUCtt, to have, and the perfect
participle.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Perfect Tense.
Pluperf ect Tense.
id) ljutl=e gelte&t', I have loved.
id) |)Qt=te gcltCbt',Ihad loved.
bu jaft
u
thou hast loved. btt baMeft n thou hadst loved.
er hat
n
he has loved.
er batte
n he had loved.
totr f)ab=ett
n
we have loved. nrir baMCtt n we had loved.
ibr bab=t
you have loved. ibr i)at4tt t, you had loved.

fie bab=Ctt
n
they have loved. fie baMett n they had loved.
4. The Participle is placed at the end ofmain sentences :
3d) babe ba8 Sud) gcldltft,
I have bought the book.
(Sr f)at ba8 SBud) Qeâbt,
He has had the book.
Rem. In subordinate sentences, the auxiliary of the perfect and pluperfect
tenses is placed after the participie:
(Sr fagt, bofj er ba8 Sucb gelauft He says that he has bought the book.
fat,
3d) babe gebort, rea8 er g e f a g t l)at, I have heard what he has said.
1%
Exercise 14.
l.What has the baker bought? 2. The baker has
bought the flour. 3. The cook has bought bread and
18
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
meat. 4. The carpenter has sold the house. 5. What

have you (thou) bought? 6. 1 have not bought any
thing (I have bought nothing). 7. Has Mr. Dorner re
sided in Cologne? 8. No, he has not resided in Cologne.
9. Have you visited Mr. Miiller? 10. No, we have not
visited Mr. Miiller. 11. Have William and John heard
what we have said ? 12. No, they have not heard what
we have said.
63
63
63
63
63
63
LESSON VIII.
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
reg'*net md)t,
It is not raining.
reg'*ne*te ntd)t,
It did not rain.
f>at md)t ge*reg'*net,
It has not rained.
iat';te md)t ge;reg'*net,
It had not rained.
ba'*geU,
It is hailing.
()at ge*bon^nert,
It has thundered.
pnfjel)nte Hufga&e.
1. S?eg'^net e3? 2. Sletn, e3 reg'*net je&t nid)t, cl'Mx c3 f>at
ge*reg'*net. 3. at c3 ge*reg'*net, al3 ibr {pi.) in $>ot3'*bam
raaret? 4. 3a, eg ât febr flarf ge*reg'*net, al3 wir in s3>ot3'*)
bam roa'=ren. 5. eu'*te bat e3 bier aud) fe^r flarf ge*reg'*net.
6. 63 bat'4c nod) nid)t gc^reg'*net, al3 3o4;ann' unb 2Bil'êlm
bier roa'*ren. 7. e'^ftern bat e3 ge*ba'*gelt unb ge4>on'*nert.
8. <Sd)nett c3 jefct ? 9. 63 tyat beu'*te iel ge*fd)neit', a'sber jefct
fd)neit e3 nid)t mcbr. 10. err 33e'*cfer bat bag @e*maT*be
oUlen'*bet. 11. 2Bag madtf bu, ein'*rid)? 12. 3c fpte'4e
nur. 13. 2Bag mad)t 2J?a*rte'? 14. ie fud)t bag ud).
Vocabulary.
Slud) (adv.), also, too.
SSIt'=ên, to lighten.
SDfebr (arfw.), more.
SDon'*nern, to thunder.
â'geln, to hail.
SRod) (adv.), still, yet.
Sftur (adv.), only.
8teg'*nen, to rain.
SSiel (adv.), much.
d)net'*ett, to snow.
tart (adv.), hardly, severely.
3Ka'*d)en, to make, do.
SSoI*len'*ben, to complete, finish.
S)00 e*mSr*be, painting, picture.
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
19
Grammatical.
1. Impersonal verbs take l)abcn, to have, as their aux
iliary in forming the Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses.
The Impersonal Verb Ija'=gcllt, to luiil,\s conjugated thus :
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense: ti ba'*gelt, it hails.
Imperfect Tense: ti ba'.geltC, it hailed.
Perfect Tense:
ti hat gfba'geUt, it has hailed.
Pluperfect Tense: ti batte gcba'gel't, it had hailed.
2. When the stem of the verb ends in =cl or ttX, usually
only =tt is added for the termination of the Infinitive:
$a'gef*jt, to hail.
25ott'ner*Jt, to thunder.
i
3. When the stem of the verb ends in =tt, -t, or =gtt, the
second person of the singular of the present tense takes
the ending *tft, and the third person singular and the
second person plural take =ct, as:
Infinitive: 2.(cUenb*CH, t0 finish, complete.
INDICATIVE PRESENT.
Singular.
Plural.
id) ttoUemM, I complete.
toir tooflenb'cn, we complete.
btt boHenb=eft, thou completest.
ibr tooUenb*tt, you complete.
er UoUenb'tt, he completes.
fie tooUettb^cn, they complete.
Hem. Thus rcgtt=CHf to rain, has ti rcgtl*tt, it rains, it is raining.
4. The Perfect Tense is often employed in German
where in English the Imperfect Tense would be used:
@8 l)at gefiern geregitCt, al8 tvir It rained yesterday while we were in
irt ôt8bam Karen,
Potsdam.
X_
{
Exercise 16.
1. Is it snowing? 2. No, it is hailing. 3. It has not
been hailing (it has not hailed). 4. It had not hailed
much, but it had snowed very much. 5. It has been
thundering and lightning (it has thundered and light
ened). 6. It had not thundered, but it had rained. 7.
What is William doing? 8. He is looking for the book.
9. Who has had the book? 10. 1 have had the book,
but I have not it now. 11. John has it.
20
GENDER OF NOUNS.
LESSON IX.
OENDER OF NOUNS.
Where is the lead-pencil.
2Bo tft ber 33fei'ftift?
3d) ba'be ben 33lei'ftift,
I have the lead-pencil.
Who had the lead-pencil?
2Ber bat'te ben lei'fhft?
grieb'rid) bat'te ifyn,
Frederick had it.
4Bo ift bie Din'te?
Where is the ink?
granjte'fa bat bie Dm'te,
Frances has the ink?
2Ber bat'te bie Din'te?
Who had the ink?
ftatbari'na bat'te fte,
Catharine had it.
ieknjcl)nte 2tuf(jak.
1. 2Bo ifl ber ut? 2. 3$ ba'be ben ut. 3. 2Ber fjat'te
ben ut gebabt'? 4. 3Bil'belm bat'te i(m gebabt'. 5. ier ift
er. 6. 2Bag wiinfd/te grieb'rid)? 7. @r wunfd)'te ben Wt
genfd)irm. 8. 3Bo ift er, baft bu ibn gebabt'? 9. Slein, id) â'be
ibn nid)t gebabt'. 10. 2lb, *" ift er. 11. aft bu bie Sluf'gabe
gelernt'? 12. Stein, id) ba'be fte nod) nid)t gelernt'. 13. Die
Sluf'gabe ift jiem'lid) lang, aber fte ift nid)t febr fc^rocr. 14. 2Ber
bat bie ge'ber unb bie Dtn'te, bat 211'bert fte? 15. SNein, 211'*
bert bat fte nid)t. 16. 2Ber bat fte, atbari'na? 17. 3a, fte
bat fte. 18. 2Bag nmnfd)t err Sicin'bart? 19. @r nuinfc^t
bie 3eitung. 20. aft bu bie Seftion' ftubirt'? 21. 3a, id)
ba'be fte ftubirt', aber id) babe fte nod) nid)t gelernt'.
Vocabulary.
2)Cr931ei'ftift,lead-peucil. Sit Sluf'gabe, exercise. S)08 SBu4,book.
Settion', lesson.
ut, hat.
H papier', paper.
n 9ioct, coat.
[la. gc'bcr,pen.
Ser'nen, to learn.
n 9ie'genfcbtrm,umbrel- m'te, ink. [per. 2Biln'fcl)en to wish.
Xifd), table.
3i'tung, newspa- 8ang(ae?/.), long.
Scbmer (.adj.), difficult.
Sel'ler, plate.
aRild), milk.
3tem'licb (adv.), quite.
S!ffel, spoon.
a'bel, fork.
Grammatical.
1. Many nouns, which in English would be in the neih
ter gender, in German are in the masculine or in the
feminine gender (see the above vocabulary).
GENDER OP NOUNS.
21
Rem. It is very lifficult to learn the gender ofnouns in German. It is also

very important, since theform of the article depends upon the gender of the
noun. It is best to always associate the article with the noun while learning
the meaning of the noun, thus:
Set SBlei'ftift, lead-pencil. 2)te Sluf'gabe, exercise. 2)<t8 Sud), book.
2. Personal Pronouns must have the grammatical gen
der of the nouns for which they stand :
>aft bu &CH SBIeiftift ?
Have you the lead-pencil?
9iein, tcb habc H)lt nid)t,
No, I have not it (him).
at granj bit 3eitung?
Has Francis the newspaper?
3a, er hat fte,
Yes, he has it (her).
(j
Exercise 18.
l.What are you looking for? 2. 1 am looking for the
newspaper; have you had it? 3. Yes, I have had it, but
I have not it now. 4. Who has it? 5. Mrs. Klein has
it. 6. Has William learned the lesson? 7. No, he has
not learned it yet. 8. What did the cook buy? 9. He
bought the bread, the butter, the flour, the milk, and the
fruit. 10. Where is the chair? 11. There it is. 12.
What is the tailor looking for? 13. He is looking for
the coat. 14. Here it is. 15. What does the cook want
(wish)? 16. He wishes the knife, the spoon, and the
fork. 17. Here they are. 18. Has he the plate? 19.
Yes, he has it. 20. Has Mary the pen and the ink? 21.
Yes, she has them. 22. Have you the paper and the
lead-pencil? 23. Yes, but I have not the book.
LESSON X.
PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE CASE.
$ur roen ifl ber 9locf?
For whom is the coat?
@r ift md)t fur mid),
It is not for me.
Cr ift fur emt ^lein,
It is for Mr. Klein.
aft bu bag 33anb?
Have you the ribbon?
9ieitt, eg ift um ben ut,
No, it is around the hat.
#afi bu ben ut gefauft?
Did you buy the hat?
22
PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE CASE.
SWn, cr ift fur mid) ju grof,

I)er art'ner fityr'te un$ burd)
ben ar'ten,
No, it is too large for me.

The gardener conducted us
through the garden.
SHcuujellnte 2lufpk.
1. at SH'bred)t ben ut gcfauft'? 2. Stetn, cr b)at t|m m#t
gefauft'. 3. Sarmn' f>af cr ifm ntd)t gcfauft'? 4. 2Bcil cr fiir
ibn ju flein ift. 5. 3ft cr fiir bid) ju Item? 6. Stout, er ift fur
mtcb nid)t ju fletn. 7. gur roen ift ber 23rief? 8. @r ift fut
grau er'ter. 9. giir roen l>at ber ?eb/rer ba8 33ud) gefauft'?
10. @r bat eg fiir ben d)ii'ler gcfauft'. 11. 2)er 33erg ift fe^r
(wcb unb ftetl. 12. Der 3a'ger bat ung burd) ben 2Balb unb
urn ben 33erg gefu^rt'. 13. e'flem war eg big ge'geu 21'benb
febr warm, a'ber bic 9iad)t war atem'lid) fait. 14. Dte Stir'che ift
feb> grofj, aber febr fd)on ift fte nic^t. 15. 2)te @tabt ift febr
grofj unb fd)6n. 16. err Sinb'ner bat ung burd) bte <Stabt
gefiibrt'. 17. |>at ber od) bte ut'ter unb bag Dbft fd)on ge*
holt'? 18. 3a, er fyat fte fd)on gebolt'.
Vocabulary.
SBi8 (prep.), until, till.
Set 2l'benb, evening.
.. Urd> (prep.), through.
SBrtef, letter.
gilr (pre/>.5, for.
n Serg, mountain.
jj e'gen (prep.), toward.
il'gel, hill.
)b/ne (prep.), without.
ar'ten, garden.
Um (prep.), around.
Srt'ner, gardener.
JBi'ber (prep.), against.
Seb'rer, teacher.
$U (ado.), too.
cbil'ler, scholar.
25od) (cob/.), yet, however.
SS'-ger, hunter.
SBeit (conj.), because.
SBalb, woods, forest.
d)3n, beautiful.
SCSa'gen, wagon.
c(b, high.
2)te Jfit'd)e, church.
teil, steep.
9iacbt, night.
gilfo'ren, to guide, conduct, take.
tabt, city.
>o'len, to procure, go and get.
Sa ^ferb, horse.
Grammatical.
The seven Prepositions given in the Vocabulary,
bt3, burd), fiir, ge'gen, ob/ne, um, wi'ber, require the noun or
pronoun which follows them to be in the Accusative Casa
THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
23
Exercise 20.
1. It was very warm until1 toward evening, but now
it is very cold. 2. The city is small, but it is very beau
tiful. 3. For whom did Mr. Kdr'ner buy the book? 4.
He bought it for George. 5. The hill is not very high,
but it is very steep. 6. The forest around the hill is
very large. 7. The hunter took Mr.Wer'ner through
the forest and around the hill. 8. The ribbon is not
around the hat; where is it? 9.1 have not had it;
Mary had it. 10. Mary, I wish the ribbon. 11. Here
it is. 12. Have you been to get the paper and the ink?
13. No, I have not been to get them yet. 14. For whom
do you wish the pencil? 15. 1 wish it for the teacher.
16. Mr. Wil'marth bought the horse, but he did not buy
the wagon. 17. Why did he not buy the wagon? 18.
Because it was too dear.
4- ^ .
LESSON XI.
$ter ift cm 23lei'fKft,
Here is a lead-pencil.
3d) wiin'fd)e ci'nen Slei'fHft,
I wish a lead-pencil.
@r wunfd)t ei'ne ge'ber,
He wishes a pen.
|>icr ift ei'ne ge'ber,
Here is a pen.
2Biin'fd)eft bu cin 2)?effer?
Do you wish a knife?
>ier ift cin 2ttcpfer,
Here is a knife.
[that?
2Bag fur ein 33ud) ift bag?
What kind of a book is
Dag ift ei'ne ramma'tif,
That is a grammar, [that?
2Bag fur eine lu'me ift bag? What kind of a flower is
Dag ift ei'ne Slo'fe,
That is a rose.
^tnunbjioanjtgfte Slufflak.
1.3Bagfud)ftbu? 2. 3d) fu'd)c ei'neu SRe'genfd)irm. 3. Da
ift cin aSc'genfd)trm. 4. 2Bag bat ein'rid) beu'tc gcfauft'? 5.
Gsr bat ei'nen ut unb ci'neu Siocf gefauft'. 6. 2Bag baft bu fur
24
mid) ? 7. 3d) fjabe einen rtef fur bid). 8. 3Bag wur.fd)t ert
Dict'ric&? 9. <r nuinfd)t eine 3ci'tung. 10. ier ift ei'ne
3et'tung. 11. 2Bag wiinfcbt Gfjarlot'te? 12. ie wunfd)t ei'*
nen Seller, ei'nen goffel, ein SWcf'fer unb ei'ne a'bel. 13.
2Bag fiir ei'nen ut bat ein'rid) gefauft'? 14. gr f)at ei'nen
trob'but gefauft'. 15. 2Bag fur ein ut ift bag? 16. Dag
tft ein trof)!mt. 17. ier ift ein STpfel, unb ba iffc ci'ne ir'ne.
18. 2Bag fur ein 33aum ift bag? 19. 2)ag ift ein 91'pfelbaum.
20. 2Bag fiir eine ffilu'me baft bu? 21. 3d) babe eine 9W'fe.
22. 2Bag fiir ein 33ud) baft bu ? 23. 3d) babe ei'ne ramma'tif.
Vocabulary.
Gin, et'ne, ein, a, an.
S>te Si'lie (SiMUt), lily.
23a8 fiir ein? what kind of a?
SM'fe, pink.
SCr 21'pfel, apple.
SRo'fe, rose.
Sl'pfeltaum, apple-tree.
9ia'bel, needle.
i, trob'but, straw hat.
n tecf'nabel, pin.
SiC i'cbe, oak (tree).
Slritbme'tit, arithmetic.
n SSir'ne, pear (fruit).
ramma'tif, gt-ammar.
M SSlu'me, flower.
2>0 trob, straw.
Grammatical.
1. The Definite Article Ctlt, a, or an, is declined thus :
Masculine.
Feminine.
Neuter.
Nominative:
Cilt,
Citt=C,
Cttt.
Accusative.
Ctn=Ctt,
Cin=e,
Cin.
Nominative: ba ift cilt 3Jcann, citue grau unb etn Sinb,
"
there is a man, a woman, and a child.
Accusative: icfa febe eitt=ett 9Kann, eitt=e gran unb cilt Sinb,
Objective:
I see a man, a woman, and a child.
2. SBaS fiir Citt? is rendered into English by what kind
of a? thus:
SBa8 fiir ein SKann?
What kind of a man?
2Ba8 fiir eine grau?
What kind of a woman?
SBa8 fiir CtU ftinb ?
What kind of a child ?
Rem. 1. Peculiar uses of words in a language are termed idioms.
Rem. 2. In the idiomatic expression toa fiir Cttt, the preposition fiir has
no effect upon the form of the article Citt, but this is determined by other
words in the sentence, thus:
SEBa8 fiir citt 9focf ift ba8?
What kind of a coat is that?
23a8 fiir CittCJt 9iocI ()flt CV?
What kind of a coat has he?
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
25
3. The neuter of the demonstrative pronoun bdSt that,

is used as referring to nouns of all genders :
SDa8 ifl tin 2l'l>felbaum (inasc), That is an apple-tree.
S)a8 ifl tine Sio'fe ( /em.),
That is a rose.
O8 tfi etn Un'fraut (neut.),
That is a weed.
Exercise 22.
1 . What is William looking for ? 2. He is looking for
a pen. 3. 1 have a pencil. 4. But he wishes a pen. 5.
There is a pen. 6. What did you buy to-day? 7. 1
bought an umbrella, a coat, and a hat. 8. Mr. Roth has
bought a horse. 9. What are you looking for? 10. I
am looking for a book. 11. What kind of a book are
you looking for? 12. 1 am looking for an arithmetic.
13. Have you a pin? 14. Yes, here is a pin. 15. Mary
wishes a needle. 16. Here is a needle. 17. What kind
of a tree is that? 18. That is an oak. 19. What kind
of a flower is that? 20. That is a lily. 21. There is an
apple and a pear. 22. What are you doing?
LESSON XII.
9Bo ift memSlet'ftift?
Where is my lead-pencil ?
You have my lead-pencil.
5Du baft mei'nen 33let'fHft,
2Bo ift metnc ge'ber?
Where is my pen?
<r bat rnei'ne ge'ber,
He has my pen.
2Bo ift mein 33ud)?
Where is my book?
3ot)ann' bat mein 33ud),
John has my book.
3d) b)a'be bei'nen let'fHft,
I have your lead-pencil.
He has her lead-pencil. ,
Gr bat ib'ren lei'ftifr,
2)a ift \\x ar'ten,
There is their garden.
Smunbjaianjigfte Slufgak.
1. 2Ba8 fud)ft bu? 2. 3d) fu'd)e meinen 9le'genfd)trm. 3.
Da ift fcetn 3Re'genfdrirm. 4. 2So ift mein 33ucfy? 5. |>ier ift
B
26
bein 33ud). 6. SBag fud)t ein'rtd) ? 7. @r fuct feme SWu'^c.

8. ier tft fte. 9. at ein'rid) fei'ne Seftion' fd)on aelernt'?
10. 3a, er I)at fte fc$on gelernt'. 11. Sag ma$t er jefct? 12.
Sr fpielt. 13. 2Bo ift SDlarie' lit'ter beu'te? 14. ie befud)r'
ib're an'te. 15. 2Bo wo^nttt're an'te? 16. <Sie wolmt in
Dreg'ben. 17. 6rft bu uêTer unb bellt. 18. 2)er a|m
frabt. 19. 2>er So'we briillt. 20. 2)er SSSoIf beult. 21. 3$
ba'be meine ge'ber scrlegt'. 22. 211), ba ift fte.
S3au'en, to build.
S3ejab'len, to pay.
Se'gen, to lay, place.
S3erle'gen, to mislay.
SBei'nen, to cry.
SSd'len, to bark.
SBrill'len, to roar.
eu'lett, to howl.
Sra'ben, to crow.
Vocabulary.
Set Sru'ber, brother.
D'beim, uncle.
cu)n, cock, rooster.
unb, dog.
SB'toe, lion.
2Bolf,wolf.
2)ie cbnje'fier, sister.
San'te, aunt.
2Kil'|}e,cap. ^
Grammatical.
The Possessive Pronouns are declined
inite article (tilt, tine, eitt), thus:
Masculine. Feminine. Neuter.
ntertuc,
Nominative: meitt,
mete,
Accusative: memseu, mctase,
meta,
Nominative: beta,
bettue,
beta,
betase,
Accusative: beta=e,
beta,
fem=e,
Nominative: feta,
feta,
Accusative: feuuen,
fettue,
feta,
Nominative: ibr,
ibr=e,
tyr,
Accusative: ibr=en,
ibr=e,
I6r,
Nominative: frirt.
feitue,
feta,
Accusative: feta=e,
fettue,
feta,
Nominative: unfer,
unfer=e,
unfer,
Accusative: unfer=n,
unfer=e,
unfer,
Nominative: euer,
cnr=c,
euer,
Accusative: eur=en,
eur=e,
euer,
Nominative tbr,
ibr=e,
ibr,
Accusative: ibr=en,
ibr=e,
tbr.
.W-uo
like the indef
my.
my.
thy (your).
thy (your).
his.
his.
her.\
her.
its. A
its.
our.
our. I
your.
your.
their.
their.
THE GEXITIVE CASE.
27
Rem. 1. In declining nnfcr, the shortened form unfer*n (for unfer*ett) ia

usually employed.
Rem. 2. In declining ttter, the t after tH* is usually dropped (thus eur*CH
for euer=en, and eur=e for euer*t).
Rem. 3. A possessive pronoun must take the gender of the noun to which
it refers, and not the gender of the noun for which it stands, thns :
3d) babe fem*t geber,
I have his pen.
3cb babe ibren 83leifHft,
I have her lead-pencil.
Exercise 24.
1. Has John finished his exercise ? 2. No, he has not
finished it yet. 3. John and William Kraft have visited
their father. 4. Mary Klein has not yet visited her
father. 5. The child loves its father and its mother.
6.William has mislaid his pencil. 7. No, I have it ; here
it is. 8.What does Henry wish? 9. He wishes his book.
10. There are his book and his pencil. 11. Where is
your aunt? 12. She is in Heidelberg to-day. 13. My
brother and my sister are visiting our uncle. 14.Where
does your uncle reside? 15. He lives in Hamburg. 16.
Did you pay for the paper? 17. Yes, I paid for the pa
per and for the book. 18. The lion roared. 19. The
wolf howled. 20. The dog is barking. 21. The roostes
is crowing. 22. The carpenter is building a house.
LESSON XIII.
THE GENITIVE CASE.
Where is Henry's book?
9Bo t|t etnrtd)3 33udj?
3d) habe cinrid)3 33ud),
I have Henry's book.
2Ber hot beg Jttabtf 23ud)?
Who has the child's book?
Whose book has he?
2Bcffen 23ud) &at cr?
Slnftatt m 23ud)eg l>at ber 33a* Instead of the book, the fa
ther has bought the pen.
ter bie geber gefauft,
Dag aug beg âufmanneg ift The house of the merchant
is large and beautiful.
(jrofj unt> fa)6n,
28
THE GENITIVE CASE.
giinfutibjtoanjtgfte Slitfgak.
l.2Ber bat tfatbarina'S Suc^? 2. 3$ babe âtbarina'S
33uc^, unb fte ât mcin 23ud). 3. Sbarlotta bat 2)?arieng 33uc^,
unb 2Jiarie bat granjeng Sud). 4. Deg 3agerg unb (or bet
unb beg 3agerg) bellt febr laut. 5. 2Beffen Siegenfcîrm baft
bu? 6. 3$ foabe meinen 9iegenfcîrm. 7. 2Beffen 33leiftift ift
bog? 8. Dag ift beg &brerg leiftifr. 9. Der âufmann bat
beg 33acferg aug gefauft. 10. Der burm ber ftird)e ift febr
bod). 11. Der Sûrm beg Domeg in 2Bien ift febr bod) unb
fd)on. 12. Slnftatt beg papierg unb ber Dinte bat 2Btlbefm bag
33ud) unb ben leiftift gefauft. 13. Slnftatt ber rammatif babe
id) bie Slritbmetif gefauft. 14. 2Bo waren einrid) unb SHMlbelm
roabrenb beg turmeg? 15.2Babrenb beg turmeg roaren fte
in $otSbam. 16. 2Bo^nt err 9iiebner aufjerbalb ober inner*
balb ber tabt? 17. @r wobnt innerbalb ber tabt.
Vocabulary.
Ser om, eg, cathedral.
- Strtftatt (prep.), instead of.
SSufeerbalb (prep.), outside of, without. jEl)urm, e8, tower, steeple.
%htii, eS, price.
3nnerôlb (prep.), inside of, within.
n onnenfd)irm, 8, parasol.
SBSbreltb (prep.), during.
xjEBegen (prep.), on account of.
pt Sturm, e8, storm. ^
5)0S SDacb, it, roof.
D 0 W^'
Saut (adj. and adv.), loud.
Grammatical.
1. The Genitive Case is used with the prepositions an*
flatt, aufjerbalb, innerbalb, voabrenb, roegen, etc.
Slntlatt be8 Sanfmann8,
Instead of the merchant.
2. The Genitive Case is used without a preposition :
1. Instead of the English Possessive:
2)a8 83ud) be8 Setrer8,
The book of the teacher.
2. In most cases where the relation is expressed in English by the preposition of, the Genitive is used in German without a preposition,
especially where limitation is indicated :
ie efd)id)te bt$ Srieje8,
The history of the war.
Rem. The Genitive case is also used after some verbs and adjectives, as will
be explained hereafter.
3. As to the form of the Genitive Case :
J. With/ewiinine nouns it is the same as that of the nominative.
THE GENITIVE CASE.
29
2. With masculine or neuter nouns, one ofthe terminations se8, =CH^

or slt is added to the nominative.
3. The Genitive of the definite article (ber, bic, ba8) is btS, btX, btS.
FEMININE.
MASCULINE.
NEUTER.
2Vbn.
Gen.
Nom.
den.
Nom.
Gen.
S>et 2Kann,
2Kanrt*e8. Siegrau, Setgrau. SaSmb, S)tSmb=e8.
2ktter,
23ater*8. 2)utter, 3Hutter. SBucb, JBuo>t.
Xante, n Xante.
au?=e.
Sod), Soa>e8.
n 3ager, 3Sger*8. tabt, tabt. Sanb, 2knb*e8.
ird)e, ii $ird)e. SWeffer, 3Keffer*S.
9nt*e8.
n "t,
(Sicfae.
SRocf, 9tocf=e8.
^Pferb, Wrt'tB.
Xuti), ua>e.
H Serg, SSerg.tS. SSirne, SBtnte.
SKofe.
Dbft,
Dbft*e.
err, err*n.
SRelte, SRelfe.
Kebl, 3Kebl*.
SBtoe, 8iiree*tt.
item. The Genitive of nouns is given hereafter in the Vocabularies.
4. The Genitive of Proper Names is usually formed
by adding =8, as :
Nominative: eittrich, SBilbelm, Ebarlotta, Satbarina.
Genitive: einrtd>S, 28ilbelm*, barlotta*% Satâriua^S.
Nominative: S3erlin,
re8ben, Hamburg, eutfd)Ianb.
Genitive: Serlin*8, re8ben*8, amburg*, eutfd)Ianb*S.
Rem. But masculine names of persons in sft, =fd), =f, =3, and femintne
names in =e, have the genitive in =(e)tt8, as :
Nominative: graft,
granj,
2Kar,
EUarie.
Genitive:
(grnft=en, granHnS, SKar*en8, 2Jiarie=ItS.
5. The Genitive of toer? who? is tocffett?%?ifose.?
6. As in English, the noun possessed may be placed
without the article after the name of the possessor:
25er SBruber be8 Sefirer8, or be8 ?ebrer8 SSruber.
The brother of the teacher, or the teacher's brother.
Exercise 26.
1 .Whose book is that ? 2. That is the teacher's book.
3. Whose pen have you? 4.1 have Catharine's pen.
5. The teacher has the pencil of the scholar (or the
scholar's pencil). 6. The cook has the baker's um
brella. 7. Whose dog is barking so loud? 8. It is the
hunter's dog. 9. The merchant has bought the carpen
ter's house. 10. Why did not Mr. Klein buy the horse?
30
THE DATIVE CASE.
11. On account of the price (roegen beg 'pretfeg). 12.Where

was Mr.Eberhart during the storm this morning? 13.
He was in Leipsic during the storm. 14. Does Mr. Gross
live within or outside of the city? 15. He lives out
side of the city (i. e., outside of the city walls). 16. In
stead of the umbrella you have the parasol. 17. The
roof of the house is very steep.
LESSON XIV.
THE DATIVE CASE.
2Bem gebort bag 33ud) ?
To whom does the book
belong?
@g gebort bern Sebrer,
It belongs to the teacher.
2)er unb folgt bem 3ager nad) The dog follows the huntbem 2Balbe,
er to the forest. .
2)ag 33ud) war bem cbuler The book was very useful
fcbr nufclid),
to the scholar.
err 2Beber ift ntc^t ju aufe, Mr. Weber is not at home.
>te ^tircfye ift bem cbutyaug The church is just opposite
gerabe gegeniiber,
the school-house.
SieBenunbjtoanjigfte Slufgabe.
1. 3ft bag cfmlfmug roett son f)ier? 2. Stein, eg ift ber
&ird)e gerabe gegeniiber (or gerabe gegeniiber ber ird)e). 3.
Der Scorer bat bem d)uler beute ein 33ud) gefcbenft. 4. 2Bem
ge^rt ber leiftift? 5. (Sr gebort bem 2JJaler. 6. err 2Ber*
ner f>at bem Staler bag emalbe gejeigt. 7. Der unb folgte
bem Sod) nad) ber tabt. 8. $err 3kf>r bat ben &ocb. nad) ber
tabt gefd)icft. 9. 2)ag aug beg SSialerg ift bem aufe beg
âufmanng febr ab>Ud). 10. 2Bem gebort bie 3et"tg? H.
te gebort errn 9iured)t. 12. err 2)tetrid) ift aug SDlagbe*
burg. 13. 3d) bin aug etbelberg. 14. 2)ag tnb fpielt mit
bem unbe. 15. 2Bem gebort ber unb? 16. dx gebort 9BtU
&elm. 17. SSJir fegclten son Hamburg nadj bonbon.
THE DATIVE CASE.
81
Vocabulary.
f%ut (prep.), out of, from.
| Sol'gen, to follow.
Slu'fjer {prep.), outside of, besides. ebii'ren, to belong.
cben'feu, to present, give.
feegettu'ber (prep.), opposite (to).
O 2BU (prep.), with.
cht'cfen, to send.
e'geln, to sail.
9iad) (prp.), 1oward, to.
3ei'gen, to show.
Son (prep.), from, of.
2)et SERa'Ier, S, painter.
\3" (PreP-)< t0> at SSofl, e8, batt.
Itebu'lid) (adj.), similar, like.
2)08 u)ul'bau8, c8, school-house.
Un'abnltcb (adj.), dissimilar.
SBeit (adj.), far, distant.
giufe'ltd) (adj.), useful.
era'bC (adv)., exactly, just.
d)ae'ltdj (adj.), injurious.
Grammatical.
1. The Dative Case in German is governed :
1. By some Prepositions, as : CMg, aufjer, gegenu'ber, mtt,
nacb, oon, JU, etc.
2. By some Adjectives, as : afmlicb, fd)ablid), etc.
3. By many Verbs, as : fofgen, gep'ren, fcbttfen, etc.
Rem. 1. The Dative Case in German frequently corresponds to the English
objective, preceded by to, either expressed or understood, especially when it
is the indirect object of a verb.
Er fcbtcfte bem d)iiler ba8 Sud),
He sent (to) the scholar the book.
Rem. 2. The Dative of the definite article bee, Me, bfl, is : bent, bet, bent.
2. Nouns that have =C in the Genitive have -t in the
Dative, as : ber Wtam, beg Mann^tS, bem 9Jiann*e.
Rem. 1. The e is often dropped from the termination of many nouns that
have se and =e in the genitive and dative, as : bem SKann (for bem Sffianne).
Rem. 2. Feminine nouns are unchanged in the singular.
Rem. 3. Nouns that take the ending =tt or sett in the genitive retain it in the
accusative and dative also.
3 Among the idiomatic uses of the Dative Case the
following may be noticed :
1. Adjectivesfollow the noun they govern in the dative :
Da8 Sucb tft bem @d)tUer Jtit^1tuj, The book is useful to the scholar
2- CflCltiitlCt may precede, but usually follows the noun:
S)er Strcbe gegeniibet (or gegeniiber Opposite the church,
ber $ird)e).
32 PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE AND DATIVE.

fz. With two personal nouns the accusative precedes the dative case; a
personal noun precedes one referring to a thing, whatever the case of
either may be :
6r $at ben Sttabett bem 2Jialer ge* He sent the boy to the painter.
faicft,
<5t fsbufte bent Wltiltt ba8 58ltd),
He sent the book to the painter.
4. 9iad) (WfC means towards home; jn (Utfe means at home.
C. err SBeber ift an Serlin" means that Berlin is or was Mr. Wa.
ber's permanent residence or his native place.
6. 92nn) indicates motion to a piace; jU, motion to a person.
<r fiibrte un8 nad) bcm UJtufeum,
He conducted us to the museum.
(Sr fil^rtc lm8 3U bem SKaler,
He conducted us to the painter.
4. The Dative of tott (who) is totm (to whom, etc.).
; v0(J
.-x 'XU. (w
) -\0-~- ! w^'r "-v ^
Exercise 28. *
1. Henry is playing with the ball. 2. To whom does
the ball belong? 3. It belongs to William. 4. They
sailed from London to Hamburg. 5. To whom does ,
the painting belong? 6. It belongs to Mr. Euprecht.
7. The book is very injurious to the child. 8. What
did the merchant send to the tailor? 9. He sent the
cloth to the tailor. 10. Did you send the book to the
teacher? 11. Yes, I sent the book to the teacher. 12.
Where was Mrs. Wolf during the storm? 13. She was
in Potsdam. 14. Is Mr. Diefenbach at home? 15. No,
he is not at home. 16. Where is he? 17. He is in Co
logne to-day.
LESSON XV.
PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE AND DATIVE CASES.
2)a8 23ud) ift auf bem ifd)e, The book is on the table.
einrid) legte t% auf ben ifd), Henry laid it on the table.
2)er 33rtef ift in bem ud)e,
The letter is in the book.
3d) legte ibn in bag 33ucb,
I laid it in the book.
2>er letfHft ifl neben bem The lead-pencil is close by
ud)e,
(beside) the book.
PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE AND DATIVE. 33

3$ legte ifm neben bag 33ucf),
2)er tu^l ift oor bem Dfen,
@r ftellte ifm or ben Dfen,
I laid it close by the book.

The chair is before the
stove.
[stove,
He placed it before the
Jieuttunbjtoaitjigfte Slufgabe.
1. 2Bo ift ber 33rief ? 2. iSx ift in bem ud)e. 3. 2Ber bat
tyn in bag u$ gelegt? 4. 3$ f>abe if)n in bag 33ud) gelegt.
5. 2Bo ift ber 33leiftift? 6. <r ift unter bem Suck. 7. 5Bcr
6at u)n unter bag 33ucb gelegt? 8. einrid) legte if)n unter bag
33uck 9. aft bu ben SReaenfcîrm? 10. Win, er ift Winter
ber Satire; id) babe tf)n Winter bie Ziiiixt geftellt. 11. 2)er
tubl ftefa or bem SLtfc^c. 12.einrid) kit i^n or ben ifd)
geftellt. 13. 2)ag emalbe war auf bem 33oben, aber rotr baben
u>JJ eg an bie SBanb gef>angt. 14. abt if>r eg fiber ben ifd) ge=
bangt? 15. 3a, rotr foaben eg fiber ben ifd) gebangt. 16.
SSilfKlm ift in bem Bumer unb griebrid) gefa in bag 3tmmer.
17. Der uu)l ftefa jwifên bem ifck unb bem genfter. 18.
Der c^filer bat ibn jwifckn ben ifd) unb bag genfter geftellt.
19. 2Bir fd)icften ben Srief fiber Hamburg nad) Slmerifa.
Vocabulary.
/
an'gen, to hang.
'2ln (prep.), on, to, at.
Se'gen, to lay, put.
Sluf (prep.), upon, on.
teflen, to stand, place, put.
Qm'ttx (prep.), behind.
e'ben, to go.
3n (prep. ), in, into.
te'l)en, to stand.
<K Sfie'ben (prep.), near, close by.
Ser So'ben, 8, floor.
JUe'ber (prep.), over, above.
n O'fen, 8, stove.
Ull'ter (/>/>.), under, below.
Site ba're, , door.
a>or (prep.), before, in front of.
2)0# gen'fier, S, window.
^3toi'fd)l (prep.), between.
i i
>
O
<S^
Grammatical.
o
1. The nine Prepositions an, auf, Winter, in, neben, fiber,
unter, or, and jwifd)en may govern either the Accusative
or the Dative Case:
1. They govern the Accusative Case when motion to*
wards the object they govern is expressed.
B2
34 PREPOSITIONS WITH THE DATIVE AND ACCUSATIVE.
2. They govern the Dative Case when rest within or

motion inside of specified limits is expressed.
@r legte bag 93ucb auf bctt ifcb,
2)a8 Sud) ift auf bent SCif^C,
He laid the book on the table.

The book is on the table.
2. The correct use ofprepositions is one of the most

difficult things to be acquired in learning a foreign lan
guage.
Rem. 1. This is owing largely to the fact that there are so many idiomatic
expressions connected with their use which can not be literally translated from
one language to another.
@r geljt nacb aufe,
He is going home.
@r ift ju aufe,
He is at home.
@t gebt iibet SiJln,
He goes by way of Cologne.
2>aS Soot ift an bent Ufer,
The boat is by the shore.
(Sr fttjt an bem Sifche,
He is sitting at the table.
<Sx ift au8 8erlin,
He is from Berlin.
Rem. 2. This difficulty is also increased to the English-speaking person in
learning German by the fact that, in German, prepositions govern three cases,
the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative ; and by the fact that circumstances de
termine whether certain prepositions shall govern the Accusative or Dative.
3. The English Cases are rendered in German thus :

1. The Nominative by the Nominative in German.
2. The Possessive by the Genitive in German.
3. The Objective by the Genitive, Dative, and Ac
cusative in German.
4. The Verbs (jeljen, to go, and ftd)Ctt, to stand, are reg
ular only in the present tense.
Rem. The imperfect tense of these verbs will be given hereafter.
Exercise 30.
1. Where is the painting? 2. The carpenter hung it
over the table. 3. The chair stands between the door
and the window. 4. William put (flellen) the chair be
tween the door and the window. 5. The dog is in the
garden. 6. William is going into the garden. 7. The
letter is under the book. 8. Who put (legen) the letter
under the book? 9. I put it under the book. 10.
RECAPITULATION OF WORDS AND PARADIGMS.
35
Where is my hat? 11. It is on the table. 12. Your

cap is on the chair. 13. The garden is behind the
house. 14. William and Mary are in the garden. 15.
The chair and the table are in the room. 16. The chair
stands before the table.
' -*\
y
LESSON XVI.
Rem. That the student may see what stock of words
and of grammatical forms he has already acquired, we
give in this Lesson classified lists of the words that
have been used, and of the paradigms that have been
introduced in the previous lessons.
1. Masculine Nouns :
,X>tt Slbenb,i, evening. et #err, n, Mr.
Set 3fcgcttfd)irm, umbrella
>u!jel, i, hill.
Slpfel, i, applo.
SRocT, ti, coat.
Slpfelbaum, apple-tree ->unb, ti, dog.
chiller, i, scholar.
{>ut, ti, hat.
dcfer, i, baker.
onnenfchirm, parasol
3Sfler, i, hunter.
Satt, e8, ball.
trob, ti, straw.
Saufmann, merchant. rrolûr, straw hat.
Saurn, ti, tree.
, Serfl, ti, mountain Sod), ti, cook.
turm, ti, storm.
Sleifrift,I, pencil. Cebrer, i, teacher. Seller, i, plate. ,
Sburm, ti, tower.
Soffel, i, spoon.
Soben, i, floor. Brief, ti, letter.
Sifd), ti, table.
Sim, n, lion.
Srubcr, i, brother. SWaler, i, paintor.
Setter, i, father.
!Com, ti, cathedral SNann, ti, man.
aMb, ti, forest.
artetl, i, garden.
SBft>jen, i, wagon.
Ofnti i, stove.
drmer,$.gardener Dbeim, i, uncle.
5Botf, ti, wolf. fter.
abn, ti, rooster.
3intmcrmamt, carpen tyttii, ti, price.
2. Feminine Nouns:
t>ie Slrttbme'tif, arithmetic fe Oabel, , fork.
Slufijabe, , exercise. ramma'tif, grammar
n Sirne, , pear.
jVird)e, . church.
Slume, , flower.
Seftion', , lesson.
Sutter, , butter.
Silie, , lily.
J>inte, , ink.
SKild), , milk.
>, <iihe, , oak.
SKutter, , mother.
Seber, , pen.
Wlait, , oap.
8rau, , woman.
Jiacbt, , night.
S?elfe, , pink.
SRofe, , rose.
cbule, , school.
d)roefler, , sister.
tabt, , city.
tecfnabel, , pin.
lante, , aunt.
Sbiir, , door.
Sttong, newspaper.
36
3. Neuter Nouns:
*a Sanb, ti, ribbon. Do* grdulein, i, Miss. S>o8 Dbfl, ti, fruit.
emdTbc, painting.
fflrob, ti, bread.
n 3>apier', i, paper.
n $aug, c3, house.
SBud), ti, book.
9)fcrb, ei, horse.
iiinb, ee\ child.
2)ctd), ti, roof.
d)utyau8,-ea,school genfler, 3, window. 3Kebi, 3, flour.
Sud), -ti, clothfhouse
,i gleifd), ti, meat.
Simmer, ti, room.
i, knife.
4. Proper Names of Persons:
Sllbredjt3,or2llbcrt,i, Srttfl tni, Ernest.
3ob>mT, i, John.
Albert.
8ranJ, tni, Francis.
Steal i, Charles.
E&arlot'ta, i, Charlotte. granjiS'fa, i, Frances, Stdtbari'wt, i, Catharine.
Warie', ni, Mary.
Sli'fc, ni, Eliza.
corg, 3, George.
eit'fabctb,i, Elizabeth. $einrid), i, Henry.
3BUbclm, i, William.
5. Proper Names of Countries and Places :
afrifa, i, Africa.
Defieneid), i, Austria.
alle, i, Halle.
Sme'rifa, i, America. Hamburg, i, Hamburg. 9)otgbam, i, Potsdam.
Saben, i, Baden.
$eibelbcrg,i, Heidelberg 9>reuen, i, Prussia.
i&onanb, i, Holland.
Berlin', i, Berlin.
Sfiom, i, Rome.
Sremen, i, Bremen.
SRufjlcmb, 4, Russia.
3ta'lien, i, Italy.
2)eutfd)tonb, i, Germany fiolrt, i, Cologne.
ad)fen, i, Saxony.
Qtnjlanb, i, England. fietpjig, i, Leipsio.
d)ottlanb, i, Seotland.
granffurt,, Frankfort. SKuntfXtt, i, Munich.
tuttgart, i, Stuttgard.
6. Adjectives :
d)5n, beautiful.
Sltbnltd), similar.
fllein, small.
tcil, steep. .
SJiflig, cheap.
Sang, long.
Inetter, dear.
ro, large.
Caut, loud.
Unibntid), unlike.
{>ei, hot.
9tu$tid), useful.
SBarm, warm.
d)d'blid), injurious.
{>od), high.
Skit, distant.
Salt, cold.
d)Wer, difficult.
7. Pronouns:
1. PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
2. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
(Plural.)
Singular.
Plural.
{Singular.)
id), I; mid), me.
tsir, we; un8, us.
unfer, our.
mein, my.
bu, thou; bid), thee. ibr, you; cud), you.
eucr, your.
bein, thy.
ibr, their.
tr, he; ibn, him. fte, they; fic, them,
fein, his.
fit, she; fic, her.

ibr, her.
ti, it; ti, it.

fein, its.
8. Regular Verbs:
Sauen, to build.
, Donnern, to thunder.
eulen, to howl.
SBeflen, to bark.
ofen, to procure.
golgen, to follow.
Sefu'd)en, to visit.
$oren, to hear.
Smbren, to conduct.
Cejab'Ien, to pay.
ebb'ren, to belong.
flaufen, to buy.
SBlifcen, to lighten.
Sageln, to hail.
Jtrdben, to crow.
Srullen, to roar.
Scgen, to lay.
dngen, to hang.
37
d)netcrt, to snow.
Scrfau'fen, to sell.
gcrnen, to learn.
Statin, to sail.
ieben, to love.
Strle'aen, to mislay.
SWatben, to make.
Spitlen, to play.
SJollen'ben, to finish.
Ojcn, to say.
tcllen, to place.
SBtmtn. to cry. 1
Stubiren, to study.
SBunfd)en, to wish.
d)enfen, to present.
3ud)en, to e
3tyen, to show.
S*iifin. to send.
9. Irregular Verbs
(ijeên, to go.
| Stetym, to stand.
Scut, to be.
10. Adverbs
$tar, here.
Sid, much.
Shut, also. 1
3a, yes2Batm?when?
2)0, there.
3cfct, now.
SBarum' ? why ?
grubcr, formerly.
S0ieî more.
fflo? where?
(Sera'bc, exactly. -J
Se(|r, very.
3icmlid>, quite.^
(Seflern, yesterday.
Slarf, hard.
3u, too.
$cute, to-day.
11. Prepositions
Accusative.
Dative. 7
Acns. or Dative.
Qenitive. 4
Sbii, until.
Sn, on, at. ^Jl
Slnflatt, instead of. %Ui, out of.
2)urd>, through. 2luf, upon.
Slufjerl)alb, outside of. 3tatr, outside.
3nnerftalb, inside of. (Staenu'ber, opposite gur, for.
Winter, behind.
ta.en,
towards.
SDlit, with.'
in. ÔCki
SBabjenb, during.
[Ot)ne, without. 3n,
9icben, beside.
SBrgen, on account SRad), towards
Um, around.
{and many
Son, from.
Ucbcr, over.
others).
'SEBibct, against. Unter, under.
3u, to
(arid some
|S5or, before.
I^Wifd)en, between.
others).
12. Conjunctions:
Dod), however.
Sber, but.
Scttbrat', since.
(gbc, before.
when.
Unb, and.
Obcr, or. .
8& until, till.
2Bril, because.
13. Examples of the declension of the definite article
and of nouns in the singular number :
FEMININE.
MASCULINE.
NEUTER.
(The man.)
(The woman.)
(The child.)
btC grau,
Nom. bet 2Nann,
Hi nb,
Gen. bt8 2Wann=eS,
bet grau,
bc &mb=e8,
Dat. bent SDcann.e,
bet grau,
bem Sinb=e,
Ace. ben SKann.
bte grau.
ba8 Sinb.
Hem. Some masculine and neuter nouns are declined as follows :
(The father.)
(The weather.)
(The sir.)
(The soldier.)
N. bcr 2Sater,
ba8 2Better,
bet $err,
bet Oolbat,
G. beS 3Sater*8,
be >err*n,
beS 2Better*S,
beS olbat=en,
D. bent Sater,
bem err*n,
bem 2Better,
bem olbat=en,
ben olbaten.
.4. ben 2Jater.
ben $err*n.
ba ^Better. .
38
14. The Indefinite Article cut, a or an, is declined thus :

MASCULINE.
FEMININE.
NEUTEK.
(A man.)
(A child.)
(A woman.)
tilt Sinb,
Ctn=e grau,
Nom. tin SMann,
inv-tt grau,
em=e finbe8,
Gen. tui'tS 2Baune8,
ein*em Sinbe,
eiu=er grau,
Pat. euuem SNatme,
ein*e grau.
cin
Sinb.
Acc. eiu=en Sttann.
Rem. The Possessive Pronouns (mein, bein, fein, ibr, unfer, cuer) are dedined like tin.
15. Present and Imperfect Tenses of fettt, to he
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) ttmr,
I was.
id) bin, I am.
bu re a x " ft, thou wast.
bu Jiff, thou art.
er ift, he is.
er toar,
he was.
Voir finb, we are.
>tr ro a r = Cjt, we were.
ibr re a r = et, you were.
ibr feib, you are.
fit to a x tUf they were.
ftc finb, they are.
16. Present and Imperfect Tenses of fydftett, to have:
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) l)ab=e, I have.
i<6 &at=te, I had.
bu 1)0ft,
thou hast.
bu bat* tCft, thou hadst.
er |at,
he has.
er \) at* ttf he had.
toir b a b * en, we have.
toir i) a t * ten, we had.
ibr 1) a b = t, yon have.
ibr b a t * tCt, you had.
fie ty a b * en, they have.
fie at* ten, they had.
17. Present and Past Tenses of HCbett, to love;
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) Ueb=e, I love.
id) Heb=te, I loved,
bu I i e b * ft, thou lovest.
bu I i e b s teft, thou lovedst.
er lieb*t, he loves.
er Iieb*te, he loved,
toir I t e b * en, we love.
toir I i e b * ten, we loved,
ibr I i e b * t, you love.
itjr t i e b = tet, you loved.
fte I i e b * en, they love.
fie I i e b * ten, they loved.
Perfect Tense.
Pluperfect Tense.
id) Da6=e flClicbt,I have loved. id) fiat=te flClicbt, I had loved.
bu 1)0ft
ii thou hast loved. btt bat*tcft ii thou hadst loved.
er fjut
ti he has loved. er bat*te
n he had loved.
toir bctb=ett n we have loved. toir ât*ten w we had loved,
ibr bab=t
n you have loved. ibr fyaUttt
n yon had loved,
n they had loved.
fte bab=en n they have loved. fte bat=tcn
39
(inunbbmfeigfie 3lufgabc.
l.SWetn SBalcr unb mcin 33ruber geên fjeute nad) otfm.
2. ef)en fte fiber aile ? 3. 9iein, fte geben fiber ?eipjig. 4.
at err Slaufelb ben 23rtef fiber Hamburg ober fiber 33remen
gefd)icft? 5.Gcr f)at tbn fiber Bremen gefd)icft. 6.9legnet eg
jeftt? 7. 3a, eg regnet febr ftarf. 8. Wtit raeffen Salle fpielft
bu? 9. 3d) fptele mit meinem 33alle. 10. 2)a gebi ber 3ager
wit feinem unbe ttad) bem 2Balbe. 1 1 . 2Bem gebort bag aug ?
12. eg geîjrt metnem Db,eim. 13. 2Bo tft mem 9legenfd)irm ?
14. @r ftebj Winter ber J^fire neben meinem Slegenfd)irm. 15.
33tft bu aug Hamburg? 16. 9ietn, id) bin aug Sremen. 17.
Slnftatt feineg Siotfeg l>at 3of>ann meitien Slocf ju bem Sd)nei*
ber gefd)icft. 18. 2Beffen aug ift bag? 19. @g ift errn
9hrpred)tg aug. 20. 2Bo(mt err Sluerbad) in eibelberg?
21. Stein, er rcof)nt in 9)?find)en. 22. 33erlin, ôtgbam, granf*
furt unb SBtagbeburg ftnb in $reufjen, 2Jifind)en ifl in 23atern
(Bavaria), unb Seipjig unb Dregben ftnb in @ad)fen.
Exercise 32.
l.Why did not Mr. Klein buy the painting? 2. On
account of the price ; it was too dear. 3. Whose paint
ing is it? 4. It is Mr. Eberhard's painting. 5. Where
is my hat? 6. It is in my room. 7. Are you going into
the garden ? 8. No, I am not going into the garden. 9.
Whose grammar is that ? 10. That is my grammar. 11.
Have you my arithmetic? 12. No, I have not it. 13.
Did you hear what Henry Badecker said? 14. No, I
did not hear what he said. 15. He said that he has
your arithmetic. 16. Is it snowing? 17. No, it is rain
ing. 18. Did it rain when you were in Potsdam? 19.
Yes, it rained very hard. 20. The wolf is howling, the
lion is roaring, the dog is barking, and the rooster is
crowing. 21. Where is Henry? 22. He is in the gar
den, and John is going into the garden. 23. Your um
brella is behind the door.
Or. ^
40
PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
LESSON XVII.
PERSONAL PRONOUNS. FORMS OF ADDRESS. CONTRACTION'S 0
PREPOSITIONS WITH THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.
25er 33rief ift nicbt son ibm,
The letter is not from him.
einricfe, war nicbt mit ibnen,
Henry was not with them.
gr mar mit ung,
He was with us.
aben ic bie 3eitung?
Have you the newspaper?
3ft bag 3>r uc^?
Is that your book?
err 9iotb. batte 3(men bie 3* Mr. Roth had already sent
tung fcbon gefcbicft,
you the newspaper.
granffurt am Stain,
Frankfort-on-the-Main.
3obann ift im aufe,
John is in the house.
Sretunbbrei&igfte Slufgabe.
l.ebft bu in ben arten? 2. 9iein, icb gebe ing aug.
3. 3ft 2Bilbelm im aufe? 4. Stein, er ift im arten. 5. 2So
ift mein leiftift? 6. 3cf; babe tyn ing 33ud) gelegt. 7. pr
wen baft bu bag 23ud) gefauft? 8. 3$ babe eg fiirg inb ge*
fauft. 9. SSofjnt err lein weit son ernt rofi ? 10. 3tein,
er voo(mt ibm gerabe gegenuber. 11. aft bu gebort voag ber
Sebrer gefagt bat? 12. abt ibr eg gebort? 13. aben (Sic
eg gebort? 14. aben fte eg gebort? 15. at fte eg gcprt?
16. at er eg gebort? 17. 3a, wir baben eg gebort, unb fte ba*
ben eg geb&rr. 18. 2Bann voaren <Sie in erlin? 19. 3d) war
geftern in Berlin. 20. 2Bo ift 3br 33ruber? 21. 2Kein ru*
ber ift bcutc in 2)iund)en.
Grammatical.
1. The following contractions of prepositions with the
definite article are sometimes used:
1. With Dat. Sing. bCttt 2. With Dative Singular \ 3. With Acc. Neut. ba:
aut
for an bem.
Feminine bCt :
ani for an ba8.
bctm " bet bem.
JUt for JU ber.
auf8 " aufba8.
ftintcrm " Winter bem.
burd) " burcb baS.
tm
" in bem.
fttr8 " fflrba8.
unterttt " unterbem.
tn
" in ba8.
Dotn
" toon bem.
umS '' umba8.
JUttt
" ju bem.
PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
granffurt ant attain an (bem Main),
@r ift int aufe (in bcm aufe),
(Sr gebt in! au8 (in ba au8),
(Sr tommt bom SWufeum (toon bem SWuftum),
2>a8 23ud) ift fiir Sinb (fur ba8 Stab),
(5r gebt jur Sircbe (jn ber Sircbe),
@r ftebt am genfter (an bem genfter),
r gebt an genfter (an ba8 genfter),
41
Frankfort-on-the-Main.
He is in the house.
He goes into the house.
He comes from the Museum.
The book is for the child.
He is going to the church.
He is standing at the window.
He is going to the window.
2. The Personal Pronouns are declined thus :

FIRST PERSON.
Singular.
Norn. fd),
L
Gen. mctntr, of me, etc.*
Dat. raft, to me, etc.*
Acc. mid), me.*
Plural.
Norn. toir, we.
Gen. m\tt, of us, etc.*
Dat. KUif to. us, etc.
Acc. nn8, us.
Norn.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
SECOND PERSON.
Singular.
OJt,
thou.
(ie, you.)
beinee, of thee, etc. (Sbrer, ofyou, etc.)
bit, to thee, etc. (Sbnen, to you, etc.)
bid), thee.
(@ie, you.)
Plural.
if)e, you.
(Sie, yon.)
ettel, of you, etc. (36rer, ofyou,e<c.)
end), to you, etc. (36nen, to you, etc.)
end), you.
(@ie, you.)
THIRD PERSON.
Singular.
Plural.
cr,
he.
fte, she.
t8,
it.
fte, they.
fetner, of him.* ii)rer, of her. feitter, of it. H)rer, of them.
if)ttt, to him. H)r, to tier. H)ttt, to it. tftnen, to them.
tl)n, him.
fte, her.
eS,
it.
fte, them.
3. The forms of address in German differ from those in

the English :
l.In ordinary discourse, in addressing a person of
mature years, the form of the thirdpersonplural
is used instead of the regular forms of the second
person of both numbers.
Rem. When thus used the pronoun begins with a capital letter:
Jpaben @te mein SBucb?
Have yon my book ? '
9iein, id) babe 3f)r ud) nKH
No, I have not your book.
er Srief ift fur te,
The letter is for you.
@r ift in 3fl)rem 3"mer,
He is in your room.
* tor the use of the cases, see Lessons XIII., XIV., XV.
42
THE IRREGULAR VERB toCttlCtt, TO BECOME.
2. Besides using btl in addressing Deity, the regular

forms bit and iljr are employed in speaking to near
relatives or very dear friends, and also in speak
ing to servants and often to children.
Exercise 34.
1. Have you (te) had my umbrella? 2. No, I have
not had your umbrella. 3. There is your umbrella.
4. What kind of a flower have you? 5. 1 have a rose.
6. What did Mr. Klein send you? 7. He sent me a let
ter. 8. Have you sent the letter to Mrs. Dietrich? 9.
Yes, I sent the letter to her by way of Hamburg. 10.
Has your tailor sent you your coat yet? 11. No, he
has not yet sent me my coat. 12. Are you going into
the house? 13. Yes, I am going into the house? 14.
Are William and Francis in the house? 15. No, they
are in the garden. 16. The chair and the table we in
the room.
LESSON XVIII.
THE IRREGULAR VERB UJCl'tlCH, TO BECOME.
2)ag SBetter roirb fyetfj,

2)a3 SBettcr rourbe fait,
@r nrirb reicf),
ie roerben reidj,
@$ nrirb balb regntn,
3d) werbe balb gebcrt,
ie roerben balb gefjen,
@r nrirb bag 33utf) faufen,
ic roerben bag aug faufcn,
FUTURE TENSES.
The weather is becoming

hot.
The weather became cold.
He is becoming rich.
They are becoming rich.
It will soon rain.
I shall go soon,
They will go soon.
He will buy the book.
They will buy the house.
Pnfunbbrctitgfte Stnfgak.
1. ffitrb bag SBetter fait ? 2. 9Mn, eg nrirb warm. 3. 9ftor*
gen wirb eg feb.r t;eijj fein. 4. 2Bag fur SBetter roerben rotr fccute
THE IRREGULAR VERB tttrbCit, TO BECOME.
43
baben? 5. eute wtrb bag 2Better febr warm fcin. 6. 6g nrirt

jefct febr fd)roul. 7. (g rotrb regnen. 8. 2)er âufmann nnrb
retd). 9. 2)er âufmann wurbe reid). 10. SSBann wirft bu nad)
33erltn geben? 11. 3d) roerbe iibermorgen nad) 33erlin geben.
12. 2Bann wirb err granfenbetm ung befudjen? 13. Sr wtrb
ung beute SIbenb befud)en. 14. 2Bann wirb ber d)ubinad)er
betnen dmf) repart'ren? 15. @r wirb tf)n beute Slbenb repart*
ren. 16. 2)er iifd)ler roirb bie Xifd)e morgen repariren. 17.
2Bir roerben morgen nad) bem 2Jiufeum geben. 18. <g bonnert;
eg tturb balb regnen. 19.3d) roerbe bie Seftion balb gelernt
baben.
Vocabulary.
See SOiorgen, 8, morning.
2Jiorgen (adv.), to-morrow.
Sag, e8, day.
Uebermorgen, day after to-morrow.
ipcute Slbenb, this evening.
Sifler, 8, cabinet-maker.
d)to1il, sultry.
<Sd)ub, e8, shoe.
@cbul)ntad)er, 8, shoemaker.
9iafj, wet.
tcu)I, e8, steel.
Stngencbm, pleasant, agreeable.
2)ie @tablfeber, , steel pen.
Unangenclmt, disagreeable.
SRetcb, rich. ^ (_
. ,
2Jfufe'um, 8, museum.
SRepari'ren, to mend.
2lrm, poor.
Grammatical.
l.The Irregular Verb toerbett, to become, is conjugated
*Û8'
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) tOurb=C, I became.
id) ttierb=C, I become.
btJ toilft,
thou becomest.
bu to U r b * tft, thou becamest.
er tBtrb,
he becomes.
er rourb*e, he became.
toir to c r b ' en, we become.
toir to U r b * en, we became.
tb.r to e r b = tt, you become.
tbr to U r b = et, you became.
fte to e r b ' CH, they become.
fte to U r b * en, they became.
2. The Present Tense of tocrbttt, to become, is used as
an auxiliary in forming the Future Tenses of all verbs :
First Future: @8 toirb regnen,
It will rain.
Second Future: 8 tt)ir& geregnet baben, It will have rained.
Rem. The Future Tenses in German express simple futurity, and not in
clination or desire, as is often the case in English.
44
THE IRREGULAR VERB ti)CritCJl, TO BECOME.

3. The Indicative Mood of liebcit, to love:
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) 1ieb=e, I love,
id) 1ieb=te, I loved.
bu I i e b * ft, thou lovest
bu 1 t e b * tCft, thou lovedst
er It eb<=t, he loves.
er lieb*te, he loved.
n>ir 1 i e b ' en, we love.
toir I i e b * ten, we loved.
H)r I i e b * t, you love.
ibr I i e b * ttt, you loved.
ftC 1 i e b * Ctt, they love.
fie Iieb*ten, they loved.
Perfect Tense.
Pluperfect Tense.
I have loved, etc.
I had loved, etc.
idi ffaUtt geliebt.
id) bab=e geliebt.
bu bat^teft geliebt.
bu baft
geliebt.
er tyat*te geliebt.
er jat
geliebt.
toir i a t = ten geliebt.
totr b a b * ett g e I i e b t.
ibr $at*tet geliebt.
ibrbab*t geliebt.
fte bat = ten geliebt.
fie ^ a B * cn geliebt.
Second Future Tense.
First Future Tense.
I shall have loved, etc.
I shall love, etc.
Id) tucrb-e lieben.
id) toerbe
geliebt l)aben.
bu totrft
lieben.
bu toitft
geliebt b a b e m
er totrb
lieben.
er toirb
geliebt babett.
toir re e r b = en lieben.
roir to e r b * en geliebt boben.
ibr to c r b = et lieben.
ibr m e r b = et geliebt bâben.
fte toerb = en geliebt tyaben.
fie reerb*eu lieben.
1. The v/eather is becoming very hot. 2. It is be

coming very sultry. 3. It will probably rain before
evening. 4. It is thundering. 5. 1 shall buy an um
brella to-day. 6. Shall you send the letter by way of
Hamburg? 7. No, I shall send it by way of Bremen.
8. Will you go to the city to-day? 9. No, I shall not go
to the city to-day. 10. When will the shoemaker mend
your boot? .11. He will mend it to-morrow. 12. He
has not mended my shoe yet. 13. The weather is very
wet and disagreeable to-day. 14. What kind of a pen
do you wish? 15.1 wish a steel pen. 16. Here is a
steel pen. 17. When will you visit us? 18. We shall
visit you this evening.
0 <4- 7-
,oV
GERMAN CURRENT HAND.
V\
LESSON XIX.
1. Capital Letters.
u r
2. Small Letters.
/?
y /) y iS
stuvwxyz
3. Umlaut Vowels and Combined Consonants.

cat
it.
iiu
Bch
tit
sz
tz

tcknunbbrcipgpc Slufgak.
SUbert,
atbre$t,
gran}.
gfriebrtcfc,
>etnri$,
3o(tcmn.
3atob,
Jtonrab,
SBilberm.
^ ^
Stnna,
Stugufte,
ebtoig,
granjiSTa.
Sb.artotte,
?ouife.
SUiarie,
err dfomtbt,
err tefenba$.
/
ffrau ietefetb.
grSutein . ff. SWel)er&eim.
Srau Jtomer.
HugSburg,
Kug<burg,
Saben,
Bremen,
Seffau.
SreSben,
SDiiffetborf,
Hamburg,
$oHc,
JtSIn,
8 sipJig,
Stuttgart,
Deutidjtanb,
a$jen,
3tfUn,
8rranfttt$,
Sfrtin.
Saiern,
Saben,
Stfrita,
iRugtanb,
(Sotba.
$eibetberg.
SMiinc&en.
Sffiien.
$refl6cn.
Oeflerreicb.
Slmerifa.
Stolietu

91c^tunbbrci#tgfte Slufgak.
$err SDirt)er&eim too&nt in SBerlin.
$err florner ift t)eute in S>alie,
ffrau SReumann raol)tit in Sregtau.
grau SHefenbatf) i|l Jeute in re6ben.
JJrautein SDietrid) Wol)nt in Stotn.
SBit&etm Caspar fcatte bag SBu$.
2Ber ât meincn SBtetfltft ?
3d) fcabe teinen ffliciflift.
CONJUGATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS.
f\^.cJL rJlO
<4T
49
LESSON XX.
CONJUGATION OP IRREGULAR VERBS.
What do you find in the

basket?
3d) ftnbe einen Slpfel unb cine I find an apple and a pear,
33irne,
[book?
Where did you find the
2Bo fanbefi bu bag 33ud) ?
3d) fanb eg in meinem 3ironter, I found it in my room.
Have you found the letter ?
#aft bu ben 23rief gefunbeu?
I have not found it.
3d) âfce i^n nid)t gefunben,
>u nurji ben 33rief auf meinem You will find the letter ou
tfd) ftnben,
(vfcîEe table.
/ SBagfinbeft bum bent orb?
9leununbbretitgfte ?lufgnlic.
1. SBo fyaft bu beinen Sleifiift gefunben? 2. 3d) fanb ifm in
teinem 3immer auf bent tfdje. 3. 2Bie ftnbeft bu meinen ut ?
4. 3d) ftnbe tyn fefjr bjibfd), aber etrcag grofj. 5. #4tie ber 3a*
ger feinen unb gefunben? 6. Stein, er (jatte ib,n ned) nidjt ge*
funben, alg er bet ung (at our house) war. 7. Dei 93ud)bm?
ber feat bag 33ud) ganj gut gebunben. 8. 2Bo tft bag Sknb?
9. SBityelm binbet eg urn feinen ut. 10. 9flarie f)at bag 8ieb
febr fd)6n gefungen. 11. 3a, fte fang eg nrirflid) febj fd)5n. 12.
@a roivb jefct ein "?ieb ftngcn. 13. rmfft bu lieber (do you
prefer) $affce ober f>ee? 14.3d) trinfe lieber 3êe. 15.
2Bog werben ie trtnfen? 16. 3d) rcerbe SBaffer trtnfen.
Vocabulary.
35er Sucbbinbct, -8, book-binder.
Coffee, 8, coffee.
bee, 8, the tea.
Sorb; c8, basket.
^5>iC Sbofola'be* , chocolate.
2)<t Sieb, e8, song.
3.'oIftieb, e8, popular eong.
SBaffer, 8, water.
(StTOaS (pron.), something, any thing.
*d\) in Gljofolatc is pronounced like sh in shall.
Sinberi, to bind, tie.

ginben, to find, consider,
ingen, to sing.
Srtnfen, to drink.
Jpiibfcb, pretty.
(5tn>a8 (adv.), somewhat.
@anj (adv.), quite, entirely.
Sieber (adv.), rather.
BiTttity (adv.), really. .
50
CONJUGATION OF IRREGULAK V^RBS.
Grammatical.
Irregular Verbs have the following peculiarities:
1. They have the ending =cn instead of st in the Perfect Participle.
2. The radical vowel of most Irregular Verbs is chrngedin forming th*
Imperfect Indicative and the Perfect Participle.
3. The Imperfect Indicative is usually a monosyllable fltavi g the Jim
and third persons singular alike).
Exception. A few Irregular Verbs have =tt in the Imperfect Indicative,
and st in the Perfect Participle, though they change the radical vowel.
2. Principal parts of the Irregular Verbs bttlbcit, filt'
ben, fingen, and ttinfett :
Present Infinitive.
Imperfect Indicative.
Perfect Participie.
6ijtMn, to bind;
taltb, bound;
ge4mnb'*en, bound.
ftnb*en, to find;
f a n b , found;
ge* fun b'*en, found.
fing=en, to sing;
fang, sang;
ge* f u n g'=en, sung.
trinfêtt, to drink;
tranl, drank;
ge=trunJ'*en, drunk.
3. The Indicative Mood of btnben, to bind:
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) 6take, I bind.
xib bnnb,
I bound.
blt bittfceft, thou bindest.
bu b a n b = eft, thou boundest.
er binb-et, he binds.
er banb,
he bound.
toir 6 t n b * en, we bind.
toir 6 o n b = en, we bound.
ibr b t n b * et, you bind.
tbr b a n b = et, you bound.
fte b t n b * en, they bind.
fte b a n b * en, they bound.
Perfect Tense.
Pluperfect Tense.
I have bound, etc.
I had bound, etc.
id) ftat*te
gebunb'en.
id) fiab=c gebunb'en.
bu bot^teft, gebunb'en.
bu haft
gebunb'en.
er bat^te, gebunb'en.
er hat ' gebunb'en.
toir b a t * ten, gebunb'en.
toir b a b * ett gebunb'en.
ibr bat*tet, gebunb'en.
tyr bab*t gebunb'en.
fte b a t ten, gebunb'en.
fie b a b * en gebunb'en.
First Future Tense.
I shall bind, etc.
I shall have bound, etc.
td) titcrb=c binben.
. mcrQ*c gebunb'en 1)nficru
bu uirft
btnben.
bu tttirft
gebunb'en fyahtn.
er totrb
btnben.
er totrb
gebunb'en baben.
ttnr to e r b * en b i n b e n.
toir to e r b en gebunb'en baben.
ibr Werb*et btnben.
ibr W e r b ' et gebunb'en baken,
fte ro e r b en gebunb'en boben.
fie ro e t b en b t n b e n.
Rem. ginben, ftngen, and trtulen ure conjugated like biubCH.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST CLASS.
51
5. Most adjectives may be used as adverbs without

change of form :
@r fpri$t got,
He speaks well.
ie fmgt \ti)0U,
She sings beautifully.
Exercise 40.
l.Do you prefer (trtnfen Heber) coffee or chocolate?
2. 1 prefer chocolate. 3. Will you drink water or tea?
4. 1 will drink tea. 5. What kind of a song did Miss
Neumann sing? 6. She sang a popular song. T.Wil
liam is tying his pocket-handkerchief around his arm.
8. Has the bookbinder bound the book? 9. No, he
has not bound it yet. 10. Have you found any thing?
11. No, I have not found any thing (I have found noth
ing). 12. Where did Albert find his cap? 13. He found
it in my room, on the table. 14. Do you think (find)
this coat too dear? 15. No, it is quite (ganj) cheap.
LESSON XXI.
IRREGULAR VERBS OP THE FIRST CLASS.
Do you speak German?
pred)en te Deutfd) ?
9ietn, id) fpred)e nur Snglifd), No, I speak only English.
Mr. Behr speaks German.
err ebr fprid)t Deutfd),
Mr. Wolf spoke to us.
err 2Bolf fprad) mit ung,
We spoke to him.
3Bir fprad)en mtt U)m,
He has spoken to us.
<r bat mtt ung gefprod)en,
He had spoken to us.
@r batte mit ung gefprod)en,
We shall speak to him.
2Bir rocrben mtt tbm fpreu)en,
(Sinitnbtoierjtgfte Slufgabc.
1. prid)ft bu Deutfd)? 2. 3ttin, id) fpred)e nur Gcnglifdl.
1 $rau lein fprid)t Deutfd) unb granjo'ftfd). 4. ftrduletn
2 orner fprtc^t granjo'ftfd), 3talta'mfd) unb pamfd). 5. Statl,
bu nurft ben tocf bred)en; bu baft tbn jerbrod)en. 6. Der
Slcferbauer brifd)t ben 2Beyen. 7. atl bat metnen 33atl in ben
52
arten geroorfen. 8. r mrf fetnen SWantel auf ben tu^l.

9. 3d) ftnbe metnen 33leiftift md)t ; roer ât ifm genommen? 10.
3$ f>abe tbn nicbt genommen. 11. 3oânn nabm fetn ud) unto
fling nadj aufe. 12. 2Barum ntmmft bu metnen SBletfHft? ba
baft bu beinen 33leifttft. 13. Der 2)ieb ât bag elb gefto&len.
Vocabulary.
S)Cr 2lcfer6auer, 8, farmer.
2)0 (Mb, e8, money.
n SBauer, 8, peasant.
cutfrt), German.
SRoggen, 8, rye.
@nglifd), English.
2Beijen, 8, wheat.
granjoftfcb, French.
n 35ieb, e8, thief.
3talia'nifd), Italian.
n SOianteI, 8, cloak.
SRuJflfd), Russian.
m tOct, e8, cane, stick.
panifd), Spanish.
Present Infinitive.
Perfect Participie.
fJltedKn,
to speak; fljrafl),
spoke;
ge'fflrod)'*eH, spoken.
bred)*en,
to break; brad), broke ;
ge* b r o d)'*en, broken.
j e r b r e ch%en, to break ; jerbrad)', broke;
jerbrod/*en, broken.
b r e f d) *en, to thresh ; brafd), threshed ; ge* b r o f d)Vevt, threshed,
toerf*en, ~ to throw; tnarf ,
threw;
ge= V> D r f*en, thrown.
n a 1) m , took ;
n e b m 'm,
to take ;
ge* n c m m'*tn, taken.
ftaf)l,
stole;
fl e i) I 'VCl, . to steal ;
ge* fl o b I'*en, stolen.
Grammatical.
1. Most irregular verbs with c in the radical syllable
change it to i or tC in the second and third person of
the present singular.
2. The Indicative Mood of jJtttfleit, to speak:
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) forafl),
I spoke.
id) \pxt(S)=t,
I speak.
bu f))rid)=ft, thou speakest.
bu f p r a d) * ft, thou spokest.
fr nirid)=t,
be speaks.
er fflrad),
he spoke.
ft)tr f p r e cb * en, we speak.
toir f b r o d) en, we spoke.
ibr fprecbt, you speak.
ibr f p r a d) * t, you spoke.
fte f p r e d) * Clt, they speak.
fte fprad)=cn, they spoke.
Perfect Tense.
Pluperfect Tense.
id) bnttc gcforo'd)en, e<c.
id) fiabt geforo'a)en, etc.
I have spoken, etc.
I had spoken, ere.
First Future Tense.
i* toerbe fflred)en, etc.
id) mcrbt geforo'd)en l)auett, etc
I shall speak, etc.
I shall have spoken, etc.
53
3. The Indicative Mood of itel)lett, to steal :

Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
I steal.
id? ftet)l=c,
id) fUSfif
I stole.
thou stealest.
bu ft a b t ft, thou stolest.
bu ftieb>ft,
he steals.
er ftfeb>t,
er fta(I,
he stole.
roir ft e b 1 en, we steal.
tr>ir ft a b I en, we stole.
ibr ftebl*t, you steal.
ibr ft a b 1 1, you stole.
fie ft c b t * en, they steal.
fte ft a f) 1 * en, they stole.
Perfect Tense.
Pluperfect Tense.
id) l)abe geftob/lcn, etc.
id) l)atte gcftnhl'cn, c<c
I have stolen, etc.
I had stolen, etc.
First Future Tense.
id) merbe gcftofilen finben, etc.
id) tnerbe ftcl)len, etc.
I shall have stolen, etc.
I shall steal, etc.
4. The
class of irregular verbs includes all that
have a different radical vowel for each of the principal
parts; the second one always being (t, as:
biltb=ett, to bind;
6anb, bound;
ge*lmnb'*ett, bound.
ftirtd)=ett, to speak ;
farad), spoke;
ge=ftjrOd)'ett, spoken.
Rem. There are several sounds in the English which do not occur in the
German language, as : (1) u in duty; (2) u in butter ; (3) au in Paul; (4) th
in think; (5) th in that; (6) cA in cAaiV ; (7)j in join; (8) z in azure (com
pare Lesson II.).
/0Exercise 42.
1. Who has stolen my lead-pencil? 2. There it is on
your table. 3. The thief stole the money. 4. Who took
my grammar? 5. It is on the table under your arith
metic. 6. Where is the ball? 7. John threw it over
the house. 8. The peasant is threshing the rye. 9.
The child is playing with the cane ; he will break it.
10. Does Mr. Niedner speak French? 11. No, but he
speaks English and German. 12. Do you speak Italian?
13. No, but I speak German. 14. Did you speak to Mr.
Klein? 15. No, I did not speak to him. 16. Mr. Klein
speaks Russian, French, Italian, and Spanish. 17. Do
they speak French? 18. No, they speak German and
English.
7/
54
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SECOND CLASS.
LESSON XXII.
What are you giving to
2Bag giebft bu bem ettler?
the beggar?
I am giving him a groschen
3d) gebe ibm einen rofd)en,
Sobann giebt il>m eineu Slpfel, John is giving him an apple
They are giving him bread
te geben if)m 33rob,
He gave the child a book.
@r gab bem tnbe ein 33ud),
Gtr Ijat feiner Softer cine Uf>r He has given his daughter
a watch.
gegeben,
3d) roerbe btr einen Slpfel geben, I will give you an apple.
He gave me a flower.
Qtr gab mtr eine 33lume,
2)reUmbtoterjigfte Stufgak.
1. 2Bag lefen 3obann unb einrid)? 2. ie lefen bic e*
fd)id)te son Deutfd)lanb. 3. 8ieft bu bie 3tung ? 4. Stein, id)
fefe fte nid)t. 5. ?ag er ben 33rief, alg bu ba roarft? 6. Stein,
er bat ifm nod) nid)t gelefen. 7. (Sffen ie gem (do you like)
bft? 8.D, id) effe eg fe^r gem. 9. grifc ijjt eine ime.
10. Dag inb bat bag utterbrob gegeffen unb bie 2J?ild) ge*
trunfen. 11. Dag $ferb frifjt bag eu. 12. Die ftub, bat bag
rag gefreffen. 13. aft bu beine rammatif? 14. Stein, id)
b,abe fte sergeffen. 15. Da ift ein d)iff ; ftebji bu eg? 16.
Stein, roo ift eg? 17. 2ld) ja, id) feê eg. 18. eftem fab id)
in ber tabt eine $>rojeffion' ; fte war febr grofj unb febr fd)on.
19. aft bu meinen onnenfd)irm gefeben ? 20. 3et, er ift in
3brem 3inuner.
Vocabulary.
Sler Sett'Ier, 8, beggar.
Sit ^Projeffion', , procession.
S8ar, en, bear.
,, kul}, , cow.
Dd)8, en, ox.
Ubr, watch, clock.
[ter.
u rof(fcen, 8, groschen (two Sfl8 SButterbrob, e8, bread and butcents and a half).
ro8, e8, grass.
n SKame, 8, name.
ett,e8,hay.
Rrife (diminutive ofgrtebrid}), Freddy. d)tff, C8, ship.
Ste efdjtd)'te, , history.
@ern (adj.), gladly, willingly.

Present Infinitive.
..gefKII,
to give;
yy .if
lef
to read ;
K.i jt f f *en,
to eat ;
f r e f f *en, to eat ;*
e r g c f f'*en, to forget;
feb.en,
to see;
gab,
gave;
I a8,
read ;
a fj ,
ate ;
frafj,
ate;
oergafj', forgot;
fab,
saw;
55
Perfect Participie.
ge*geb'*en, given.
ge* 1 e f'*en, read.
geg=ef f'=en,t eaten.
ge=freff*en, eaten.
to e r g e f f'*en, forgotten.
ge=feb>en,
Grammatical.
1. Irregular verbs of the second class have t, d, t as
the radical vowels of the three principal parts.
2. The Indicative Mood of fjebcit, to give:
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) geb=C, I give.
id) gab,
I gave.
bu gicMt, thou givest.
bu gnb^ft, thou gavest.
er flieli4, he gives.
er gab,
he gave.
toir g e b = en, we give.
W'vc g o b = en, we gave.
ibr g e b * t, you give.
ibr gab*t, you gave,
fie g e b * en, they give.
fie g a b en, they gave.
Pluperfect Tense.
Perfect Tense.
id) batte gcgeben, etc.
id> ba&e gege'ben, ec.
I had given, etc.
I have given, etc.
First Future Tense.
id) metbe geben, etc.
t* toerbe gegeben fmbcn, etc.
I shall have given, etc.
I shall give, etc.
Exercise 44.
1. Have you seen Mr. Dietrich this morning? 2. No,
I have not seen him to-day. 3. Did you see the man
with a bear when you were in the city? 4. Yes, we
saw him. 5. Do you see the carriage ? 6. Yes, I see it.
7. Has Henry his book? 8. No, he has forgotten it.
9. What does the man want? 10. He wishes to (ju)
speak. with you. 11. What is his name? 12.1 have
forgotten his name. 13. What are you eating? 14.1
am eating a peach. 15. Have you eaten your breakfast ?
16. Yes, I have eaten {or had) my breakfast. 17. What
is the ox eating? 18. He is eating grass. 19. Have
* Sreffen signifies to eat or devour, like animals.
t The participle of effen is irregular, having a double prefix (ges=)effe-
56
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CLASS.
you read the newspaper? 20. Yes, I have read it. 21.
What is Charlotte reading? 22. She is reading the
History of France. 23. What did your aunt give you?
24. She gave me a pear and a flower. 25. What kind
of a flower did she give you? 26. She gave me a rose.
LESSON XXIII.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CLASS.
3$ fd)fage auf ben ifd),
2)u fc^ldgft auf ben Sifd),
Gr fcfologt auf ben ifd),
2Btr fd)lagen auf ben ifd),
<Sie fd)lugen auf ben Xifd),
r f>at ben unb gefd)lagen,
gr roirb ben unb fd)lagen,
Gsr grabt ben 33runnen,
<5ie gruben ben 23runnen,
I am striking on the table.

You are striking on the table
He is striking on the table.
We are striking on the table
They struck on the table.
He has struck the dog.
He will strike the dog.
He digs the well.
They dug the well.
pttfunbtoicrjigfite Slufgabc.
1. 2Barum bat ber 3dger ben unb gefd)lagen? 2. 2Setl er
bag gleifd) gefreffeu fjat. 3. Der od) wtrb ben orb nad)
aufe tragen. 4. 2)er 2)tener tragt bag olj in bag aug.
5. 2Bag trdgft bu in bem ftorbe. 6. 3d) babe Dbft unb emiife
in bem ftorbe. 7. 2Im Slnfang fd)uf ott immel unb Srbe"
("in the beginning God created the heavens and the
earth"). 8. 2)er 23auer grabt cinen Srunnen. 9. 2)te 2Bafd);
frau bat bag ftleib geroafd)eu. 10. te wafd)t je&t beine Sffiefte.
11. Der Sdcfer ât bag 33rob nod) nid)t gebacfen. 12. 2)er
Sacfofen tft nod) nid)t betfj genug. 13. Die od)in bat ben
Kud)en fcbr gut gebacfen. 14. te bat bte âftete nod) nid)t
gebacfen. 15. Sie bdcft jegt bie âfte'te. 16. 2Bag baft bu in
bem iinbel? 17. 3d) babe eine 2Sefie unb etn &letb in bem
23unbel.
lHitEGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CLASS.
57
Vocabulary.
Set Slnfang, 8, beginning.
StC Grbe, , earth.
ott, e8, God.
Soble, , coal.
immel, 8, heaven.
Hocbin, , cook.
JiiUbe, , kitchen. v iBrmmen, 8, well.
Ofen, 8, stove.
âfte'te, , yie.
Siicfofett, 8, oven.
2Safd)frau, , washer-woman.
Kud)en, 8, cake.
aeeftc, , vest.
jJorb, C8, basket.
S0 cmii'fe, 8, vegetables.
3)iener, 8, servant.
0Ij, e8, wood.
Sleib, e8, dress.
CrtUfj', enough. -*
SBiinbel, 8, bundle.
tart, strong.
Perfect Participie.
Present Infinitive.
fd)lag*eu, to strike ;
ge*fd)lag'*en, struck.
fd)lU0, struck ;
t rag* en, to carry;
ge* t r a g'*en, carried.
t r U g , carried ;
f (b u f , created ;
f d)af f *Ctt, to create;
ge* f d) a f f'* en, created.
toafd) = en, to wash;
10 U f d) , washed ;
ge* TO a f (b'*en, washed.
grab = en, to dig;
grub, dug;
ge= g r a b'*en, dug.
bacf*ett, to bake;
ge* b a ct'*ett, baked.
b U f , baked ;
Grammatical.
1. Irregular verbs of the third class have a, U, 0 as the
radical vowels of the three principal parts.
2. The Indicative Mood of fd)lflgcn, to strike:
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) fdjlttg,
I struck.
id) fd)lOB=C,
I strike.
bu fd)ldg=ft, thou strikest.
bu fd|lug*ft, thou struckest.
Cr fd)liig=t,
he strikes.
er fd)lltg,
he struck.
ttrir f A) l u g * en, we struck.
toir f d) l a g * ttt, we strike.
ibr f cb 1 a g * t, you strike.
ibr fcblug*t, you struck.
fte f cb I g * Ctt, they strike.
fte f (b I u g * en, they struck.
Pluperfect Tense.
Perfect Tense.
id) babe gefd)lag'cn, etc.
id) batte gefd)lag'cn, etc.
I have struck, etc.
I had struck, etc.
First Future Tense.
id) ttcrbc fd)lagen, etc.
id) mcrbe gefd)lag'cn ftabcn, etc
I shall have struck, etc.
I shall strike, etc.
3. Nearly all irregular verbs with a, 9, or Alt, as the
radical vowel, take the Umlaut in the second and third
persons singular of the present indicative.
C2
58
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CLASS.
Exercise 46.
1. The baker has not baked the cake yet. 2. The
stove is hot, but the oven is not very hot. 3. Has the
washer-woman washed the coat yet? 4. No, she has
not washed it yet ; she will wash it to-morrow. 5.What
is the peasant digging in his garden? 6. He is digging
a well. 7. He has dug a well for us. 8. The servant
is carrying the coal into the kitchen. 9. Who will carry
the bundle home? 10. 1 shall carry it home. 11. Is it
not too large for you? 12. Oh no, I am very strong.
\\-
LESSON XXIV.
3d) roerbe bag $fert> balten,
I will hold the horse.
2)er rug bait etn Quart,
The pitcher holds a quart
ielteft bu bag "pferb?
Did you hold the horse?
9ietn, id) foicit eg nic$t,
No, I did not hold it.
Soljann ()ielt eg,
John held it.
aben ftc aug gebalten?
Have they kept house?
(3ie batten aug gebalten,
They had kept house.
te roerben aug fjalten,
They will keep house.
iebettunbtoierjigfte Slufgabe.
1. 2Bte tel bait ber flrug? 2. @r bait ein Quart. 3. err
3Beber wtrb beutc Slbenb eine 9iebe iiber ben ftrieg jaufd)en
2)eutfd)lanb unb granfretd) balten. 4. 2)te od)in bat bag
gleifd) nid)t genug gebraten ; eg ift nod) ntd>t gar. 5. d)laft
2Bttbelm nod) ? 6. 3a, er fdjlaft nod). 7. Sr bat fd)on ju lange
gefd)lafen. 8. Dag inb bat big jefct gefd)lafen. 9. <g wirb
ju sriel fc^lafen. 10. >afl bu betnen 9iegenfd)irm? ll.Sftein,
3d) babe tbn ju aufe gelaffen. 12. 2Btr roerben ben 3Sogel in
bem aftg laffen. 13. ajt bu tyeute @troag gefangen? 14.
3a, id) babe etne gorelle gefangen. 15. Der 3ager ftng geftern
etnen afen in fetnem arten. 16. 28o ifl bem ruber? 17.
@r i\t im arteit ; id) werbe tbn rufen.
59
Vocabulary.
2>et afe, n, hare.
2)a8 gebermeffer, 8, penknife.
Sogel, 8, bird.
Ouart, 8, quart.
SSfig, 8, cage. '.
ax {adj.), done.
Ottug, e8, pitcher.
pat {adj.), late.
S5ie gorel'le, , trout.
al8 (conj.), than.
grantreicb, 8, France.
Olauben (reg.), to believe, think.
Present Infinitive.
Perfect Participie.
ge*batt'*en, held.
Jfllt*en, to hold, keep; l)iett, held;
bratên, to roast;
brtet, roasted;
ge* b r a t'*en, roasted,
S d) 1 a f *tn, to sleep ;
fd) lief, slept;
ge* f cb I a f*en, slept.
i a f f *ett, to leave. let ;
I i e fj , left ;
ge=taf'f*eh, left.
fang *en, to catch ;
f t n g , caught ;
ge= f a n g'*en, caught.
ruf=en, to call;
rief, called;
ge*ruf=en, called.
Grammatical.
1. Irregular verbs of thefourth class have the vowels
a, it (or t), 0, in the radical syllables of the three prin
cipal parts.
Exc. A few verbs in the fourth class have other vowels than fl in the first
and third of the principal parts (as tltf=en, r i e f , ge=ruf=en), but they all
have it in the second principal part.
2. The Indicative Mood of I)altCtt, to hold:
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) balt=C, I hold.
id) bielt,
I held.
bu halt^ft, thou holdest.
bu bielt- eft, thou heldest
er fjatt,
he holds.
er bielt,
he held.
toir b a 1 1 ttt, we hold.
rotr i) i e 1 1 * en, we held.
tl)r b a 1 1 ' et, you hold.
ibr $ i e 1 1 * et, you held.
fie $ alt* en, they hold.
fie [) i el t = en, they held.
Perfect Tense.
Pluperfect Tense.
id) babe gebaften, etc.
id) batte geijatt'en, etc.
I had held, etc.
I have held, etc.
First Future Tense.
icb toerbc batten, etc.
id) toerbc gebatten baben, etc.
I shall hold, etc.
I shall have held, etc.
Exercise 48.
1. Is Francis asleep (sleeping) yet? 2. Yes; I will
call him ; he has already slept too long. 3. Yes, it is
very late. 4. 1 have called him, but I do not think
60
IEREGULAK VERBS OF THE FIFTH CLASS.
(glauben) that he heard me ; I will go to his room and

call him again. 5. Where did you leave my penknife?
6. 1 left it on your table. 7. It is not there now ; oh
yes, I see it under the book. 8. How much does this
pitcher hold? 9. It holds a little (ettt>a$) .more than a
quart. 10. Mr. Forster will make a speech (etne 3tebc fyaU
ten) to-day. 11. The hunter's dog has caught a hare.
4 ..v
>
'
"
"
" .
LESSON XXV.
irkegui.au verbs of the fifth class.
2Ba6 fdjreibft bu?

3d) fdjreibe einen 23rtef,
Sr fd)retbt feine Slufgabc,
Sr fdjrteb einen 93rtef,
3d) fyabe meine Slufgabe nod)
nid)t gefd)rieben,
@r b,atte einen S3vtef an feinen
33ruber gefd)rieben,
Sr wirb einen 33rief fd)reiben,
Sr roirb feinen 33rief gefd)rie*
ben l;aben,
What are you writing?

I am writing a letter.
He is writing his exercise.
He wrote a letter.
I have not written my exercise yet.
He had written a letter to
his brother.
He will write a letter.
He will have written his
letter.
Ifteiittuttbtrierjtgfte Slufgak.
1. 3d) |>abe fjeute SKorgen einen 33rief an tneinen D&eim tit
Stuttgart gefcbjieben. 2. Sin wen fd)retbft bu jefct? 3. 3d)
fcfyreibe einen 33rief an meine Gutter. 4. Der 3ager fdjlagt
feinen unb, roeil er ben 2Wann gebtffen b,at. 5. 33eifjt 3b.r
unb? 6. 9?etn, er bellt feb,r laut, aber er beifjt nidjt. 7. Dag
itinb greift nad) feinem 5Mlbe in bent Spiegel. 8. SSer t>at ge*
pftffen? 9. 3d) bâbe nid)t gepftffen. 10. 3d) fabe nttr in ben
ginger gefdjnitten. 11. Du wtrft bid) in bie anb fchnetben,
mnn bu bid) nicht in Sld)t nimmft. 12. Der 33auer treibt bag
23te() auf bie SBetbe. 13. 5Bo tft beine rammatif? 14.3d)
babe fte meinent Setter gclieb,en. 15. err SBeigel leibet an
SlbcumattSmuS. 16. Sic fd)rieen urn (for) itlfe.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIFTH CLASS.
61
Vocabulary.
$er finger, 8, finger.
2)ie d)n)mbfud)t, , consumption.
9ibeumati8'mu8, rheumatism.
u Ueberfe^'ung, , translation.
piegel, S, mirror. * . \ , i, 2Beibe, , meadow.
tatt, e8, stable. * Ky-K Sfl Silb, e8, im tge, picture.
Sit 2ld)t, , care, attention.
M 2Rabd)en, 8, girl.
n anb, , hand.
H SHenflmSbd)en, 8, servant-girL
iilfe, , help.
2Jieb, e8, cattle.
Present Infinitive.
Perfect Participie.
beifcen,
to bite;
btfj,
bit;
ge=btff'*en,
bitten.
gretf*en, to grasp, seize; griff , grasped; ge= griffon, grasped.
pfeif*en, to whistle;
Pftff, whistled; ge= p f t f f'*ett, whistled.
1 e i b = en,
to suffer;
litt,
suffered; ge=I i tt'*en , suffered.
f d)neib*en, to cut;
f cbnitt, cut;
ge* f d) n i t t'*en, cut.
fd)ret6*en, to write;
fd)ricb, wrote;
ge*fd)rirt'*en, written.
tretb*en, to drive;
trtcb, drove; ge= 1 1 1 e Vox, driven.
Ietb>ett,
to lend;
Hcb, lent;
ge*Iieb''en, lent.
fd)tewn, to cry;
fd)ru, cried;
ge= f d) r i e'en, cried.
Grammatical.
Irregular verbs of the fifth class have the vowels
ei, t (or ie), i (or ic) in the radical syllables of the three
principal parts.
Rem. The present tense of verbs of the fifth class is conjugated regularly.
.
Exercise 50.
1. Mr. Neumann has had the rheumatism a long time
(bat lange^tt on 9if)eumatig'mug gelitten). 2. Mr. Ruland
has had the consumption a long time. 3. Who has
been cutting my (in) book? 4. Who is whistling? 5.
The child grasped after its image in the mirror. 6. Our
dog barks a good deal, but he does not bite. 7. A thief
is in the house ; the servant-girl is crying for help. 8.
The peasant is driving the cattle from the meadow to
the stable. ^ 9. What are you writing? 10. 1 am writ
ing a letter to my brother in Vienna. 11. 1 have not
written to him for a long time (e tft fd)on lange f)er, bafj
id) ttid)t an ibn gefcbrieben bafc). 12. What was Henry
writing? 13. He was writing a translation of his
Bxercise.
,
. _ -\
\'-\r-
62
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SIXTH CLASS.
LESSON XXVI.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SIXTH CLASS.
2)ag ^Pferb jtebj ben 2Bagen,
The horse draws the wagon
2)ag $>ferb jog ben 2Sagen,
The horse drew the wagon.
Gsg f>at ben 2Bagen gejogen,
It has drawn the wagon.
(g wirb ben 2Bagen jieben,
It will draw the wagon.
5Du gtefjeft bag SOBaffer auf ben You are pouring (spilling)
Xtfd),
the water on the table.
25u baft bag 2Baffer auf ben You have been pouring the
ifd) gegoffen,
water on the table.
inunbfiinfjigfte Slufgabe.
J^
1. Du wirft bag 2Baffer auf bag papier gtefjen, roenn bu ntt^t
5ld)t giebft. 2. r giefit nur Del tng geuer (he only add<?
fuel to the flame). 3. 2)er 3ager bat beute 2ftorgen ettten
afen gefd)offen. 4. 3ft bag 2)?ufeum beute offen? 5. 9Mn,
eg i|t bcutc gefc^loffen. 6. Gg 1|t fait bter ; id) werbe bie Stbxirc
unb bag genfter fdjltefien. 7. aft bu ben trtcf burd) bag ?od)
gejogen ? 8. Stein. bag ?od) ift nid)t grofj genug. 9. 3d) wrt e
bag geufter fd)lie0en;'eg jtebt bier (there is a draught here; .
10.3d) âbc metnen leiftift serloren; f)afl bu tbn gefunben?
11. 2Bann baft bu ibn serloren? 12. 3d) wlor tljn bcute Wtoxt
gen. 13. Unfere Slrmee' ât febr tapfer gefod)ten, aber fte bat
nt$t geftegt. 14. 2Bag jeid)neft bu ? 15. 3d) jeicbne etn ^ferb ?
Vocabulary.
Set trict, e8, string.
SflS Sod), e8, hole.
2)te Slrmee', ,army.
Del, e8, oil.
2Bcnbtel, , quail.
geuer, 8, fire.
Offen, open.
tegen, to conquer, be victorious.
3eid)nen, to draw a picture.
Sa^fer, brave.
Present Infinitive.
Imperfect Indicative. Perfect Participie.
fliefHn,
to pour, spill; pff,
poured; ge=goff'*ert,
poured.
fd)iefhett, to shoot;
fd)ofj, shot;
ge* f d) o f f'*en, shot.
fcyltefj'en, to close, shut; fd)Iojj, closed; ge* fd)Iof f'*en, closed.
Jteb*en,
to draw, pull; jog,
drew;
ge*Jcg'*en,
drawn.
oer I terpen, to lose;
berlor',lost;
bertor'*en, lost.
fetht*en,
to fight;
focbt, fought; ge* f o cb t'=en, fought.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SEVEXTH CLASS.
03
Grammatical.
Irregular verbs of the sixth class have the vowels it
(etc.) 0, 0 in the radical syllables of the three principal
parts.
Exercise 52.
1. The soldier fought very bravely. 2. Have you
lost any thing? 3. Yes, I have lost my penknife. 4.
Is that your penknife? I found it in my room this
morning. 5. Yes, that is my penknife. 6. What is Wil
liam drawing? 7. He is drawing a house. 8. Whose
horse is drawing the wagon? 9. My horse is drawing
the wagon. 10. Is the school-house closed? 1 1. No, it
is not closed yet. 12. Who shut the window? 13.1
shut it; there was a draught here (eg feat bter gejogen).
14. What did the hunter shoot this morning? 15. He
shot a hare and a quail.
LESSON XXVII.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SEVENTH CLASS.
SSeifjt bu wo metn ut ift?
Do you know where my
hat is?
I do not know where it is.
3d) roetfj nid)t wo er ift,
He knows the name.
<r roeifj ben 9iamen,
We know the name. [was.
3Btr wtffen ben 9iamen,
We did not know where it
2Qtr wujjten nid)t roo eg war,
Do you know the man?
ennfl bu ben SRann ?
No, I do not know him.
Stout, id) fenne ibn nid)t,
We do not know him
2Bir fennen ibn nid)t,
We did not know him.
2Btr fannten u)n nid)t,
2>rciunbfjinfjigfte Slufgafce.
1. 2Setfit bu wo mein Siegenfd)irm ift? 2. Stein, id) babe tyn
rnd)t gefeben. 3. 3d) wufjte nicbt, wo bu warft. 4. err d)le*
gel ift ier. 5. o? bag roufjte id) nid)t. 6. 2Bag bringft bu
64
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SEVENTH CLASS.
mir, einrid)? 7. 3$ brtngc btr einen S3rief son beinem Set*

ter. 8. 2)er dmeiber bat bag udj fur bemen Ueberrocf ge*
t>rad)t. 9. 2Bie ftnbeft bu bag ud)? 10. 3d) frnbe eg ju burnt.
11. 5Bag benfft bu, rotrb
tjeutc regnen? 12. 3d) benfe nid)t.
13. Der Coffer ift fel>r fd)roer. 14. 3a, id) babe i&n mir ntdit
fo fcbroer gebad)t. 15. 2)ag geuer brennt nid)t. 16. Dag o13
ift nop ; bag geucr wirb nid)t brennen. 17. 2Bte nennft bu bie
33lume? 18. 2)ag ift cine ulpe. 19. ftennfl bu ben Wtann
ba im 5Bagen? 20. 3a, bae ift err ftronfelb.
Vocabulary.
Xtt Ueberrocf, tS, overcoat.
iinn, thin.
3)id, thick.
,. Soffer, 8, trunk.
cbtoer, heavy.
5>te Xnlpe, , tulip.
)a;m'tbe, , hyacinth
Setd)t, light.
Present Infinitive.
Perfect Participie.
hradVte, brought; ge=brad)t', brought.
&riltfl=en, to bring;
b a rh At, thought ; ge=bad)t', thought.
benf*en, to think;
bfentWH, to burn;
ge= b x a n n t', burnt.
branu=te, burnt;
f ann*te, knew;
ge= taunt', known.
tenu*en, to know;
ge=nannf, named.
lttnn *en, to name, call ; tt ann*te, named;
W U 6 At, knew ;
ge=Wufjf, known.
totffÊn, to know;
Grammatical.
1. The Indicative Mood of nJtffen, to know :
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
icb ornate, I knew.
id) U)ti#,
I know.
bu W U 6 * teft, thou knewest.
bu tB e i fj ' if thou knowest.
er Wufj*te, he knew.
er Wei fj, he knows.
Wtr to u fj = tCtt, we knew.
Wir to i f f ' ttt, we know.
t&rWU&*tet, you knew.
ibr Wiff* tt, you know.
fte to U fj * ten, they knew.
fie to t j f * ttt, they know.
Pluperfect Tense.
Perfect Tense.
icb Datte newufir, e<c.
id) l)abe .rjeamffr, etc.
I had known, etc.
I have known, etc.
First Future Tense.
icb aerie toiffen, etc.
id) aerie gettmfit baben, etc.
I shall have known, etc.
I shall know, etc.
2. Irregular verbs of the seventh class have the same
terminations {-\t and =t) as regular verbs. Most of them
\
RECAPITULATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS.
change the radical vowel, in forming the principal parts.
Many of them (as nriffen, to know) are irregular in the
present tense.
3. The other verbs in this class, that are given in this
lesson, are conjugated regularly in the present tense. "
4. To know, meaning to be acquainted with, is rendered
into German by Icnncn:
Scnttft bu ben Sffiann?
Do you know the man?
3cb tDCift femcU 5hmen, abet id) I know his name, but I am not acfCune tyn lrid)t,
quainted with him.
Ezercise 54.
1. Did you know Mr. Eberhardt when you were ih
Germany? 2. Yes, we knew him when we were in Ger
many. 3. What did the gardener call (wie nannte) the
flower? 4. He called it a hyacinth. 5. Why does not
the fire burn? 6. It does not burn because there is no
draught (ber Dfen jiel>t nid)t). 7. Do you think that it
will snow to-morrow? 8. No, I do not think (glauben or
benfen) that it will snow ; I think that it will rain. 9.
Who brought the letter for me? 10. William brought
it. 11. Do you know where the dog is? 12. No, I do
not know where it is. 13. It followed the hunter to
the forest.
v-^.
^
LESSON XXVIII.
RECAPITULATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS.
pnfunbfiinfjtgfte Hufgak.
1. Der Sud)binber bat mcine rammatif febr fd)on gebunben.
2. 3d) babe meine Slritf)metif erlegt; baft bu ftc gtfeên? 3.
3a, id) t>abe ftc fjeute SJiorgen auf meinem Xifd)e gefunben. 4.
9Bcr tyat metnen 5Metfltft genommen? 5.3d) roeifj nid)t; id>
f)abe tb,n nid)t gefeben. 6. Setbet err 9luberf)eim an Styeuma*
tigmu3? 7. Sfletn, cr letbet an ber <Sd)winbfud)t. 8. aft bu
mit grauDietrid) gefprod)eu? 9. Stctn, id) fenne fte nt^t. 10.
ECAPITTJLATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS.

nid)t, bafj bu ben d)neiber bejal)lt tyattefh 11. O
ibn orgeftern bejablt. 12. aft bu beine Slufgabe
Qttyxitbeni 13. SWn, id) tyabe fte nod) nid)t gefc^rieben. 14.
3d) roerbe fte êutc SIbenb fd)reiben. 15. 2Bag fur cine 231ume
baft bu mir gebrad)t? 16. 3d) foabe btr eine Sfofe gebracbt.
17. aft bu bic efd)id)te son <nglanb gelefen? 18. 9ietn, id)
lefc je&t bie efd)idjte son 2)eutfd)lanb.
Grammatical.
1. General view of the changes which the irregular
verbs in all the seven classes undergo in forming the
principal parts :
Imperf. Partic.
Examples.
Class Present.
1st i (or t),
0,
u (or 0). binb.en, banb, ge4mnb=en. 45.
2d e,
geb.en, gab,
ge.geb.en.
14.
a,
e.
fcbtag.en, fcblug, ge.fcbtag.eu. 10.
3d a,
tt,
a.
4th a,
ie (or i),a.
balr.en, bielt, gcbalt.en.
14.
5th Ci,
i (or U),i or (it). beifj.en, bifs,
ge=biff.en.
40.
6th it(t,etc), 0,
0.
giefcen, gofj,
ge.goff.en. 52.
anomalous.
7th
bring.en, brad).te, gcbracb.t.
16.
191. |
2. Examples of the seven classes of irregular verbs :
1. First Class.
toergeff.en, toergafj, toergeff.en.
feb.en,
fab,
gcfefcen.
gcbmtb.en.
Mnb*en,
banb,
fanb,
ge.funb.en.
finb.en,
3. Hard Class.
fang,
ge.fung.en.
fmg.en,
Wafrtn, fd)lug, gcfi61flg*en.
tranf,
trinf.en,
ge.trunf.en.
trag.en,
trug,
gctrag.en.
gcbroa>en.
brea>en, bra*,
Waff.en, fd)uf,
ge.fd)aff.en.
fprecb*en, farad), ge.ft>rod)=en.
ttafcb.en, foufd), gcttafd).en.
brefd).en, brafcb, ge.brofcb.en.
grab*en,
grub,
ge.grab.en.
toerf=en,
toarf,
ge.toorf.en.
bact*en,
but,
ge.bact.en.
nebm.en, nabm,
ge*nomm*en.
4. Fourth Class.
f Wen,
ge.flobI.en.
ftabl,
Balton,
bielt,
ge*6alt*en.
2. Sen.r vlass.
brat-en,
briet,
ge.brat.en.
geben,
fcblaf.en, fcblicf,
ge.flcb.en.
ge.fdjlaf.en.
jab,
laff.en,
lef.en,
Ia8,
ge*lef*en.
ge.Iaff.en.
fang.en,
eff.en,
a&,
geg.eff.en.
ge.fang.en.
freff-en,
frafj,
gcfreffên.
ruf*en,
rief,
ge.ruf.en.
THE POTENTIAL VERB fOtlHCtt, TO BE ABLE.
67
fcbliefHtt, fd)lofj, gHd)loffen.

jieb=en,
jog,
ge=jcg.en.
toerlier'*en, toerlor, oerlor*en.
fed)t-en,
focbt,
ge*focbt*en.
7. Seventh Class.
Bting-en, firatMe, ge=bra*=t.
baci^te, ge=bad)'t.
benf*en,
brenn*en, biann*te, gc*6rann*t.
ferrain,
fann*te, ge*tann*t.
nenn*en, nonn*te, ge*nann*t.
wtff*en,
ttufMe, ge*rou6=t.
(tBnn*ett, !onn*te, ge=fonn*t.)
(toott*en, tootUe, ge*tt>oU*t.)
Exercise 56.
l.What did the hunter shoot yesterday? 2. He shot
a quail and a hare. 3. What do you call this flower?
4. That is a pink. 5. What kind of a flower is that?
6. That is a lily. 7. Do you know the name of that
flower? 8. Yes, that is a hyacinth. 9. What kino of
a hat did you buy this morning? 10. 1 bought a s. raw
hat. 11. Where is John? 12. He is in the garden; I
will call him. 13. Is William asleep yet? 14 Yes,
William and Henry are yet asleep. 15. Where is your
grammar? 16.1 have lent it to my cousin. 17. What
is the peasant threshing? 18. He is threshing wheat.
19. What are you reading? 20. 1 am reading the Histo
ry of America.
^
LESSON XXIX.
v
THE POTENTIAL VEKB fblUlCH, TO EE ABLE.
3d) fann eg nid)t lefeu,
I can not read it.
Canst thou read it?
Jtannft bu eg lefen?
He can read it.
Sr fonn eg lefen,
We can not read tt.
2Btr fonnen eg nid)t lefen,
I could not read it.
3d) fonnte eg nid)t lefen,
We will be able to read it.
2Bir roerben eg lefen f6nnen,
He has beer able to read it.
Sr ât eg lefen fonnen,
5. Fifth Class.
ge=6tff*en.
W,
greif*en,
8r1ff,
ge=grtff*en.
ge^fiffen.
tfeif*en,
m,
Ieib'en,
litt,
ge=litt*en,
fcbnetb*en, f*nitt, ge=fd)nitten.
fcbreib*en, fd)rieb, ge=fdjrieb*ett.
tretb*en, trieb,
ge*tricb=en.
leibên,
ge*Iteb*en.
eb,
Jcbret*en,
ge*fd)rie*en.
6. Sixth Class.
Bitten,
flOfi,
ge*B0ff'en.
fcbofj,
ge=|cboff*en.
68
THE POTENTIAL VERB lOttltCIt, TO BE ABLE.
6r b)at eg nid)t gefonnt,

err $lein fann 2>eutfd), Ceng*
lifd) unb granjoftfd),
He was not able to do it.

Mr. Klein knows German,
English, and French.
iebennubfitnfjigfite Slufgak.
1. ftannft bu jDeutfd) fpreckn? 2. SJiein, id) fann eg etwag
lefen, aber id) fann eg nid)t fprecku. 3. fonnen te bag @e*
tnalbe iiber ben tfd) bangen ? 4. Stein, eg ijt ju fd)roer. 5. at
Sobann fetn 33ud) ntd)t gefunben? 6. Stein, er bat eg nod) nid)t
ftnben fonnen. 7. @r wirb eg ftnben fonnen. 8. Stannft bu
beute mit ung nad) bem SKufeum geben? 9. Stein, id) fann
b)eute nid)t mit eud) gefon. 10. ann einrid) bag Steb ftngen?
11. Stein, er fann eg nid)t ftngen, er bat eg nid)t gelernt. 12. .
aft bu beine Slufgabe gefd)rieben? 13. Stein, id) fann fte nid)t
fd)reiben, fte ift ju lang. 14. at 2Bilbelm bie ^rojeffton ge*
feben? 15. Stem, er b,at fte nid)t feben fonnen. 16. 2Batm
wirft bu tbn befitd)en fonnen? 17. 3d) werbe tyn iibermorgen
befuckn fonnen. 18. 2Bir roerben bie Seftton lernen fonnen, fte
ift nid)t ju lang. 19. Der Xfyte ift ju kifj, wir fonnen tbn nid)t
trtnfen.
Grammatical.
1. The German verb has no potential mood. The po
tential mood of the English verb is in most cases trans
lated into German by the use of certain verbs called
Potential Verbs, as fonnen, can; etc
2. Potential Verbs (fbnttCtt,etc.) have a complete conju
gation. They take t)aben as their auxiliary, and belong
to the seventh class of irregular verbs (Less. XXVIII.).
3. Stinnett (to be able, can) indicates:
1. Moral or physicalpossibility:
(Sr lann lefen unb fd)reiben, He can read and write.
2. A possibility or contingency .te fijnnen mid) ertoarten, You may expect me.
8. SSnnCtt is frequently used with the verbs tefttt, fagett, tyttdlCn,
UCtftCl)Cjt {to understand), and tl)ltlt (to do), understood :
>err SRotl) fantj SDeutfd),
Mr. Koth knows German.
THE POTENTIAL VERB tOttttCtt, TO BE ABLE.
69
4. The Indicative Mood of f oittlCtt, to be able, can .

id)
bit
er
loir
tijr
fte
Present Tense.
lOPIt,
I
can.
tatttl-ft,
thou canst.
faittt,
he can.
f o it n * ett, we can.
f 5 n n * t, you can.
f ii it n * tN, they can.
t*
bu
cr
loir
ibr
fte
Pluperfect Tense.
I had been able, etc.
Perfect Tense.
I have been able, etc.
id) t)ao=e gefonnt.

bit baft
gefonnt.
er jat
gc!ottnt.
teir I) a b * en g e f o mi i.
ibrt;ab*t gefonnt.
fte t;ab*en gefonnt.
First Future Tense.
I shall be able, etc.
tcb
bit
er
hnr
ibr
fte
Imperfect Tense.
fonn=tc,
I
could.
t o n n teft, thou couldst.
fonit = te, he could.
I o it it * tCtl, we could.
f o n it tet, you could,
! o tt it ten, they could.
id?
bu
er
tttr
ibr
fte
t)nt=te gefonnt.
bat* left getouitt.
l)at*te getonnt.
6 a t * ten g e f o it n t.
bat* tet gefcnnt.
t;at*ten gefonnt.

I shall have been able, etc.
aicrt)=c
fbnnen.
Until
tinmen.
ttrirb ,. IBntten.
n) e t b * en f 8 n tt e n.
roerb*et fiinneit.
toerbscnfonnen.
id; tnerb=e
getonnt lmlicn.
bu mirft
gefonnt tjotten.
er toiro
g e f o it it t boben.
unr roerb* en gefonnt Iinlirii.
ibrn>erb*ct g e f o n it t jjnben.
fte id e r b = en g e f o n it t tjabctt.
5. The participial form is only used when theprincipal
verb is understood. The infinitive form is used for the
participle when the principal verb is expressed:
3d) babe nid)t bBren iouucit,
3d) batte geben f ontlCIT,
fl>ut)3d) babe e8 nid)t gefonnt,
Er bat e8 gefonnt,
I could not hear.

I had been able to go.
I could not (do) it.
He has been able (to do) it.
6. The potential verbs follow the same law ofposi

tion in the present and imperfect tenses as the auxilia
ries I)flbctt, fetn, and toerbett. In the compound tenses
the infinitive form of the potential verb is placed after
the infinitive of the modified verb :
Er ttirJ) C Icfeit foiinctt,
Er fjat e8 lefeil tbttncn,
He will be able to read it.

He has been able to read it.
7. The potential verbs are never used as independent

verbs. They are only used to limit or qualify the in
70
THE POTENTIAL VERB mtiffClt, TO BE OBLIGED.
finitives of other verbs (though the limited verb is fre*

quently understood) :
3d) fantt e8 trid)t,
I can not (do) it.
3d) l)abt e8 nicbt gcfOttttt,
I was not able (to do) it.
(gr tydt e8 gcfonttt,
He was not able (to do) it.
v^^>
Exercise 58.
l.When will the tailor be able to make your coat?
2. He can (future) make it to-morrow. 3. Why can you
not learn your lesson? 4. Because I have lost my
book. 5. Have you looked for it? 6. Yes, I have
looked for it a long time, but I have not been able to
find it. 7. I have studied my lesson, but I have not
been able to learn it ; it is too long. 8. Can you hear
what the man is saying? 9. 1 can not hear what he
says. 10. Who can give me a pin? 11. Here is a pin.
12. 1 have lost my knife. 13. Have you looked for it?
14. Yes, I have looked for it, but I can not find it. 15.
I can not write the exercise because I have lost my
pencil. 16. You may (can) take my pencil. 17. They
will be able to learn the lesson ; it is not too long. 18.
Can Mr. Roth speak French? 19. No, he can not speak
French, but he can speak German and Italian.
LESSON XXX.
THE POTENTIAL VEKB ntiiffClt, TO BE OBLIGED.
I must go home.
3cb muf nad) aufe geben,
Why must you go?
2Barum mufjt t>u geben?
3ol>ann mufj nad) aufe geben, John must go home.
28tr muf(en nad) aufe geên, We must go home.
I was obliged to go home.
3d) mufjte nad) aufe geben,
2Btr roerben baib nad) aufe We shall soon have to go
home.
geben muffen,
3of>ann unb 2Bilfeelm baben John and William were
nad) aufe gekn mufien,
obliged to go home.
THE POTENTIAL VERB nUiffCU, TO BE OBLIGED.
71
SReununbfiinfjigfte Slufgak.
1. 6nnen <Stc ^cutc -SDtorgen mtt ung nad) bem 2J?ufeum ge*
ben? 2. Stetn, êute SJiorgen fann id) nid)t mtt 3bnen geben;
id) muf ctnen 33rtef an meinen 5Sater fd)reiben. 3. $t6nnen <Sie
ben Srief nicbt beute 2lbenb fd)reiben? 4. 9ietn, beute 2lbenb
roerbe id) errn Sggerg befud)en muffeu. 5. ann arl ung
b,eute Slbenb befucben ? 6. Stein, er wirb fjeute Slbenb feme ?ef*
tion lernen mfifien. 7. 3d) mufj mit errn Dietrid) fprecbett.
8. eitmd) b.at [einen 2Metfttft lange fudjen muffeu, cb.e er tf>n
gefunben r)at. 9. 3a, er war in fetnem 33ud)e. 10. <Sd)laft
2Btlfjelm nod)? 11. 3a, id) mufj tf)n rufen. 12. @r mufjte bem
Sebrer feine Slufgabe jeigen (or er batte bem 8ef>rer feine Sluf*
gabe jetgen miiffen). 13. S3 muf fd)on fcbr fpat fein; tr-tr
muffen-'gletd) nad) aufe geben. 14. err -Deeper batte fetn
aug erfaufen muffen. 15. 2Rorgen roerbe id) nad) ber tabt
geb.en muffen.
Grammatical.
1u'
1. SJliiffett (must) is frequently rendered into English
by such expressions as to be obliged, to be compelled.
2. The Indicative Mood of ttliiff CJt, to be obliged, must :
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) mug,
I must.
id? tttltfcte, I was obliged.
bu Mllfj't,
thou must,
bu m U fj * tCfl, thou wast obliged.
er muf?,
he must,
er m iI f? * tC, he was obliged.
ttnr m il f f * CO, we must.
Wir ttl U fj * tCH, we were obliged.
ibr m il f f * t, you must.
ibr m tt fj * tCt, you were obliged.
fie milff*ett, they must.
fte m U fj * ten, they were obliged.
Pluperfect Tense.
Perfect Tense.
id) Jiatte gemuftt', etc.
id) \)ttit gemufjt', etc.
I had been obliged, etc.
I have been obliged, etc.
First Future Tense.
id) werbe miiffen, etc.
id) tterbe gemufjt' ha6en, c<c
I shall be obliged, etc.
I shall have been obliged, etc.
3. The diphthong el) (pronounced like el, see Lesson
II., 3, 2) is used in a few proper names, as : #err SWepêr,
Srau 2)?e9'*er;&etm.
\
72 POTENTIAL VERB WOllCu, TO BE WILLING, TO WISH.

Exercise 60.
l.Why must you go home? it is not late. 2. Oh
yes, it must be very late. 3. 1 must find my book; I
have not yet learned my lesson. 4. It is raining; we
must go home immediately. 5. We had to go home,
because it was raining. 6. Mr. Meyerheim will have to
sell his house. 7. 1 shall be obliged to go to Munich
to-morrow. 8. You will be obliged to send the letter
by way of Hamburg. 9. The weather is becoming very
cold; I shall have to buy an overcoat. 10. They are
compelled to go by way of Frankfort-on-the-Main. 11.
Have you learned your lesson ? 12. No, I could not find
my book. 13. Have you found it? 14. Yes, I% have
found it ; I shall have to study my lesson this evening.
LESSON XXXI.
THE POTENTIAL VEBJi 111 0 U C II , TO BE WILLING, TO WISH.
I will go immediately.
3d) trill gleid) gcben,
I shall go immediately.
3d) rocrbe gleid) gcbcn,
Do you wish to go with us ?
32 ill ft bu mit un3 gcbeu?
He wishes to go with us.
@r rcill mit ung gcbeu,
They wish to go with him.
ie roollen mit ibm gcbcn,
I wished to go with them.
3d) rcollte mit ibnen gcbeu,
22ir wollten bag ud) faufen, We wished to buy the book
@r wirb cg faufeu wollen,
He will wish to buy it.
What do you wish?
5Bag willft bu?
(gutuitbfcd)jtgfte Sfufgabc.
1 . 2Bag willft bu lefen ? 2.3d) will bie efd)td)te son Deutfd)*
lanb lefeu. 3. 3Bag rotrft bu lefen ? 4. 3d) roerbe bie efd)id)te
son Deutfcblanb lefeu. 5. err 9iiefftabl roill fcin aug er*
faufcn. 6. err 9iabn wirb fcin aug scrfaufen. 7. Dag gcucr
mill nid)t breuneu. 8. 3obann wiu* bie ^rojeffion in ber Stabt
gcfcbcn babeu, aber id) glaube nid)t, baf cr ftc gefeben bat. 9.
POTENTIAL VERB toolkit, TO BE WILLING, TO WISH. 73

@r farnt fagen wag er will. 10. 2Str wollten geftern nad) $otg*
bam gebctt, aber eg l>at geregnet. 11. 2Barum tyaft bu bag ?teb
nid)( gefungen? 12. 3d) tyabe eg gewollt, abcr id) babe eg nid)t
gefonnt; id) fjabe eg nod) nid)t gclernt (or id) babe bag ?icb ftn*
gen roollen, etc.). 13. 3d) will je&t meine Slufgabe fd)reiben.
Grammatical.
1. The Potential Verb iDOlIttt usually indicates willingness, inclination, desire, intention, determination :
3d) tottt gleid) geben,
I will go immediately.
2Bol(Clt ie Sen Srief lefen?
Do yon wish to read the letter?
Rem. 1. SBoBett frequently denotes that an action is about to take place:
Sic Ubr ttollte eben fcblagen,
The clock was about to strike.
Rent. 2. It may be used to indicate that an assertion has been made by an
other person :
@r totU* bie Sprojefftort beute in He asserts that he saw the procession
ber tabt gefeb.en baben,
to-day in the city.
Rem. 3. The independent verb is often omitted:
SSOa8 ttoMCtt ie (baben)?
What do you wish?
2Ba8 bat er getoOllt (or baben What did he wish?
roctten)?
2. The Indicative Mood of tooflen, to be willing, to %oish:
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) trj0lf4C,
I was willing.
id) ttitt,
I am willing.
bu W c 1 1 * tCft, thou wast willing.
bu toifcfi,
thou art willing.
er W o 1 1 * te, he was willing.
er totH,
he is willing.
toir W o 1 1 * ftt, we are willing. tnir ro o 11 * tCjt, we were willing.
ibr W c 1 1 * tCt, you were willing.
ibr W c 1 1 * t, you are willing.
fte W c 1 1 * ten, they were willing.
fie W o 1 1 ' ett, they are willing.
Pluperfect Tense.
Perfect Tense.
id) J)dtte flCtuOHf, etc.
id) f)afie getoollt', etc
I had been willing, etc.
I have been willing, etc.
First Future Tense.
icb ttcrbc ocntoHt' fiabett, etc.
id) aerie ttoHcn, etc.
I shall have been willing, etc.
I shall be willing, etc.
cxisl^V
Exercise 62.
1. Shall you go to Halle to-day? 2. Would you like
to go to Halle to-day? 3. Why will (wollen) you not go
with us? 4. 1 must write a letter to my mother. 5.
D
74
THE POTENTIAL VERB bUCfCIt, TO BE PERMITTED.
Would you like (wollett) to read the letter? 6. From

whom is it? 7. It is from my brother. 8. The painter
wishes to sell the painting. 9. Would you like a pear?
10. Will you drink tea or coffee? 11. 1 will drink tea.
12. What kind of a hat do you wish to buy? 13. 1 wish
to buy a straw hat. 14. What would you like to read?
15. We would like to read the History of Prussia? 16.
Mr. Rudolf wished to build a house out of the city. 17.
Where does he live now? 18. He lives opposite the
church.
, . - vJC
0( '
r^~ '
LESSON XXXII.
V
THE POTENTIAL VERB MirfClt, TO BE PERMITTED.
Gutter, barf id) je&t fpielen?

Mother, may I play now?
3a, bu barfft jeljt fpielen,
Yes, you may play now.
2)arf id) umSljren 9lamenfra* May I take the liberty to
gen?
ask your name?
#ier biirfen ttrir ntd)t fpielen,
We must not play here.
@r barf nid)t geljen obne bie @r* He dares not go without the
lau-bnifj feineS 33aterg,
permission of his father.
Sreimtbfeifjjigfte Stufgak.
1. Sitrfen nrir jet fpielen? 2. 3a, wenn i|r cure Scftion ge?
lernt (jabt. 3. SDarf id) nut 2Bilf)elm fpredjen? 4. Sftein, bu
mufjt beine geftion fleifjtg flubiren, bis bu fie gan$ gut gelernt
baft. 5. 9Bie if* 3&r 9Jame, wenn id) fragen barf? 6. SBiUft
bu nid)t mit un$ nad) bent SBalbe geljen? 7. 3d) barf nid)t ge*
ben, ebe id) meine Slufgabe gefd)rieben fjabe. 8. ier biirfen ie
ntd)t raudjen. 9. 3u bem âufe biirfen roir nid)t fpielen, nrir
tmtffen in ben of geên. 10. ie burften nid)t fpielen, et>c fte
ibre Scftion gelernt bitten. 11. .>ter biirfen ie nicbt fteben;
ie fonnen bort fteben, roenn ie roollen. 12. Slber bort roer*
ben nrir SftidjtS fefyen fonnen. 13. 2Ctr burften nid)t au3 bem
ofe geben, ob,ne bie rlaubnif beg d)ulbireftorS. 14. 3d)
fann biefen afj nid)t iiberfefcen.
THE POTENTIAL VERB bttrfelt, TO BE PERMITTED.
75
Vocabulary.
Uet 2>tref'tor, 8, director. [school. 2)fl SSofaButa'rtum, 8, vocabulary.
chUl'btrettor, 8, director of a n SBort, e8, word.
ifleifjig, industrious, diligent.
of, e8, court, yard.
S8t8 (conj.), until, till.
@atj, e8, sentence.
Unter (adv.), below.
SiC Ueberfe'fertng, , translation.
Erlaub'mfj, , permission.
grogen, to ask.
9{aucben, to smoke.
dmle, , school.
SSebeu'tung, , signification.
Ueberfe'ên, to translate.
Grammatical.
1. The Potential Verb biirfcn indicates:
1. Permission (by law, or by the will of another):
3cfet biirft it)r ftrielen,
You may play now.
2. With a negative, MitfCtt is usually translated by "must not:"
ter biirfcn ie ntcht fptelen, You must not play here.
3. It sometimes has the signification of "to dare:"
(Sr butf nid)t gcb.en, ob.ne bie He dares not go without his father's
rlaubnifj feine8 Vater8,
permission.
2. The Indicative Mood of biirfen, to bepermitted :
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
I w.-3 permitted.
id) barf,
I am permitted. icb bltrf=tC,
bu barf=ft,
thou art permitted. bu b u r f * tcft, thou wast permitted,
er barf,
he is permitted. er b u r f * tc, he was permitted.
nrir b ii r f * tn, we are permitted. nrir b u r f * tClt, we were permitted.
ibr b il r f * I, you are permitted. ibr b u r f = ttt, you were permitted.
fte b il r { * cn, they are permitted. fie b U r f * ten, they were permitted.
Pluperfect Tense.
Perfect Tense.
id) fattc gcbnrft',e*c
icb ffait gcburft', etc.
I had been permitted, etc.
I have been permitted, etc.
First Future Tense.
icb tocrbe biirfcn, etc.
icb tocrbe geburft' baben, etc.
I shall be permitted, etc.
I shall have been permitted.
Exercise 64.
1. Father, can (burfen) I go to the city with William
this morning? 2. Yes, if you have written your exer
cise. 3. 1 have not written it yet, but I can write it this
evening. 4. Will you not have to learn a lesson this
evening? 5. No, I have already learned my lesson. 6.
Whose pen is this? 7. It is the teacher's pen. 8. You
76
THE POTENTIAL VERB foflCtt, SHOULD, OUGHT.
must (biirfen) not write with his pen, you must (miiffen)
write with your pen. 9. 1 have lost my pen, and I can
not find it. 10. You must look for it till you find it.
11. We were not permitted (biirfen) to write the trans
lation of the exercise with a pencil ; we were compelled
(miiffen) to write with a pen. 12. 1 can not translate the
exercise. 13. He can (biirfen) not go without the teach
er's permission.
y '
(n!^6
LESSON XXXIII.
THE POTENTIAL VERB fOffCtt, SHOULD, OUGHT.
SEBcr foll gel>eu?
Who shall go (is to go) ?
2)u follft geben,
You are to go.
2Bag foll id) tf>un?
What shall I do?
2Bir follten nad) aufe geben, We ought to go home.
Gcr foll fef>r retcj) fein,
They say he is very rich.
err djonberg foll jeljt in Mr. Schonberg is supposed
Slmerifa fetn,
to be in America now.
2)u follft @ott beinen errn lie* Thou shalt love the Lord
ben,
thy God.
pnfunbfe<tljtgfte Slufeak.
l.5Ber foll lefen, einrid) ober id)? 2. einrid) foll lefen.
3. 2Bag foll id) fcbreiben ? 4. 2)u follfi beine 2Iufgabe fd)retben.
5. Du follteft beine Slufgabe geftern Slbenb gefd)rieben baben (or
bu batteft beine Slufgabe gefrcrn Slbenb fd)reiben follen). 6. 2)u
follft nid)t ftetjen. 7. 2)u follft beinen ffiater unb beine Gutter
ebren (honor). 8. 3d) follte nad) aufe geben. 9. @g foll ge*
ftern in SMagbeburg fe^r ftarf geregnet baben. 10. err ftranj*
ler foll friiêr in 9Jiagbeburg geroobnt baben. 11. Der -Dialer
foll bag emalbe fd)on serfauft baben. 12. 2Ber foll eg gefauft
baben? 13. err 2Metrirf) foll eg gefauft baben. 14. err
<Sd)norr foll fein aug 'erfaufen roollen. 15. 2)er cbneiber
follte meinen 9locf fd)on reparirt baben.
THE POTENTIAL VERB foflCtt, SHOULD, OUGHT.
77
Grammatical.
1. The Potential Verb foflCtt indicates:
1. Moral obligation or duty:
(gr follte geben,
He should (ought to) go.
2. Obligation or duty dependent upon the will of another:
28er foil geben?
Who shall go?is to go?
S)U follft Ott bemett errtt Thou shalt love the Lord thy God
liebeu toon ganjem ^crjen,
with all thy heart.
8. A report, rumor, or general impression :
(Sr foil febr franf fein,
They say he is very sick.
err Subn foil jefet in 3lme* Mr. Kuhn is supposed to be in Amerrita fein,
ica now.
2. The Indicative Mood of follett, shall, should., ought :
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) foil,
I ought.
id) fo11=te, I should.
btt foU-ft, thou oughtest.
btt f c U ' tcft, thou shouldest.
er f o 11 * te, he should.
er foil,
he ought.
toir foil* ten, we should.
ft)ir j c 1 1 * tn, we ought.
thr f o 1 1 - tCt, you should.
thr f o 1 1 ' t, you ought.
fte fo li'ten, they should.
fte \ o 11 * CH, they ought.
Pluperfect Tense.
Perfect Tense.
id) l)atte (jefouY, etc.
id) ftaoe gcfollt', etc.
I had been obliged, etc.
I have been obliged, etc.
First Future Tense.
id) toeroe fatten, etc.
id) toeroe flefoHt' baoen, etc.
I shall boBobfiged, etc.
I shall have been obliged, etc.
Exercise 66.
l.Who shall write the letter to our uncle, William
or I? 2. Let William write it (or William is to write
it). 3. Why shall I not write it? 4. You must write
your exercise. 5. What shall I write to my brother?
6. You may (fimnen) write that we shall (roerben) go to
Hamburg to-day. 7. Henry, you ought to have learned
your lesson last evening; you must learn it now. 8.
We ought to go home ; it is becoming late. 9. They say
(or it is reported) that Mr. Meyerheim is very rich. 10.
Do you know where Mr. Bernsdorf is? 11. He is sup
posed to be in Russia. 12. 1 ought (follte) to visit Mr
THE POTENTIAL VERB lttOj)Ctt, MAT.
78
Meyer this evening. 13. The shoemaker ought to have

mended my boot yesterday evening. 14. He could not
(do) it ; he had to go to the city.
rM\J^'
LESSON XXXIV.
THE POTENTIAL VERB jnOflCtt, MAT.
DU magft mit tfom geben, voenn You may go with him, if
bu votllft,
you wish to.
6r mag fagen wag er voill,
He may say what he will.
@r mag febr reid) fcin,
He may be very rich.
@g fann fern, bafj er reid) {ft,
It may be that he is rich.
3d> mag bag ud) md)t,
I do not like the cloth.
tefcenmtbfed)jigfte Hufgabc.
1. SD?utter, fann id) mit einrid) in ben arten geben? 2.
fD ja, bu magft in ben arten gebctt, voenn eg nid)t regnet. 3.
(g regnet nod) nid)t, aber eg voirb voabrfd)etnlid) balb regnen. 4.
@r mag fagen voag er will, bod) glaube idr ntd)t bafj bie d)lad)t
fo lange gebauert ât. 5. 2)ag tnb voollte nid)t fo frub ju
ette geben, aber eg ât gemufjt. 6. 2Bar eg franf ? 7. 9iem,
aber eg voar feb,r rniibe. 8. 3Sater, fonnen 2Bilbelm unb etnrtd)
mit ung beute nad) ber tabt geben? 9. 3a, fte mogen geben,
roenn fte nid)t ju miibe ftnb. 10. 2Bag fiir 33rob voiinfd)en te?
11. 3d) voiinfd)e 2Betfjbrob. 12. 2Bag fiir ud) baben fte ge*
fauft. 13. te baben ?etmoanb gefauft. 14. aft bu etn*
rid)'g g>botograpbte' gefcben? 15. Stein, id) babe jte nod) nid)t
gefekn; id) voufjte nid)t, bafj fte fd)on fertig voar.
Vocabulary.
2)fl d;retb)5a))ier,8,writing-papeE
S)ie Seintoanb,, linen.
P(totogra^te' , photograph.
n S8riefâ^ter, 8, letter-paper.
Sett, e8, bed.
cblacbt, , battle.
gertig, ready.
2afd)e, , pocket.
S)fl8 Safd)entlld), 8, pocket-hand griib, early.
Sranf, sick.
kerchief.
SDfflbe, tired, weary.
anbtud), 8, towel.
auerrt, to last, enaure.
tt SBetfjbrob, 8, wheat-bread.
THE POTENTIAL VERB lttbgCn, MAY.
79
Grammatical.
1. The Potential Verb tltbgcn [may) indicatespermission,
concession, and sometimes desire or liking :
Gsr mag geben,
He may go.
@r ntflj) febr reid) fein,
(I concede that) he may be very rich.
3d) mag btefe8 iud) trid)t,
I do not like this cloth.
2. The Indicative Mood of JItbgCit, may, to he permitted :
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) mOO>tC, I might.
id) mag,
I may.
bu mod)* tcft, thou mightest.
bu mag=ft, thou mayest.
er mod)*te, he might.
er mag,
he may.
tttir ttl c fl * CH, we may.
tt)tr m o d) ' tClt, we might.
ibr m c g = t, you may.
t6r m o d) * tCt, you might.
fte m B g * en, they may.
fte mod)* ten, they might.
Perfect Tense.
Pluperfect Tense.
id) babe gcmod)t', etc.
id) fiatte gcmod)t', etc.
First Future Tense.
id) locr&e mbgett, etc.
id> tttcrbc gcmod)t' f)aben, etc.
I shall be permitted, etc.
I sliall have been permitted, etc.
3. Principal parts of all the Potential Verbs:
Imperfect
Present
Perfect
Injinitive.
Indicative.
Participie.
folMe.
ge*fou%t.
fOtt*en (ought).
ttoH*en (will).
tooH-te.
lbtm>en (can).
ge=!otttt=t.
fonn>te.
tttog*en (may).
ge=moa>t.
moa>te.
i)iirf*en (dare).
ge=bnrf=t.
burf*tc.
ge*mtt|K
mitten (must).
mttfHcExercise 68.
1. May (burfen) we play in the yard? 2. Yes, you may
(mogen) play, if you have learned your lesson. 3. It
may (fottttcn) be that it will rain, but I do not think so
(id) glaube eg ntd)t). 4. They may (mogen) say what they
choose (njollen), I shall not go with them. 5. I have
lost my pocket-handkerchief. 6. Oh, here it is in my
pocket. 7. 1 wish a towel. 8. Can you give me a pin?
9. Mary wishes a needlet 10. 1 want letter-paper.
80
NEW DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
LESSON XXXV.
HEW DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
Have you seen the flowers ?
aft bu He Slumen gcfeên?
I have seen the roses. [tiful.
3d) l>abe btc Sfofen gefeben,
The flowers are very beauDie lumen ftnb febr fd)8n,
ie fjaben He Slufgaben nodj They have not yet written
the exercises.
nid)t gefd)rieben,
I have seen the oxen.
3d) tyabe He Dd)fen gefetyen,
The oxen are very large.
Die Dd)fen finb fe^r grof,
I see the boy.
3d) febe ben ftnaben,
@r giebt bem ^noben bag 33ud), He gives the boy the book.
Steutnmbfed)stgfte Stufgafce.
1. aft bu He Slufgaben gefd)rieben ? 2. 3o, id) babe fte fd)on
gefd)rieben. 3. Die ^naben fd)reiben He Slufgaben. 4. aft
bu ben Dd)fen gefeben? 5 aft bu He Dd)fen gefeên ? 6. Die
Dd)fen freffen bag eu. 7. Der 33auer treibt bie Dd)fen nad)
ber2Beibe. 8. aft bu He 5roen gefeben? 9.3ct,id) babebte
?oroen unb bie 23aren gefeben. 10. Der irt b,at bie afen ge*
fd)offen. 11. Die irten geben nad) bem SBalbe. 12. 2Bo ftnb
bie 9iabeln ? 13. 3d) roeifj nid)t, id) f>abe fte nid)t gefeben. 14.
einrid) fann bie gebern nid)t finben. 15. 3d) babe bie gebern
auf metnem ifd)e gefunben. 16. 2Bag fur fumen foaft bu in
bem orbe? 17.3d) babe Slofen, ulpen unb n. 18.
2Ba3 fiir )bft bat bie 6d)in gefauft? 19. ie bat imen
gefauft. 20. err 33ergmann ift ein ater, unb err Sloref ift
tin granjo'fe. 21. &ennen ie ben granjo'fen? 22. Vttin,
id) fenne ibn nid)t.
Grammatical.
1 . There are three ways in which nouns are declined,
called the Old Declension, the New Declension, and the
Mixed Declension.
2. The New Declension includes those masculine and
feminine nouns which form the plural by adding =tt or
NEW DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
81
=ett to the nominative singular (the masculine nouns also

taking the =lt or =CU in all cases of the singular except
the nominative), thus:
MASCUt-INE.
FEMININE.
Singular.
Singular.
(The boy.)
(The man.)
(The church.) (The woman.)
N. ber Sitabe, ber aWenfd),
N. bie ftir($e,
We grau,
G. be8 Sno6e=n, bc8 2ftenfa>en, <?. ber Sird)e,
ber grau,
D. bem Snobe^n, bem SWenfa>ett, D. ber Sircbe,
ber gran,
A. ben Snabe*n. ben SWenfdHlt.
bie Sird)e.
bie grau.
Plural.
Plural
N. bie Sna6c=n, bie gjtenfd)=eu, N. bie 8irtbe=tt, bie gtau=en,
G. ber $nabe*n, ber 2Kenfd>en, <?. ber Sircbc'lt,
ber graven,
D. ben SJnabe=n, ben 2Renf$*ttt, Z>. ben $ird)e*n,
ben graven,
A. bie Snabe=n. bie 2Kenfcb=e. A. bie ird)en.
bie grau*cn.
3. The New Declension includes :
1. Most feminine nouns (especially those ending in
=e, An, =I)eit, =!eit, =f(âft, *ung, etc.).
2. Many masculine nouns (especially those of more
than one syllable, ending in tt).
4. Examples of nouns of the New Declension:*
1. FEMININE NOUNS.
Sic Slufgabe, ,pi. n, exercise.
Ste Silie, ,pl n, lily.
n 3Jirne, , pt. n, pear.
n Settion', ,pi. en, lesson.
S3tnme, , pi. n, flower.
2JHlê,,pi. n,caP.
i n Couft'ne, , pi. n, cousin.
n 9iabel, , pi. n, needle.
icbe, ,pi. n, oak.
9tofe, , pi. n, pink.
geber,,Pl. n, pen.
âjle'te, ,pi. n, pie. [sion.
gorel'le, , pi n, trout.
Sprojeffion', , pi. en, procestt grau, ,pi. en, woman.
SRofe, ,pi. n, rose.
abel, ,pi. n, fork. [story. d)reefler, ,pi. n, sister.
n efd)icb'te, , pi. n, history, ii SEante, , pt. n, aunt.
Sircbe, , pi. n, church.
SH)ilre, ,pi. n, door.
n Sod)in, , pi. nen, cook.
Sulpe, ,pi. n, tulip. [lation.
Siiicbe, ,pi. n, kitchen.
Ueberfe'tiung, ,pl. en, transn Sol)le, ,pi. n, coal.
n SCSeibe, ,pi. n, meadow.
Rem. Feminine nouns in sin take *(n)en in the plural
* In this and the next two lessons the plurals are given of nearly all the
nouns that have been used in the previous lessons.
D2
82
MIXED DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
2. MASCULINE NOUNS.
Set Soter, tt,pi. n, Bavarian. Set Snabe, n,pi. n, boy.
SiStt>e, n,pi. n, lion. [betng.
,, 3ar, tn, pt. en, bear.
.. giirft, til, pi. en, prince.
y SOienfd), en, pi. en, human
I granjo'fe, n,pi. -a, Frenchman ^ n 9ieffe, n,î n, nephew.
. n raf, tn,pi. en, count.
D&)8, en, en, ox.
afe, n, pt. n, hare.
. Spraftbent', en, pi. en, presi irt, en,pi. en, shepherd.
. SRtefe, n,pi. n, giant. [dent.
Rem. The noun bet ttt takes *n in the Gen., Dat., and Acc. Sing., and
tn in the Plural.
Exercise 70.
1. Mr. Steiner is a Bavarian. 2. Are you acquainted
with the Frenchman? 3. Yes, I know the Frenchman ;
he resides near (neben) us. 4. Do you hear what the
boys are saying? 5. No, we can not hear what they are
saying; they are not talking loud enough. 6. Where
is the cook? 7. She is in the kitchen. 8. Did the boys
take the pens? 9. The dog is following the shepherd
to the forest. 10. What are Mary and Charlotte look
ing for? 11. They are looking for flowers. 12. The
oaks in the forest are very high. 13. The churches in
the city are very beautiful. 14. Do you find the exer
cises too long? 15. No, I do not find the exercises long
enough.
LESSON XXXVI.
MIXED DECLENSION OP NOUNS.
The peasant is in the house
2>cr 3S<wer ift in bem aufe,
Dag aug beg 23auerg ift nicbt The house of the peasant
febr grof ,
is not very large. [ant.
The dog follows the peas2)er unb fclgt bem 33auer,
I do not see the peasant.
3$ febc ben 33auer nid)t,
2)te 23auem geben nacb bem The peasants are going to
the forest.
2SaIbe,
(r gebt mtt ben SBauern nad) He is going with the peas
ant to the forest.
bem 3Balbe,
83
imutbftcojigfte 2lufgak.
1. SD?ein Setter wobnt in Sftagbeburg. 2. 2Bo wofjnen beine
3Settern? 3. <Ste voobnen in 2ftund)en. 4. 2JJarie unt> t>rc
cbweftem befucl)en ibre Souft'nen in alle. 5. 2Beffen 23ud)
baft bu? 6. 3$ babe meineg Setterg 33ucb. 7. 2Jiein Setter
bat mein Sucb. 8. 2Bem gebort bag 2jlufeum? 9. Dag 2ttu*
feum gef)ort bem taat. 10. aft bu StroaS in beinem 2luge?
11. SRein, id) babe 91id)tg in meinem Sluge. 12. 2)ie Dbren ber
Soroen jtnb flein. 13. 2Bo wofmt err 2)oftor 2Betfjmann?
14. err Doftor 2Beifmann wobnt in Dregbeu. 15. err 2)of*
tor 2Bolf befud)te errn Doftor fein. 16. err 2)oftor 2Beber
nnb err 2)oftor Suffer ftnb ^rofefforen an ber Untoerjttat ju
2Bten (in the University of Vienna). 17. 2Bo ift bag aug
beg $mn $>rofeffor 2Bolf? 18. @g ift gegennber ber ird)e.
19. 2Bag fiir ein Snfeft' ift bag? 20. 2)ag ift ein ctjmetter*
ling (butterfly). 21. Die 3nfef'ten jtnb febr fcbon. 22. ier
ift bie Slufgabe ju <nbe.
Grammatical.
1. The Mixed Declension includes a few masculine and
neuter nouns, which have =8 or =C in the genitive sin
gular, and =n or =en in the plural, thus:
MASCULINE.
NEUTER.
Singular.
Singular.
(The ear.)
(The eye.)
(The peasant.) (The doctor.)
N. ba8 Dftr,
N. ber 8auer, ber Sottor,
ba8 Singe,
G. be8 58auer*8, be8 2)ottor8, G. bc8 Obr=e8,
be8 2lnge*S,
D. bem SBauer, bem oFtor,
bem Stuge,
Z>. bem Of)r=e,
A. ben Sauer. bett oftor.
ba8 Sluge.
4. ba8 Dbr.
Plural.
bie 2luge=n,
N. bic $auer=n, bie 2)oftor=ett, 2V. bie >fir=en,
ber ?luge*n,
G. ber SBauer*n, ber oftor=ett, G. ber Dbr.ett,
ben Slugc*n,
D. ben Sauer*n, ben Softor*cn, >. ben )6r=ett,
bie 2luge=n.
A. bie 9Sauer*n. bie ottor*e. A. bie Obr=e.
Rem. 1. Nouns in the Mixed Declension follow the Old Declension in the
eingular, and the New Declension in the plural.
Rem. 2. No feminine nouns belong to the Mixed Declension.
84
Rem. 3. In foreign nouns in =or the accent is moved forward in forming th

plural, as: ber ot'tor, bie ofto'ren; ber ^JJrofef'for, bie ^rofeffo'reu.
2. Examples of nouns in the Mixed Declension:
2)er SSauer, 8, pi. n, peasant
2)0 2luge, S,pi. n, eye.
S)iret'tor,S,pi. *to'ren, director SBett, tS,pi. en, bedT~~\
oltor, 8, pi. *to'ren, doctor.
(gnbe, S,pi. tt, end.
$rofef'for, 8, *fo'ren, professor. $emb, e8, pi. en, shirt.
?[Jafior, S,pi. *to'ren, pastor.
n -Snfett', tS,pi. en, insect.
Seib, ti,pi. Crt, suffering.
Setter, S,pi. n, cousin.
t, tS,pi.en, state, nation >br, e8, pi. en, ear.
3. Possessive Pronouns have the same endings in the
plural for all genders, as :
MASCULINE.
FEMININE.
NEDTEIl.
(My cousins.)
(Thy pens.)
(Their eyes )
Nom. mem=e 2Settern,
bem*t gebern,
tbr=e 2lugen,
Gen. mein*er SSettern,
ii)x'tt Slttgen,
better gebern,
Dat. mem=ett 2kttew,
bein*ett gebern,
ibr=ett Slugen,
Acc. mein=e 2$ettem.
bem=e gebern.
ii)t*t 2lugen.
4. To titles of office or dignity, the word >err or grail
is usually prefixed (especially in direct address) :
$err ^rofeffor Seder,
(Mr.) Professor Becker.
err raf toon 9Mtfe,
(Mr.) Count von Moltke.
grau OrSfirt toon 2Jioltfe,
(Mrs.) Countess von Moltke.
Rem. Especially in the oblique cases, the definite article also may be pre
fixed (the 8 being in this case omitted in the Genitive):
a8 au8 be8 errn oftor Neumann, or ernt S5ottor Neumann8 au8.
Exercise 72.
1. Where does (Mr.) Professor Eberhard reside? 2,
Professor Eberhard resides in Stuttgard. 3. Did you
visit Doctor Stadler when you were in Bonn? 4. Yes,
we visited him. 5. Where is Doctor Neumann's house ?
6. 1 do not know where Doctor Neumann's house is. 7.
Where does Pastor Behr reside? 8. Pastor Behr resides
next to (neben) the church. 9. Shall (follen) we visit Pas
tor Behr this evening ? 10. Yes, we can visit him, if you
like (wollen). 11. Whose house is that? 12. That is the
house of my cousin. 13. John is visiting his cousins in
Bamberg. 14. The eyes of these birds are very smalL
OLD DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
85
LESSON XXXVII.
The teachers praise the
Die Center lofeen bie cbuler,
scholars.
Die Scorer gef)en mit ben d)iu The teachers go with the
lent nad) bem 2Balbe,
scholars to the forest.
2Bo ftnb beine 33ruber?
Where are your brothers?
(ie geben mit ibren SScttcrn They are going to the city
nad) ber tabt,
with their cousins.
Die 33erge ftnb fteil,
The mountains are steep.
Die Stabte ftnb grofj,
The cities are large.
Die iid)er ftnb tbeuer,
The books are dear.
Die aufer ftnb grofj,
The houses are large.
Sretunbftebjtgfte Slufgaoe.
1. Die d)filer fd)rieben ibre Slufgaben. 2. Die Staler vook
Ien ifcre emalbe serfaufen. 3. Die naben unb bie 2ftabd)en
lemen ibre ?eftionen. 4. 2Bag l>at ber od) gefauft? 5. dt
bat Slepfel unb Sirnen gefauft. 6. 2Bo ftnb beine ruber unb
dm>efrern? 7.2fteine 23riiber unb meine d)roeftern ftnb ttt
bem arten. 8. Die Diebe tbaben bag elb geftoblen. 9. Die
Sage roerben jefct fefr lang. 10. Die Slbenbe ftnb jefct warm unb
angenebm. 11. Die unbe bellen unb bie 2Bolfe beulen. 12.
Die unbe folgen ben 3agern nad) bem 3Mbe. 13. Die Sburme
ber irri}en in ben tabten ftnb bcd) unb fd)on. 14. Die Dad)cr
ber aufer ftnb fteil. 15. Die itinber f)aben bie ?ieber febr fchott
gefungen. 16. Die 2Balber ftnb grofj. 17. Die 3Mlber in ben
33ud)ern ftnb fd)on. 18.3d) babe meine 33!eiftifte unb meine
gebern erloren. 19. Die Difd)e ftnb in ben Bimmern. 20.
Die ifd)ler baben bie ifd)e fdjon reparirt. 21. Die 93ogel ftnb
in ben âftgen. 22. 3d) tjabe bie S3riefe gefd)ricben.
Grammatical.
1. The Old Declension includes all nouns that do not
take =tt or =Ctt in the plural.
86
1. The Old Declension includes nouns of all genders.

2. The masculine or neuter nouns take = or =e8 in
the genitive.
i
Rem. Feminine nouns in both the Old and New Declension are unchanged
in the singular.
2. There are several ways in which the Plurals of Nouns
in the Old Declension are formed :
1. With some nouns the nom. piural is like the nom. singular. ' .>2. Some nouns take merely an umlaut on the radical vowel, when the
J vowel is capable of it.
3. Some nouns merely add =t to the singular.
4. Some nouns add =t and also take the umlaut.
5. Some nouns add =et (with the umlaut when the vowel is capable of it).
3. Examples in the Old Declension of nouns :
SINGULAR.
4. City.
5. Man.
1. Painter. 2. Father. 8. Mountain.
N. ber WtAtt, ber SBater, ber erg,
bie tabt, ber 9Rann,
G.btS 2Mer, be8 3Jater*, be8 SBerg=e, ber tabt, be8 3Kann=e8,
D. bent 2Mer, bent SSater, bem s8erg=e, ber tabt, bem 3Kann=e,
A. ben SWaler. ben 2Sater. ben Serg.
bie tabt. ben 2Kann.
PLURAL.
N.m SWaler, bie SBater, bie erg=e, bie ta'bt=c, bie 9Kann=er,
G. ber 3Kaler, ber SBfiter, ber Serg=e, ber tfibt*e, ber 2Rfinn*cr,
D. ben 2JiaIer*n, ben %attx*n, ben S8erg=en, ben tabt=ett, ben 2Rann*ent,
A. bie 3Kaler. bie SSater. bie 53erg=e. bie tSbt*t. bie 3KSnn=er.
Rem. The plural of the definite article is the same for all genders.
4. Examples of Nouns of the Old Declension:
1. With nominative plural like the nominative singular:
Set Sacter, 8, pi. , baker.
Set Sbaler,8,/;/. , thaler, dollar.
Settler, 8, pi. , beggar. [er. jifd)Ier, S,pi. ,cabinet-mak SBucbbmber,S,pi.,bookbind- iigel, 8, pi. , hill.
[er.
ietter, 8, pi. , servant.
Scffel, 8, pi. , spoon.
ginger, 8, Pl. , finger.
piegel, 8, pi. , mirror.
firtner, 8, pi. , gardener.
SBoben, 8, pl , floor.
3figer, 8, pi. , hunter.
Srunnen, 8, pi. , spring.
Seftrer, 8, pi. , teacher.
$ud)en, 8, pi. , cake.
SWaler, 8, pi. , painter.
n rofcben, 8, pi. , groschen.
cbiller, 8, pi. , scholar.
SWorgen, 8, pi. , morning.
,, Keller, 8, pi. , plate.
SSJagen, 8, pi. , carriage.
87
Sa* gcUfler, 8, pi , window.

2>a8 Siinbel, 8, pi. ~, bundle.
2J(ef|er, 8, pi , knife.
SKabcben, 8, pt. , girl.
tt 2Baffer, 8, pi. , water.
graulem, 8, pt. , Miss.
31mmtt, 8, i room.
emdl'be, 8, pt. , painting.
2. Nouns with no plural ending, but with the umlaut on the radical
vowel :
2)er akter,S,pi. aSater, father.
2)er Dfett, 8, pi. Defen, stove.
ruber, 8, pi. Srilber, brother. SSogel, 8, pi. 2Sbgel, bird.
Sit SWutter,,pi. aSiitter, mother.
Slpfel, 8, pi. Slepfel, apple.
Socbter, , pi. jiScbter, daughter
SWantel, 8, pl SDiSntel, cloak.
Rem. 1. To these two first divisions, which includes all nouns that take no
additional ending in the nominative plural, belong (besides bte SRlltter and
bie Socbter) only masculine and neuter nouns.
Kern. 2. These two first divisions include :
1 . Masculine and neuter nouns in zft, -t\t and selt 5 ber S3atet, b(l8
geufter, ber @piegel, ba8 Silnbel, ber SBoben, ba8 SMbcben.
2. Neuter nouns in sd)ett and =Ieitt: ba8 SMbcben, bo8 grauleirt.
3. Neuter nouns in e= . . '=t: bo8 emalbe.
3. Nouns which form their plural by adding =e to the nominative singu
lar without taking an umlaut to the radical vowel :
!$tt Sfoeub, S,pi. e, evening.
Set ^Jrei8, tS,pi. e, price.
SBerg, tS,pi. e, mountain.
Xag, e8, pt. e, day.
Sletflift, tS,pi. e, pencil.
Sifd), e8, pt. e, table.
Srief, tS,pi. e, letter.
2)0 fflrob, tS,pi. e, bread, loaf.
ieb, e8, pi. e, thief.
Del, e8,/>/. e, oil.
SDom, e8, pt. e, cathedral.
papier', c8, pi. c, paper.
Sfiflg, S, pt. e, cage.
*Pferb, e8, pi. e, horse.
SBntg, 8, pi. e, king.
n cbiff, e8, pi. e, ship.
Dbetm, 8, pt. e, uncle.
cbaf, e8, pi. e, sheep.
4. Nouns which add sf and also take the umlaut :
Set Sail,tS,pi. Salle, ball.
Set 6urm, ti,pi. Sbiirme, tower.
Scram, eS,pi. S8fiume, tree.
SBolf, e8, pt. 2BBlfe, wolf.
ut, tS,pi. Jpilte, hat.
Site anb, ,pi. anbe, hand.
Sorb, e8,^/. SBrbe, basket.
&uf), ,pi. $ilbe, cow.
. i, SRocf, e8,i>/. 9Wcfe, coat.
n 9iad)t, , pi. SMchte, night.
tall, tS,pi. tSlle, stable.
tabt, ,pi. tfibte, city.
n toff, e8, />/. tocfe, cane.
i, 9ia6t, , pi. 9iabte, seam.
Rem. 1 . To the third and fourth divisions, including all nouns that have
e in the plural, belong nouns of all genders.
Rem. 2. They include all feminine nouns of the Old Declension (except
bie aflutter and bte Sccbter).
88
5. Nouns with set in the plural (having umlaut on the radical vowel,
where the vowel is capable of it) :
2)tt eifi, eS,pi. eifter, spirit.
Sa gelb, eS, pi. er, field.
ott, e8 pi. iitter, God, god.
Sinb, e8, pt. er, child.
SDtann, tS,pi. 9Wanner, man.
Sleib, e8, pi. er, dress.
2Mb, e8, pi. SEBalber, forest.
H Sieb, tS, pt. er, song.
Sanb, ti,pi. SBanber, ribbon.
la8, e8, pi. lafer, glass.
S8tlb, e8, pt. er, picture.
i, au8, e8, pt. aufer, house.
S8ud), e8, pt. Siid)er, book.
Sod), e8, pt. Socber, hole.
2>ad), tS, pi. ad)er, roof.
Xucb, e8, pt. Siicher, cloth.
Hem. To the fifth division belong mostly neuter nouns, with a few ma>
culine nouns, but no feminine nouns.
5. Nouns of the Old Declension may thus be divided
into three great classes :
1. Those with no additional ending in the plural :
1. The masculine nouns mostly with the umlaut.
2. The neuter nouns mostly without the umlaut.
2. Those which take the ending -t in the plural:
1. All feminine nouns taking the umlaut.
2. Most masculine nouns taking the umlaut.
3. But few neuter nouns taking the umlaut.
3. Those which take the ending =cr in the plural,
all taking the umlaut (when possible).
6. By far the larger part of all the nouns in the Ger
man language belong to the Old Declension.
-
Exercise 74.
1. The hills and the mountains are steep. 2. The
windows are closed, but the door is open. 3. The plates
are on the table. 4. The knives and the forks are on
the table, but the spoons are not on the table. 5. The
apples and the pears are in the baskets. 6. The baker
is buying the flour. 7. The bakers are buying the flour.
8. John can not find his pencils. 9. His pencils are cn
my table. 10. The horses are in the stable. 1 1 . "Where
do your uncles reside? 12. They reside in Salzburg.
13. The dogs were barking and the wolves were howl
CARDINAL NUMBERS
89
ing. 14. The nights are now very warm. 15. The trees
are very large. 16. The pictures in the Museum are
very fine. 17. Have you found your books? 18. 1 have
not lost my books, but I have lost my pencils. 19. Mary
and Frances sang the songs very well.
LESSON XXXVIII.
CARDINAL NBMBERS.
a|t bu erne SBtrne ?
Have you one pear?
3d) babe iwet 23irnen,
I have two pears.
Sr bat brei Slepfel,
He has three apples.
2Bir babeu srier gebern,
We have four pens.
3br ba&t fiinf 23iid)er,
You have five books,
ie baben fed)3 ?>ferbe,
They have six horses.
3d) batte fteben Slcpfel,
I had seven apples.
r âtte ac$t Slepfel,
He had eight apples.
ie fatten neun IPferbe,
They had nine horses.
S8or jefm agen,
Ten days ago.
ftunfunbftefijigfte Slufpbe.
l.âfi bu jroei Slepfel? 2. 9iein, id) babe nur etnen 2lpfel.
3. afi bu betne Slufgaben gefebrieben? 4. 3d) babe jroci 2luf*
gaben gefd)rieben, aber cine Slufgabe babe id) nod) nid)t gefd)rie*
ben. 5. 2Bag baft bu beute gefauft? 6. 3d) babe jroei 23iid)cr
gefauft, eine rammatif unb eine Slritbmetif. 7. ^>at err
ftraufe ad)t $ferbe? 8. SRein, er bat nur ier $ferbe. 9. 2BtU
bclm bat ^cute ad)tjebn gorelleu gefangen. 10. 2)er 25teb bat
jroeiunbmerjig Zfyakx gefto^len. 11. err Salter bat terbun*
bert Zfycdtx fur bag emalbe bejablt. 12. 5Sor ad)t agen (a
week ago) babe id) jebn 33iid)er in Seipjig gefauft. 13. SBor
terjebn agen (a fortnight ago) roaren tr-ir in Jtarlgrube.
11. @g (there) ftnb jroeibunbert ilber im SWufeum. 15. <g
ftnb jroeibunbert funfunbjrcanjig cîiler in ber d)ule. 16.
<S ftnb mebr alg breibunbert $ird)en in 9?om.
90
CARDINAL NUMBERS.
Grammatical.
1. The Cardinal Numbers are formed as follow:
40. SSierjig.
1. (Sin8.
2. 3toet.
50. giinfjig.
60. ed)jig.
3. ret.
4. 2Jier.
70. iebenjig or tebjig.
80. Stcbtjig.
5. gflnf.
6. ecb8.
90. Stautjig.
100. unbert.
7. ieben.
101. $unbert unb em8.
8. 2ld)t.
110. unbert unb je^n.
9. yitvm.
120. unbert unb jtoattjig.
10. 3e$n.
121. unbert einunbjrcanjig.
n. etf.
125. unbert funfunbjnsanjig.
12. 3roKf.
136. unbert fecbgunbbretfjig.
13. retjebn.
14. 2Sierjebn.
150. unbert unb filnfjig.
200. 3roeiûnbert.
15. giinfjcbn.
225. 3toûnbertfilnfunbjttJanjig
16. ecbjel)u.
500. giinftunbert.
17. iebjebn.
1,000. Qintaufenb.
18. d)tjebn.
1,005. (gintaufenb unb filnf.
19. SReunjebn.
1,025. ntaufenb filnfunbjroanjig.
20. 3roanjig.
1,500. (gintaujenb fiinfounbert.
21. (Sinunbjroanjig.
22. 3roeiunbjtoanjig, etc.
2,000. 3aeitaufenb.
30. Sreifjtg.
20,000. 3reanjtgtaufenb.
31. (Sinnnbbreifjig, etc.
200,000. 3roeibunbert taufenb.
1872. 2ld)tje6n6unbert unb jtoetunbftcBjig,
(or) @intaufenb ad)tbunbert jtoeiunbftebjig.
2. When used with a noun, tilt, one, is declined like
the indefinite article (Less. XI.).
Rem. 1. The numeral (ttt takes a stronger emphasis than is given to the in
definite article tin.
Rem. 2. The form tin? is used in counting and in multiplying :
(Sin8, jtoei, brei, bier, etc.,
One, two, three, four, etc.
(Surmal (Sin8 vji gin8,
Once one is one.
3. The Cardinal Numbers are usually underlined.
Rem. This is especially the case when they are joined to nouns and are
preceded by prepositions.
(Sr bat jcbn ffiogen papier,
He has ten sheets of paper.
2JJit jebn SBogen papier,
With ten sheets of paper.
NOUNS EXPRESSING MEASURE, QUANTITY, ETC.
91
Exercise 76.
1. What have you in the basket? 2. 1 have twenty
apples and thirty pears. 3. The Cathedral in Bamberg
has four towers. 4. The CathedraTln Munich has two
towers. 5. The Cathedral in Freiburg has only one
tower. 6. 1 have twenty flowers ; ten roses, four pinks,
and six tulips. 7. When wêre you in Bamberg? 8.
I was in Bamberg ten days ago. 9. A week ago I was
in Augsburg. 10. There are (eg ftnb) a hundred boys and
a hundred and fifty girls in the school. 11. There are
two thousand houses in the city. 12. There are eight
churches in the city. 13. The painter sold the painting
for five hundred thalers. 14. The thief has stolen two
hundred and twenty-five thalers. 15. We have written
Beventy-six exercises.
LESSON" XXXIX.
NOUNS EXPRESSING MEASURE, QUANTITT, etc.
r fctufte ein $funb fo,ee unb He bought a pound of tea
jroet *Pfunb affee,
and two pounds ofcoffee.
Sr roiinfdjt* ad)t $funb Sutfer He wishes eight pounds of
nnt> trier ^Pfunb Slete,
sugar and four pounds
of rice.
3d) wunfd)e ein Quart SDtild) I wish a quart of milk and
unb ein Duljenb Ster,
a dozen eggs.
)ag #aug tft trierjia, gufj f)od), The house is forty feet high
U)ag SEud) foftet einen Staler The cloth costs a thaler a
bie <lle,
yard.
@r faufte ein paar tiefel,
He bought a pair of boots.
iebemmbftefijtgfte Slufpk.
1. T)tx od) bat ein $funb %%tt, jroei $funb affee unb jebn
$funt> Surfer gebolt. 2. 2)ag ud) ift eine @lle brett unb ad)t
gilen long. 3. Gcg foftet bret Skaler bie (He. 4. a$ 33anb
92
NOUNS EXPRESSING MEASURE, QUANTITY, ETC.
tft cinen 3oll brett unb brei @llen lang. 5. @3 foftet ad)t ro*
fcên bic Slle. 6. Der bee foftet einen Staler unb jebn ro*
fdjen bag g>funt>. 7. 28finfd)eft bu cine Xaffe êe ober eine
afje ftaffee? 8. 3d) wiinfd)e nur ein lag Sffiafjer. 9. 3d)
mufj f)eute ein faax <Sd)ube unb ein faax tiefel faufen. 10.
2Bie alt bijt bu? 11.3d) bin neun 3a()re unb fed)3 donate
alt. 12. err 2)ietrid) ift breifjig Sabre alt. 13. 2Biinfc^cft bu
ein 23ud) papier? 14. Die 6d)in bat jwei iDufcenb Sier unb
brei Quart SfJiild) gefauft. 15. Der 33aum ift ierjig gufj (iod).
Vocabulary. 1
v'
2)et Skaler,S, pi. , thaler, dollar. Sit (Sile,,pl.n, yard.
trafje, ,pi. n, street.
rofcben, 8, pi. , grosehen.
SEaffc, ,pi.n, cup.
^Pfennig, S, pt. e, pfennig.
Sa8 3abr, 1S, pi. e, year.
gufj, 1S, pi. gafje,foot.
3oK, C8, pi. c, inch.
(St,e8,p/.er,egg.
la8, tS,pi. ISfcr, glass.
SBogen, 9, pt. , sheet.
ufcenb, 8, pt. c, dozen.
dntI), c8, pi. e, shoe.
âar, tS,pi. - e, pair.
anbfd)tu), tS,pi. e, glove.
S8ud), c8, quire.
bee, 8, tea.
taffet, 8, coffee.
^{unb, eS,pi. e, pound,
3ucfer, 8, sugar.
aIt, old.
SRei8, e8, rice.
Sreit, broad, wide.
SWonat, 8, pt. e, month.
Sang, long.
Grammatical.
1. Nouns of weight, measure, and quantity are put in
apposition with the nouns they limit. Those in the
feminine gender alone take the plural form, the mascu
line and neuter nouns retaining the singularform in
the plural :
<gr taufte ettt iPfunb Qudtx unb He bought a pound of sugar and two
jh)et $fttnb bee,
pounds of tea.
(gr taufte nur eine (Slle Stud), unb He bought only one yard of cloth, and
nid)t Jtt>ei (SHetl Sucb,
not two yards of cloth.
2. Nouns expressing weight, measure, quantity, and
price are put in the accusative case :
@8 nriegt ein ^Pfunb,
It weighs a pound.
8 toftet eijtett Staler,
It costs a dollar.
2>a8 SBaffer tft etncn gufj tief, The water is a foot deep.
OLD DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
kT
93
3. Nouns expressing the quantity, following nouns

expressing price, are preceded by the definite article :
<S8 foftet emen Xl)aler hai $funb, It costs a dollar a pound.
8 foftet einen Stealer bit (glle, It costs a dollar a yard.
/4. Prussian Money is the standard in North and Central
tGermany.
o Al 2:baler=30 rofên=360 ^fenmge=73 cents in gold.
1 rofd)en= 12 g>fenntge= 21/, cents in gold.
ify^
1 $fem"8 = Ve of a cent.
Exercise 78.
1. The cook will buy three pounds of sugar and two
pounds of rice. 2. The house is thirty feet high. 3.
The street is fifty feet wide. 4. Do you wish two quires
of paper? 5. 1 wish four quires of paper. 6. The cloth
is a yard wide. 7. The cloth costs two thalers a yard.
8. What does the ribbon cost a yard? 9. It costs seven
groschens and six pfennigs a yard. 10. Do you wish a
cup of tea or a cup of coffee? 11. 1 will take a cup of
tea. 12. What will you drink, Henry? 13. 1 will drink
only a glass of water. 14. Can you give me a sheet of
paper? 15. Here is a quire of paper.
. ' , f r "' 1
; ' I ^
I.
. . ..
LESSON XL.
ADJECTIVES USED PKEDICATIVELY AND ATTRIBUTIVELY.
3ft ber affee gut?
Is the coffee good?
25u mufjt guten ftaffee faufen, You must buy good coffee.
2)a 2Baffcr roirt> f)ci,
The water is becoming hot.
3Bunfcf)eft bu beifje SBaffer?
Do you wish hot water?
3d) wunfd)e rearmed 2Baffer,
I wish warm water.
Dag 3Saffer ifr warm,
The water is warm. [ry?
35kg fur 2Iugen l)at ^cinricf)? What kind ofeyes has HenEr f)ot Maue Slugen,
He has blue eyes.
Seine 3lugen ftnt> blau,
His eyes are blue.
94
SWeununbfteijigfte Stufgak.
1. 3ft bag 2Baffer fait? 2. SRetn, bag 2Saffer ift nid)t fait;
tg ift warm. 3.3ft ber ^ndtx gut? 4. 3a, id) f)abe guten
Bucfer gefauft. 5. 2Bag fur ud) &aft bu gefauft? 6.3d)
babe grimeg ud) gefauft. 7. Der 33ud)binber bat bag ud)
mit griinem Seber gebunben. 8. 2)er d)neiber bat ben 9iocf
mit fd)warjem Xucbe gefiittert. 9. 2Bimfd)en <Sie feineg ober
grobeg ud)? 10.3d) wiinfd)e grobeg (iud)). 11.3d) muj?
eine glafd)e Dinte faufen. 12. 2Bag fur 2)inte nrirjt bu faufen?
13. 3d) werbe fd)roarje >mte faufen. 14. Der rug ift Doll
beipen 2Bafferg (gen.). 15. 23erlm unb 2Bien jtnb grope unb
fd)5ne tdbte. 16. erltn l>at brette trafjeu. 17. ute d)U*
ler ftubtren febr fleifng. 18. gleifjige d)iiler lernen feb.r siel.
19. 5Bag fur Slugen b.at 2Jiarie ? 20. ie t)at braune Slugen.
21. 2)a ftnb jroei |>aufer mit febr ftetlen 2)ad)crn.
Vocabulary.
Out ('tx, 't, *e8), good.
SBeijj ('tx, 't, *e8), white.
dvroarj ('tx, 't, *c8), black.
cbled)t ('tx, 't, e8), bad.
SRotb. ('tx, 't, 'tS), red.
gem ('tx, *e, =e8), fine.
rob ('tx, *e, *e8), coarse.
Slau (=er, 't, *e8), blue.
rofj ('tx, 't, *e8), large.
elb ('tx, 't, *eg), yellow.
Slein ('tx, 't, *e8), small.
SSraun ('tx, 't, *eS), brown.
Sang ('tx, *e, *e8), long.
(Sriin ('tx, 't, =c8), green.
Sie glafcbe, ,pi. n, bottle.
Srtrj ('tx, 't, *e8), short.
SBrctt ('tx, 't, 'ti), broad.
2!0 Scber, 8, leather.
ng ('tx, 't, *e8), narrow.
giittcrn, to line.
Grammatical.
1. Adjectives, when used to complete the statement
or predication of fdtt, ttCtbett, and some other intransi
tive verbs, are said to be used predicatively :
The weather is hot.
2)a8 2Better tft l)cifj,
The weather is becoming hot.
a8 SSetter mirb l)etf,
Mem. 1 . When thus used, they are frequently termed predicative adjectives.
-Mem. 2. Adjectives used predicatively take no terminations.
2. Adjectives, when used before nouns to directly
modify them, are said to be used attributively.
Mem. When thus used, they are frequently termed attributive adjectives.
95
3. Adjectives used attributively, and not preceded by

other qualifying words, are declined as follows :
SINGULAR.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Masculine.
(Good man.)
feminine.
(Good woman.)
gitt=ct 2Kcmn.
gut* en SJtonneS.
g u t * cm 2Kanne.
gulden SDiatin.
flUt=e
gutter
g u t > er
gut*e
grau.
grau.
grau.
grau.
Neuter.
(Good child.
gitt=e3 jfinb.
gut* en SinbeS.
gut*em$inbe,
gut*e$ Smb.
PLURAL.
Nom. gut = e
Gen. gut*et
Dat. gut*en
Ace. gut*e
SKamter.
SKanner.
Sftannern.
SNanner.
gut=e
gutter
g u t * en
gute
grauen.
grauen.
grauen.
grauen.
gut = e Sinber.
g u t * et Stnber.
g u t < en Sinbcnt.
gut*c Sinbct.
Rem. The plural of the adjective is thus the same for all genders.
4. Adjectives, when declined as above, are said to be

of the Old Declension.
5. The same termination is given to the adjective
when the noun is understood as when it is uxpressed :
(Sr bat MaUCS papier unb id) habe He has blue paper and I have white
tteigeS (papier),
(paper).
Exercise 80.
1. The weather is very hot. 2. The weather became
very hot. 3. The weather will be very hot. 4. The
water is not hot. 5. The water will soon become hot.
6. Do you wish hot water? 7. No, I wish cold water.
8. John has a pitcher full of cold water. 9. Did the
tailor line your overcoat with black or with brown
cloth? 10. He lined it with black cloth. 11. What
kind of linen do you wish? 12. 1 wish fine linen. 13.
Has William brown eyes? 14. No, he has black eyes.
15 You have beautiful flowers in your garden. 16. He
has two large and fine horses. 17. There are three
churches with very steep roofs and very large windows
18. We have written twenty-eight exercises.
90
NEW DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
LESSON XLI.
Dcr grope ifd) ift in bem gro* The large table is in the
large room.
pen 3i""rter,
S)te beutfd)e prad)e ift voirf* The German language is
really very difficult.
lid) febr fd)totertg,
2)ag grope ud) ifi ouf bem The large book is on the
gropen ifd),
large table.
3d) legte bag grope Sucb auf I laid the large book on
ben gropen ifd),
the large table.
2)ie beutfd)en 23iid)cr ftnb auf The German books are on
the large tables.
ben gropen ifd)en,
<Sittunbad)ijigfte Slufgak.
1 . gtnben ie bie beutfd)e prad)e fd)nuerig ? 2. 3a, id) ftnbe
fte fef>r fd)rotertg. 3. 2)ag gelbe 23anb foftet oier rofd)en bie
Gslle. 4. Diefe voeipe 2Beftc foftet mer Staler. 5. 2Bcm gebo*
reu biefe neuen 33iid)er? 6. ie geboren errn Sud)ner. 7.
2)tefer grope 33aum tft eine <id)e. 8. eben ie jeneg grope
aug? 9. Seld)cg grope au meinen ie? 10. 3cb metne
bag grope aug auf ber red)ten eite ber trape. 11. Stid)t
al1c le!>rreid)e(n) 33iid)cr ftnb intereffant. 12. 9iid)t jebeg lebr*
rcicl)c 33ud) ift intereffant. 13. SDiandjeg IcDrreid)e 33ud) ift nid)t
intereffant. 14. 2J?and)c lebrreid)eu 23iid)er ftnb nid)t intereffant.
15. 2)iefe geber fd)reibt nid)t gut.
Vocabulary.
aller, c, c8, ntl, every.
eutfd), German.
(Sn^lifeb, English.
SHefer, c, cs, this.
(Sinlger, C, c8, some, any.
Sd)reiericj, hard, difficult.
tltd)er, e, e8, some, any.
Sc6rreicb, instructive.
3cber, e, e8, each, every.
Sutereffant', interesting.
SRecbt, right, right hand.
Sener, e, e8, that.
SDiancber, e C8, many (a).
Sillf, left, left hand.
SBefon'ber8, especially.
SQfobrere (only in pi.), several.
olcher, e, e8, such.
SKctlten, to mean.
SBU'ler, e, e8, much, many.
2)te eite, , pi. n, side, page.
SBclcber, e, C8, which, what.
pract)e, , pi. tt, language.
97
Grammatical.
1. Adjectives are declined in the New Declension as
follows :
SINGULAR.
Masculine.
Feminine.
Neuter.
(The good man.)
(The good woman.)
(The good child.)
Nom. ber gut=e OJcann.
bie pt=e grau.
bo8 pt=t Smb.
Gen. be8 g u t * en 2Ranne8 ber g u t . en grau.
be8 g u t * ett Sirtbe8.
Dot. bent g u t * en aJianne. ber g u t ' en gran.
bem gut* en Sinbe.
Acc. ben gut* en 2Jiann.
bie gut* e grau.
ba8 gut*e $inb.
PLURAL.
Aôm. bie gut* en SWanner. bie g u t * en grauen. bie gut* en finber.
Gen. ber g u t * en 2Jianner. ber gut* en granen. ber g u t * cn jfinber.
Dat. ben g u t * en 9KSnnera. ben gut* en granen. ben gut* en tinbern.
Acc. bie gut*en 2Jtanner. bie g u t * en granen. bie gut en Sinber.
2. Adjectives are declined according to the New De
clension when preceded by :
1. The definite article ber, bie, bag.
2. Any adjective pronoun that is declined accord
ing to the Old Declension (including all adjec
tive pronouns except the possessive pronouns).
Rem. 1. The chief of these are otter, biefer, einiger, etlicber, jeber, jener,
tnancber, folcber, toelcher.
Mem. 2. After the piurals of most of these, except biefer, jeber and jener,
the adjective usually drops =tt in the nom. and acc., thus:
PLURAL.
(All good books.)
(Some good books.) (Many _ .d books. )
Nom. atte gut=e SSiicber. einige gut=e Sud)er. Biele gut=e SBucber.
Gen. aller gut=en 25ilcber. einiger gut=en Sud)er. bieler gut=en SBiicber.
Dat. alten gut=en Siicbern einigen gut=enSiicbern. bielen gut-cn Silcbern.
4cc alle gut=e Silcber. einige gut=e Siid)er. | biele gut=e Siid)er.
3. If several adjectives succeed the words alter, biefer,
ber, etc., they all follow the New Declension :
@r bat biefe neu=en beutfd)=en 23iU He has bought these new German
cber gefauft,
books.
4. In German, proper adjectives do not begin with
capital letters:
>aben ie beutfd)e licber?
Have you German books?
E
98
MIXED DECLENSION OP ADJECTIVES.
Exc. 1. Titular epithets, however, usually begin with capitals:

Set 9?orbbeutfd)e S3unb,
The North German Confederation.
te Skrehtigteit (Staaten,
The United States.
Exc. 2. Proper adjectives formed from names of cities or of persons begin
with capital letters :
Ste Siilmfcbe Settling,
The Cologne Gazette.
2>te penetjcbe 3eitun8
Tbe Spener's Gazette.
Exercise 82.
l.Not al? good books are interesting. 2. Some good
books are not interesting. 3. Have you seen the new
church? 4. No, I have not seen the new church yet.
5. Who is that large man? 6. That is Mr. Niemeyer.
7. To whom does that little black dog belong? 8. It
belongs to Mr. Klein. 9. What does that black cloth
cost a yard? 10. It costs four thalers a yard. 11. On
which side of the street is the school-house? 12. It is
on the left-hand side of the street. 13. Mr. Eoth re
sides on the right-hand side of the street, just opposite
the new church. 14. Have you written the German
exercise ? 15. No ; I have written the English exercise,
but I have not written the German exercise. 16. Do
you find the English exercise very difficult? 17. Yes,
I find it quite difficult.
LESSON XLIL
MIXED DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
SJJetn neuer 9tocf tft ju groj?,

$arl fyat tneinen neuen Stocf,
2)?etne neuc SSSefie ifi ferttg,
Du fyajl meine neue SSefle,
ter ifi mein neue 33ud),
2Jtit meirtem neuen SRotfe,
SJttt meiner neuen SBefte,
Mxt meinem neuen 33ud)e,
SBo jtnt> meine neuen 33ud)er ?
My new coat is too large.

Charles has my new coat
My new vest is done.
You have my new vest.
Here is my new book.
With my new coat.
With my new vest.
With my new book.
Where are my new books ?
99
Smtmbad)tjtgftc Slufgak.
1. aft bu meine beutfdje rammattf gefeben? 2. Sftetn, id)
babe fte f)cutc nid)t gefeben. 3. 2)er ragen beineg neuen 9iocfeg
ift ju breit. 4. Slnna bat beute etn fd)roarjeg letb unb einen
blauen d)leier gefauft. 5. SGBil^cIm bat etnen neuen 9iocf be*
flellt. 6. 4>aben ie unfer neueg aug gefeben? 7. 9iein, wo
ift eg? 8. @g 1ft in ber ftoniggftrafje, auf ber rec^ten eite ber
trafjc, nid)t wett son ber neuen $irdie. 9. err 2Jienjel roid
fetn neueg aug serfaufen; er will fein alteg aug bebalten.
10. eute nurb ein betfjer ag fetn. 11. err Dorner ift etn
febr retcber 2)?ann. 12. ftennft bu ben alten 2ftann? 13. 3a,
eg tft >einrid) aufmanng rofjoater. 14. 2Bag glaubft bu
bafj btefeg grofje emalbe auf ber red)ten eite ber 2Banb ge*
foftet bat? 15. 3c^ roeif eg ntdbt ; ielleid)t jroettaufenb baler.
16. @g l>at brettaufenb unb fiinfbunbert Sealer gefoftet. 17. 3d)
babe etnunbmerjtg beutfd)e Slufgaben unb jtoetunboterjig englifd)e
Slufgaben gefd)rieben.
Vocabulary.
S)tt cbteter, 8, pi. , veil.
SBebarten, to keep, retain.
it romater, 8, grandfather.
5er'1S, ready, done.
Ste rofjmutter, , grandmother.
2Jielleid)t' (adv.), perhaps.
Grammatical.
1. Adjectives are declined according to the Mixed
Declension when preceded by a possessive jpronoun, by
eilt {one, a, an), or by fCttt {no, not any) :
SINGULAR.
Feminine.
Masculine.
Neuter.
(My new vest.)
(My new coat.)
(The new book.)
Nom. meitt ncu*cr SRoct. meine neu=e SBefie. mein neu*c8 23ud).
Gen. meine8 nen*ett 9tocte8 meiner neu=ett SBefte. meine8 neu*en 83rtd)e8.
hat. meinem neu=ett SHocfe. meiner neu=ett SSefie. meinem neu*tn SBucbe.
Ace meinen neu=ett 9tocf. meine neu=e 2Befte. mein neu=e8 Sudj.
PLURAL.
Nom. meine nen=ert 9iBcfe. meine neu=ett 2Beften. meine neu=ett S3iid)er.
(ien. meiner neu=ett 9tocfe. meiner neu=ett SBeften. meiner neu=ett Silver,
Dat. meinen neu=en 9iiSd!en meinen neu=ett SBeftert. meinen ncu=ett Sild)ern.
Ace. meine neu*cn SRBcte. meine neu*ett 2Beften. meine n:u=elt 23ilver.
100
2. Terminations of the three declensions of adjectives:

1 . The Old Declension : Adjectives alone before the substantive.
2. The Neio Declension: Adjectives preceded by bcr, DiCfCt, etc.
3. The Mixed Declension : Adjectives preceded by tin, lttCttt, etc.
1. Old Declen
sion.
Mate. Fern.
*er,
*e8.
en.
*en,
=cm,
=em.
*c8.
e.
t#
er,
*f er.
'ttt, at.
*e.
*,
2. New
sion.
DeclenMase. Fern.
*e,
*e,
*ett, *en,
*m, *en,
en, *e,
*en (e), *en (e),
en, *en,
en, *en,
en (e), *en (c),
3. Mixed
sion.Declen-
Seut.
Masc. Fern.
*C.
*er, *e,
*en.
=ett, =en,
*eu.
*en, *en,
*e.
*en, *e,
*en (e). *en, *en,
*en.
*en, *en,
*en.
en, *ett,
=en (e). ett, *en,
Kent.
*e8.
=en.
=en.
*e8.
*en.
*en.
*en.
*en.
Exercise 84.
1. Where is my English Grammar? 2.1 do not know;
I have not seen your English Grammar. 3. Here is
your German Grammar. 4. Does Mr. Franz reside in
his new house? 5. No, he resides in his old house. 6.
He has sold his new house. 7. Is my black coat done?
8. No ; your black coat is not yet done, but your white
vest is done. 9. Have you written your English exer
cise? 10. Yes, I have written my English exercise, but
I have not written my French exercise. 11. 1 can not
find my new gloves. 12. When did you lose your new
gloves? 13.1 lost them this morning. 14. Yesterday
was a hot day. 15. We are now having hot weather.
16. What do you think was the price of that large
house? 17. Which large house do you mean? 18.1
mean the large house on the left-hand side of the street.
19.1 do not know; perhaps fifteen thousand thalers.
20. William Kranzler told me day before yesterday that
it cost eighteen thousand and five hundred thalers
21. The small house next to the new church cost only
four thousand seven hundred and fifty thalers.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
101
LESSON XLIII.
COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES.
2)iefe lume ift fd)i>n, jcue ift This flower is beautiful,
fd)oner, unb jene bort ift bic
that (one) is more beaufd)6nfte son alien,
tiful, and that (one) yonder is the most beautiful
(one) of all.
SMefeg 33latt ift grofj, jeneg ift This leafislarge,that (one)
grower, unb jeue^ bort tft bag
is larger, and that (one)
grofjte (or ift am grofjten),
yonder is the largest.
3eneg ud) tft beffer,
That cloth is better.
Da tft bag befte ud),
There is the best cloth.
eute tft ber furjefte Xag beg To-day is the shortest day
3abreg,
of the year.
giinfuttba^tjigftc Slufgafce.
1. Diefer arten ift iel fd)oner ate jener. 2. 2)tefe lume
tft mel fd)oner ate jene. 3. Diefeg emalbe ift tel fd)oner ate
jeneg. 4. Dtefeg ud) ift nid)t febr fein. 5. aben ie fctn
feinereg ud)? 6. 2)iefeg ift tel feiner. 7. err 33raun ift
ber retd)fte SWann in ber tabt. 8. eute tft bag 2Better milber
ate eg geftern war. 9. 3ft 3obann betn alteftcr 23ruber? 10.
SWn, arl ift jroet 3atyre alter ate 3of>ann. 11. -Kane, metr.e
jungfte d)roefter, tft bret 3aor alt. 12. 2Jiorgen nurb ber
langfte Sag beg 3af>reg fetn. 13. iefeg ud) ift gut, aber je*
neg ud) ift beffer, unb jeneg bort (yonder) ift bag befte (or tft
am befteu). 14. Dtefer aum ift bod), jener ift fo6f)er, unb jener
bort tft am bod)ften. 15. Dtefe^ aug ift grofj, jeneg aug tft
grofjer, aber jeneg bort ift bag grofjte in biefer trafe. 16.
2)iefe Stofe tft bie fd)onfte lume in 3f>rem arten. 17. SDietn
Sogel ftngt febr fd)on, aber 3br SSogel ftngt fd)oner, unb Wta*
rteng 23ogel ftngt am fcbonften son alien. 18. 2)tefe trd)e ât
ben bod)ften f)urm in ber tabt. 19. Du baft beine Slufgabe
gut gefd)rieben, 2Jiarte l>at i(>re Slufgabe beffer gefd)rieben, aber
Slnna bat i^re Slufgabe am beften son alien gefd)rieben.
102
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
Grammatical.
1. Adjectives are compared by adding to the positive
degree *tt for the comparative degree, and =ft or =cft for
the superlative degree :
Positive.
Comparative.
Superlative.
fein, fine,
fein=er, finer,
jein*ft, finest.
rri(b, rich,
reidKr, richer,
retd)=ft, richest.
fd)Brt, beautiful,
fcbiin*cr, more beautiful, fd)iin*ft, most beautiful.
milb, mild,
milb*er, milder,
milb=eft, mildest.
laut, loud,
laut*et, louder,
Iaut=eft, loudest.
betfj, hot,
tyeifcet, hotter,
beifj=ejt, hottest.
2. When the positive is a monosyllable, the radical
vowel, if a, 0, or JI, usually take the umlaut in the com
parative and superlative degrees:
alt, old,
filter, older,
filteft, oldest.
roorm, warm,
tBorn>er, warmer,
rofirm>ft, warmest.
lang, long,
ISug*et, longer,
liSug=ft, longest.
grob, coarse,
gtib'tt, coarser,
grBb^ft, coarsest.
turj, short,
Hlrjêt, shorter,
Wrj'tft, shortest.
jung, young,
juUfl'et, younger,
jilng*ft, youngest.
3. The following adjectives are compared irregularly:
gut, good,
beffer, better,
heft, best.
bod), high,
bBber, higher,
&iieifl, highest.
nabe, near,
naber, nearer,
tlfid)fi, nearest.
Diel, much,
mebr, more,
meifi, most.
grofj, great, large, grtffjer, greater,
griifjt, greatest.
Rem. Adjectives in the comparative and superlative degrees are subject to
fide same laws of declension as adjectives in the positive degree.
4. The regular superlative form (as bet bcftc) is only
used attributively, i. e., with the noun to which it refers
expressed or understood:
tefe8 if! ba8 befie Xud),
This is the best cloth.
2>iefe8 u(b tfl bag bcfie (Xud)), This cloth is the best (cloth).
5. To express the superlative jwedicatively, the dative
preceded by am (an bem) may be employed :
2)tefe8 Sltd) tfl am bcftett,
This cloth is the best.
tefe SBlume tfi ant fd)OltfiCtt,
This flower is the most beautiful.
Rem. This predicativeform of the superlative is also used adverbially.
Wtaxk fmgt attt OCftCtt,
Mary sings the best.
ORDINAL NUMBERS.
103
Exercise 86.
1. John has learned his lesson well, but Francis has
learned his lesson better, and Charlotte has learned
her lesson the best of all. 2. This church is the largest
in the city. 3. The nights are now becoming much
longer. 4. This book is more interesting than that
(one). 5. Where is John Weissmann? 6. He is visit
ing his oldest brother in Hamburg. 7. Do you find the
German language very difficult? 8. Yes, I find it much
more difficult than the English language. 9. To-mor
row will be the shortest day in the year. 10. This is
the largest and the widest street in the city. 11. Ber
lin is the largest city in Prussia. 12. What did the
thief steal? 13. He stole my best overcoat, and my
new hat. 14. The boys read well, but the girls read
better. 15. William reads quite well, but John reads
much better, and Henry reads the best of all.
I
v>' tftx. ^ ,
LESSON XLIV.
ORDINAL NUMBERS.
^_J <
35cr erjte Sag beg SftonatS,

2)er jweite Sag be$ SEftonatS,
The first day of the month.

The second day of the
month.
)er brttte Sag be6 SttoitatS,
The third day of the month
SDer srierte, fitnfte, ad)tje|mte The fourth,fifth,eighteenth
Sag bc^ Jftonatg,
day of the month.
(3 ift ber cierte 3ult,
It is the fourth of July.
Sim flicrtcn 3ult,
On the fourth of July.
eute if! SDlontag ber etnunb* To-day is Monday, the
jwanjtgfle 2Mrj,
twenty-first of March.
tektronbadjtjtgfte Stufgak.
1. 3fl 6eute ber erfte gefcruar? 2. Sftein, beute tjt ber etmmb*
breifjigfle 3anuar. 3. SBann nrirb ber elfte gebruar fetn? 4.
r
104
ORDINAL NUMBERS.
SDtontag uber afyt age nrirb ber clftc gebruar fetn. 5. 3n roell
d)em aufe wo(mt err Stiebner? 6. Sr wolmt in bem fed)ften
aufe auf ber red)ten ette ber trape. 7. 2luf roelckr ette
(page) lieft bu? 8. 3d) lefe auf ber tyunbertunbsrierten ette.
9. 3n roelder 3etle (line) liefl: bu? 10. 3d) lefe in ber neun*
jebntett %tik pon unten (the bottom of the page). 11. 3ft
beute 2)tenftog? 12. Stein, beute tft SWtttwod). 13. eftern
war 2)tenftag. 14. Sftorgen nurb 25onnerftag unb ubermorgen
greitag fetn. 15. 2Bo warft bu am merten 3uli? 16. 3d) war
in 2ftund)en. 17.$Md)e Seftton âben rotr beute? 18. 2Bir
Ijaben bte sterunbiuerjigfte Seftion. 19. 2Beld)e Slufgabe tft biefe?
20. Diefe tft bte ftebenunbad)tjigfte Slufgabe.
i^.&.-H
Grammatical.
1. The Ordinal Numbers are formed from the Cardinal
Numbers :
1. By suffixing =te, from jtoet to HCttttjC^n.
2. By suffixing =fte, from JttJOttJtjJ upward.
Hem. In compound numbers only the last one takes the suffix.
2lst SDer emunbjroanjtg^fte.
1st
erfte.
25th tt funfunbjroanjtg.fte.
2d tf jmeUte.
30th tt breifjig*fte.
Sd n brit=te.
31st n einunbbretfjig'fte.
1th n bier^te.
40th n bterjtg*fte.
5th n ftoNe.
6th u fecb8*te.
50th n fiinfjig*fte.
7th n ftebenstC.
GOth tt fecbjtg.fte.
[fte.
8th n ad)t=e.
70th tt ftebenjig^te, or fiebjtg*
9th n neun*te.
80th n ad)tjtg.fite.
10th tt
90th tt namjtg*fte.
11th tt elHe.
100th n bunbert*fte.
12th u 5Wi)lf=te.
101st n fcunbert unb crftc.
13th tt bretjebn^te.
200th ti jtoetyunberkfte.
14th n
500th n funfbunbetefte.
15th tt fiinfjebntc.
1,000th tt taufenb*fte.
ICth 9 fedêbn.te.
1,001st tt taufenb unb erfte.
17th tt ftebjebtHt.
2,000th it jtoeitaufenb*ftc.
18th ii ad)tjebn*te.
20,000th tt SWanjigtaufenb^ftc.
10th it neunjebn*te.
100,000th n bmtberttaufenb'fte.
20th * jttanjtBê.
500,000th tt fiinffrunberttaufenNfte,
ORDINAL NUMBERS.
105
Rem. Ordinal numbers are subject to all the laws of declension of Adjec
tives (see Lessons XL.,XLI., and XLII.).
2. Names of the seasons, of months, and of the days of
the week, are masculine :
1. The Seasons (bte â^rcSjeiten) :
$CI SBinter, 8, winter.
t er ommer, , summer.
grilbling, 8, spring.
|
$erbfi, e8, autumn.
Exc. Sfl8 grilbjabr, 8, spring.
2. The Months (bie donate) :
2)et 3onuar', 8, January.
Set 3uli, 8, July.
gebruar', 8, February.
Sluguft', , August.
eptem'ber, 8, September.
SKarj, c8, March.
Dfto'ber, 8, October.
april', 8, April.
SRobem'ber, 8, November.
SSSIm, c8, May.
M S)ejem'ber, 8, December.
3uni, 8, June.
3. The Days of the Week (btc 3Sod)cntarje)
Ct Sonntag, 8, Sunday.
Stt onner|tag, 8, Thursday.
i, SKotttag, 8, Monday.
greitag, 8, Friday.
SHenftag, 8, Tuesday.
amftag, 8, Saturday.
SKittWcd), 8, Wednesday. C onnobenb, 8, Saturday).
Exercise 88.
1 .Which exercise is this ? 2 . T his is the eighty-eigh th
exercise. 3. Which exercises did you write yesterday?
4. 1 wrote the eighty-sixth and the eighty-seventh. 5.
Are you reading on the ninety-third page ? 6. No, I am
reading on the (one) hundred and fifth page. 7. In
which line (3etle) is the word? 8. It is in the tenth line
from the top of the page (son oben). 9. In which house
does Mr. Ritter reside? 10. He resides in the third
house on the left-hand side of the street. 11. Is it the
first of May to-day? 12. No, it is the thirtieth of April.
13. Day before yesterday was the twenty-eighth ofApril.
14. Day after to-morrow will be the second of May. 15.
Where will you be on the tenth of September? 16. I
vcan not tell for certain (bag fann id) nid)t genau fagen). 17.
I think I shall be in Bamberg.
E2
106
VERBS WITH fCttt, TO BE, AS AUXILIARY.
LESSON XLV.
VERBS WITH fCttt, TO BE, AS AUXILIARY.
Where have you been?
2Bo bijt bu gewefen?
I have been in the garden.
3d) bin im arten geroefen,
He had been in the garden.
gr war im arten geroefen,
Dai 2Better ift beifj geroorben, The weather has become
It had become hot. [hot.
@g rcar êif geroorben,
He has gone home.
@r ift nad) aufe gegangen,
Gtr war nad) aufe gegangen, He had gone home.
Sleunuttbattjijigfte Slufgak.
1. 2Bo bijt bu f)eute geroefen? 2. 3d) bin beute in Sljarlot'*
tenburg geroefen. 3. ârl unb griebrid) ftnb in 2BilbeIm3 Sim*
mer geroefen. 4. Dtx âufmann ift fc^r reid) geworben. 5.
2Bo ift granj? 6. Sr ift nad) ber tabt gegangen. 7. inb
ie liber ?eipjig gefommen? 8. Stein, wir ftnb fiber alle ge*
fommen. 9. Der 33rief ift iiber Hamburg gefommen. 10. fft
bu nad) ber tabt gefabren ober geritten ? 1 1 . 3d) bin gegangen.
12. inb fte gefabren? 13. Stein, fte ftnb geritten. 14. o balb
ate fte in ben 2Bagen geftiegen roaren, ftnb fte nad) ber tabt
gefa)jren. 15. 2Bte lange ftnb ie in 3firid) geblieben? 16.
3Bir ftnb om jroetten 9J?arj b'te jum jroeiunbjroanjigften Sluguft
in 3und) geblieben.
Vocabulary.
Class. Present Infinitive. Imperfect Indicative. Perfect Participie.
gefommen, come.
tarn, came,
(1) fommen, to come,
geroorben, become.
rourbe, became,
(0 toerben, to become,
gegangen, gone.
(3) geben, to go, walk,
gmg, went,
gefabren, ridden.
(3) fasren, to ride,
fu^r, rode,
geritten, ridden.
(5) reiten, to ride,
ritt, rode,
geftiegen, mounted.
fliefj, mounted,
(5) fteigen, to mount,
geblieben, remained,
blteb, remained,
() bleiben, to remain,
gefroren, frozen.
fror, froze,
(6) frieren, to freeze.
getoefen, been.
(2) fein, to be,
toar, was,
Grammatical.
l.TheVerbfettt,fo &?,is used instead of fyabttt, to have,
as the auxiliary of:
VERBS WITH feW, TO BE, AS AUXILIARY.
107
1. Intransitive Verbs denoting motion from one particular place to another,

Sr tft nad) SBtert gcganQCtl,
He has gone to Vienna.
te finb nod) nicbt gcfoiltllicn,
They have not come yet.
2. Intransitive Verbs denoting a change from one condition to another:
o SBoffer tft gefrorett,
The water has frozen.
>a8 SBaffer tour flCftOlCIt,
The water had frozen.
8. The Intransitive Verbs fcilt, ttcrbCM, lllciDcil :
3(6 bin bo gclDCfeit,
I have been there.
2>a SBetter tft fait gefflOr&Ctt,
The weather has become cold.
Er tft ba gdllicbcit,
He has remained there.
2. The Indicative Mood of fein, to be;

id)
bu
er
totr
ibr
fte
Present Tense.
bitt, I
am.
llift, thou art.
ift, he is.
finb, we are.
feib, you are.
finb, they are.
id)
bu
er
totr
ibr
fte
Imperfect Tense.
tour,
I
was.
tOOtr=ft,
thou wast.
uiar,
he was.
W o r en, we were.
to a r (e)t, you were.
to a x * en, they were.
Pluperfect Tense.
I had been, etc.
Perfect Tense.
I have been, etc.
id) bin gctoefen.
id) toot
bu
er
totr
tr)r
fie
bu ttwt=ft
getoefen.
er toat
getoefen.
trtrtDaren getoefen.
ibr toar*(e)t getoefen.
fte toar*en getoefen.
bift
ift
finb
feib
finb
getoefen.
getoefen.
getoefen.
getoefen.
getoefen.
First Future Tense.

I shall be, etc.
gctoefen.

I shall have been, etc.
id) toerb=e
fein.
id) tuctb=c getoefen fein.
bu toitft
fein.
bu toitft
getoefen fein.
er toub
fein.
er toirb
getoefen fein.
nrir to e r b = en fein.
totrtoerben getoefen fein.
ibr toerb*et fein.
ibrtoerb*et getoefen fein.
fte toerbcnfein.
fte toerb*en getoefen fein.
3. The Indicative Mood of tocrbctt, to become;
id)
bu
er
Voir
ibr
fte
Present Tense.
ll)Crb=C,
I
become,
luirft,
thou becomest.
ttitrb,
he becomes.
to e r b < Ctt, we become,
tt e r b et, you become,
to e r b ctt, they become.
Imperfect Tense.
became.
to U r b * eft, thou becamest.
tOurbe, he became,
to U r b * en, we became,
to u r b et, you became,
to U r b en, they became.
id) ionrb=e,
bu
er
toir
ibr
fte
108
VERBS WITH fettt, TO BE, AS AUXILIARY.

Perfect Tense.
I have become, etc.
id) bin gemorben.
bu 6ift getoorben.
er ift getoorben.
loir finb getoorben.
ibr fcib getoorben.
fie finb getoorben.
First Future Tense.
I shall become, etc.
id) toerb=e
mcrbcn.
bu toirft
toerben.
er toirb
toerben.
toir to e r b * en ro e r b e n.
ibr toerb*et toerben.
fte toerb*eu toerben.
Pluperfect Tense.
I had become, etc.
id) toar
getoorben.
bu toatft
getoorben.
er toar
getoorben.
toir to a r * en getoorben.
ibr toar*(C)t getoorben.
fte toar*en getoorben.
I shall have become, etc.
id) mcrb*c getoorben fcin.
bu toirft
getoorben fein.
er toirb
getoorben fein.
toir roerb*en getoorben fein.
ibr roerb*et getoorben fein.
fte roerbên getoorben feitt.
4. The Indicative Mood of QtfftU, to go .

Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) gefce, I go.
id? ging,
I went.
bu g i n g * ft, thou wentest.
bu g e 6 * ft, thou goest.
er ging, he went.
er geb*t, he goes.
toir g t n g * en, we went.
toir g e ^ * tn, we go.
ibr g i n g = t, you went.
ibr g e * t, you go.
fte geb*tn, they go.
fte g i n g * en, they went.
Perfect Tense.
Pluperfect Tense.
I have gone, etc.
I had gone, etc.
i* bin gegangen.
id) war
gegangen.
bu toar=ft
gegangen.
bu bift gegangen.
er toar
gegangen.
er ift gegangen.
toir finb gegangen.
toirtoar*cn gegangen.
ibr feib gegangen.
ibr toar = (e)t gegangen.
fte toarden gegangen.
fte finb gegangen.
First Future Tense.
I shall go, etc.
I shall have gone, etc.
id) toerb=e gegangen fcin.
id) toerb=c geDen.
bu toirft
geben.
bu toirft
gegangen fein.
er toirb
geben.
er toirb
gegangen fein.
toir toerb*en gey-en.
toir roerb en gegangen fein.
ibr roerb*etgetyen.
ibrtoerb*et gegangen fein.
fte toerb*cn gegangen fein.
fte toerb*engeben.
Bern. fâl)ren means to ride in a carriage, wagon, boat, or other vehicla
9teiten means to ride on horseback.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
r\
Exercise 90.
1. The child has followed his father into the garden.
2. It is so cold that the water has frozen in ray pitcher.
3. It was so cold that the water had frozen in my pitch
er. 4. How long did they remain in Tubingen ? 5. They
remained in Tubingen from the seventeenth of April
till the thirty-first of October. 6. Did you ride to the
city in a carriage (fasten)? 7. No, I went on horseback
(retten). 8. Did they ride (in a carriage)? 9. No, they
went on horseback. 10. Did you ride home? 11. No,
I went on foot (geben). 12. Did the letter come by way
of Bremen? 13. No, it came by way of Hamburg. 14.
This is the ninetieth exercise. .
.
VVÂ>
.Lr ojd^^
f
rJiJ^ J
109
MO3
lessOn xlvi.
THE tNftNtttve MOOD.
Der 53rief tft fd)ter ju lefen,

The letter is hard to read.
dt wunfd)t bag ltd) ju febeu, He wishes to see the book.
6g ift 3>dt
gel>en,
It is time to go.
SSBir babeu feine 3ett 3" erlterenf We have no time to lose.
3d) l>orte fte ftngen,
I heard them sing.
Du mad)ft mid) lad)en,
You make me laugh. [walk.
2Bir gel)en fpajic'reu,
We are going to take a
te fabren fpajte'ren,
We are taking a ride.
(Stnunbneunjigfte Slufgafee.
1. Diefer 23rief ift febr fd)roer ju lefeu. 2. D nein, id) fi'nbe
er tft febr leid)t ju lefen. 3. Diefe Seftton tft febr leid)t ju
ftcben. 4. 3d) bin febr begte'rig ju rotffen, roag fiir Stad)rtd)ten
wir beute son @uropa Ijaben roerben. 5. ier ift bic Bettung,
id) lefe fte nid)t rnebr. 6. 3d) ôffe, balb bag Sergniigen ju fa
ben, te noc^malg bei ung (at our house) ju fcên. 7. 2Bir
boffen bolb nad) 2lmcrifa geben ju fonnen. 8. 3d) roerbe er*
fud)en ba 23ud) ju faufen, aber id) glaube nid)t bap id) eg ftnben
110
roerbe. 9. aft bu errn 5lletn gefagt, bafj id) eineu 33ricf son
feinem ruber befommen babe? 10. SRein, id) l>abe feine Qkk>
gentyeir gebabt, eg tbm ju fagen. 11. jDu mad)ft mid) lad)en.
12. 3d) f)Brte bid) geftern 3lbenb ba beutfd)e ?teb ftngen. 13.
Sernft bu bag Glasrier fpteleu? 14. 3a, err 2Bolf le^rt mid)
ba $laster fpielen. 15. 2Bo tft 2Btltjelm? 16. @r tft fpajte'*
ren gegangen. 17. ollen wir jefct fpajie'ren geben? 18. 3d)
fjabe jefct feme Sett fpajie'mt ju geên, id) mufj meine beutfd)e
2lufgrbe fd)reiben.
Vocabulary.
2)Ct SWartt, (S, pi. SWfirfte, market. giiblen, to feel.
2)ie ele'genbeit, , en, oppor
offen, to hope.
tunity.
Sod)en, to laugh.
Sebren, to teach.
[urc.
9iachrt(bt, ,pi. en, news.
pajte'ren, to go (to walk) for pleasi 3euv i pien, time.
2)0? SlaBter',8, pt. e, piano-forte. 33erfu'd)en, to try, attempt.
,, 2Sergnii'gen, S,pi. , pleasure. Sefom'men (irreg.), to receive.
Seicbt, easy, light.
SSerfte'fyen (irreg.), to understand.
9icd)mal8 {adv. )
SBegie rig, curious, inquisitive.
Sein (declined like meirt ), no, not any. Slllein {adv.), alone.
Grammatical.
1. In German, as in English, the Infinitive Mood has
two tenses, the Present and the Perfect :
Present Tense.
Perfect Tense.
1ieb=en, to love.
gtlicfit JU l)abett, to have loved.
gebaut
boben, to have built.
bau*en, to build.
gefunben baben, to have found.
finb*en, to find.
geb*en, to go.
gegangen ,, fcttt, to have gone.
Werb*en, to become.
geroorben fem, to have become,
fem,
to be.
getoefen fein, to have been.
2. The Infinitive is usually preceded by Jtt, to :
3d; roiinfcbe mit tbm jtt fpred)en, I wish to speak with him.
er SBrief ift fd)tr>er Jtt lefen,
The letter is hard to read.
Rem. 1. The Infinitive (with 3lt) may be preceded by the prepositions fltts
ftatt, ol)nc, urn:
Slnftatt JU geben, bletbt er,
Instead of going, he remains.
<gr lobt ba8 Sltd), oblte e8 gelefen He praises the book without having
Jtt baben,
read it.
Ill
Rem. 2. The preposition nm is used before the Infinitive: (1), to express

purpose or desire; (2), after adjectives which are preceded by JU {too), or
which are followed by gCMtg (enough) :
@r tft rtad) ber tabt gegangen, He has gone to the city to buy a
lint em 33ud) jit foufen,
book.
2>a8 finb tft JU jung, urn aEein The child is too young to go into the
in ben SBalb JU geben,
woods alone,
r tft nkbt alt flCnitfl, Itltt aHetn He is not old enough to go into the
in ben SSBoIb p geben,
woods alone.
3. 3tt ia omitted when the Infinitive is preceded by:

1. The verbs matficn, pren, fiil)len, feljen, nenrten, lelj=
ten, Icmen, and a few others :
<3ie tnacben mid; lacben,
You make me laugh.
SBir biirten ibn fmgen,
We heard him sing.
@r lebrte mid) ba6 fitaier fptelen, He taught me to play the piano.
ie lernen ba8 Stabler fptelen,
They are learning to play the piano.
2. Some verbs as Meikn, geljen, reiten, fasten, in

certain idiomatic expressions:
<Sx Unit fi^Cn,
He kept his seat.
(5r gebt ftjajicrctt,
He is taking a walk.
<5r {Sbrt fpajteren,
He is taking a ride (in a carriage).
6r reitet fpajieren,
He is taking a ride (on horseback).
Rem. fcttjteren (used with gdjeu, reitttt, fafiren) means to go (to walk
or ride) for pleasure.
^ ifc. K
3- The Potential verbs (Wnitett, miiffen, etc.) :

@r tann beute nicht geben,
@r mug r/iec Meiben,
He can not go to-day.

He must remain here.
Exercise 92.
1. 1 shall try to find a good opportunity to send the
book to him. 2. William has gone into his room (um)
to get (fyokn) his German Grammar. 3. This little child
is too young to go to the woods alone. 4. Instead of
writing my exercise I must write a letter to my father.
5. Will you go and take a walk with us? 6. 1 have no
time to take a walk now ; I must learn my German les
son. 7. 1 hope to be able to take a walk with you to
morrow. 8. Is Mary learning to play the piano? 9.
Yes, she is learning to play the piano. 10. 1 heard her
112
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
play on (auf) the piano this morning. 11. 1 am curious

to know what news we will have from France to-mor
row. 12. This letter from Mr. Kranzler is very difficult
to read. 13. This exercise is very difficult to translate.
LESSON XLVII.
THIS IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Look for your book.
ud)e bu bein Sud),
Let him look for his book.
udje er fein 33ud),
ud)en wir unfcre 33ud)er,
Let us look for our books.
ud)t ibr eure 33iid)er, )
Look for your books.
ud)en ie it)re 23iid)er, j
Let them look for their
ud)en fte ibre ud)er,
Give me my book. [books.
ieb mir mein 23ud),
Give them their books.
eben ie tbiten tbre 33iid)er,
Smunbneunjtgfte Slufgak.
1. &arl, jetge (bu) mir bein neueg ud). 2. ier ift eg; tft
e3 nid)t fcpn? 'papa l)at eg mir beute gegeben. 3. ftinber,
jetgt bem gebrer eure neuen 58iid)er. 4. D, -Kama, pre nur
vote ber 86roe briillt! 5. tebj nne ftarf eg blifct. 6. 3a, eg
wtrb balb regnen; nefjmt eure iic&cr unb gebt gleid) nad) aufe.
7. ier einrtd), ntmm bein 33ud) unb gcl>c gleid) nad) aufe.
8. 9iebmen ie Sbre iid)er unb geben ie gleid) nad) aufe.
9. grtebrid), bter ftnb jefm rofd)en, ntmm bag elb unb tyole
mtr gleid) etn ud) Sriefpapter. 10. 2Biu)elm, gebc fd)nell ju
errn SDlcêrbetm in 2Bilfjelmgfrrafje, gieb ib^rn biefen 33rtef unb
fage ibm, bafj voir beutc nid)t nad) @mg geben roerben. 11.
ute 9tacbt, err letn, fommen ie gliicflid) (happily, safely)
nad) aufe unb befud)en te ung balb wieber (again). 12.
2Barten te einen Slugenblicf err ^lein ; nel)men te etnen
Sfiegenfd)irm mit. 13. D nein, id) banfe; id> glaube nid)t, bag
eg regnen wirb, el>e id) nad) aufe fomme. 14. -Jiebinen te
bod) ben 9iegenfd)trm, eg fcbetnt gleid) regnen ju wollen.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
113
Grammatical.
1. The Imperative Mood of regular verbs is conjugated :
SINGULAR.
2d Person: Vltb't (bu),
love (thou), or do (thou) love.
3d Person: lictK er (or fte), let him (or her) love.
PLURAL.
lst Person: Iieb*ett HOT, let.us love.
2d Person: {{j'^^1gjc } love
or you)> do ê or you) love"
3d Person: Iieb*Ctt fie,
let them love.
2. Irregular verbs, which change the radical vowel t
to t or ic in the second and third persons singular of
the present indicative, retain this change of the radical
vowel in the second person singular of the Imperative :
1. Imperative of gebtlt, to give (bu fltellft, cr gicfct) :
SINGULAR.
2d Person: gttfi (btt),
give (thou), or do (thou) give.
3d Person: geb=e er (or fie), let him (or her) give.
PLURAL.
1st Person: geb=ett Voir,
let us give.
2d Person: |ê? j*?' j" g>ve (ye or you), or do (ye or you) give.
3d Person: geb*Clt fie,
let them give.
2. Imperative of nel)men, to take (t>u nimmft, er nimmt):
SINGULAR.
2d Person: jtttttltt (bu),
take (thou), or do (thou) take.
3d Person: Ttebttwe er (or fie), let him (or her) take.
PLURAL.
1st Person: ttel)m=ett Kltr, let us take.
2</ Person: |nc^m't 0O, } take (ye or you), or do (ye or you) take.
3d Person: nebmêtt fie,
let them take.
3. Most other irregular verbs form the Imperative Mood
in the same way as regular verbs.
Rem. The final t is often dropped, however, from the second person singular :
t^. / ( ,
Somm(e) nut rtn8,
Come with us.
Exercise 94.
1. Oh, mother, only see how it is snowing 1 2. John,
give William his hat and his overcoat; he wishes to go
114
SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS.
home. 3. Here are two thalers; go to the market and

get (bolen) four pounds of butter and seven pounds of
sugar. 4. Do not read so low (leife) ; we can not hear
you at all. 5. Read louder; we can not hear you. 6.
Do not go so fast (laufe md)t fo fe^r) ; I am very tired, and
I can not go (geêu) so fast (fd)nell). 7. Keep on reading
(lieg immer weiter) until you have finished the exercises.
8. Give one apple to your brother, and keep one apple
for yourself (fur bid)). 9. What a beautiful book that
is (roag ift bag fur em fd)oneg 33ud)) ! show it to me ; who
gave it to you? 10. My aunt gave it to me. 11. John,
do not leave (laffeu) your cap here on the table ; hang it
on the nail (an ben Stage!).
^ÔLJ ^ . U w.
LESSON XLVIII.
SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS WITH PREPOSITION8 AS PREFIXES.
dx wirb eg m'd)t an'nebmen,
He will not accept it.
@r fann eg nid)t an'nefmten,
He can not accept it.
@r foll eg an'nebmen,
He ought to accept it.
@r wimfd)t eg an'junebmen,
He wishes to accept it.
3d) ref)tne eg an',
I accept it.
2Btr nafjmen eg an',
"We accepted it.
@r bat eg an'genommen,
He has accepted it.
Sr fwtte eg an'genommen,
He had accepted it.
(Sr wirb eg an'genommen baben, He will have accepted it.
gtiitfunbncunjigfte Slufgak.
l.2)er âufmann wollte bag balerftiicf (thaler coin or
piece) nid)t an'ne(wen. 2. 2Bann wirb bag 2)ampffd)iff on
Hamburg an'fommen? 3. @g ift fd)on angefommen. 4. o?
2Bann fam eg an? 5. Sg fam geftern Slbenb an. 6. 2Bann
roerben wir in Sluggburg anfommen ? 7. 2Btr roerben erft Dteng*
tag Slbenb in Sluggburg anfommen. 8. 2)u fâft beinen Ueber*
rocf nod) nid)t an'gejogen ; jtebe ifm gleid) an, wir miiffen gleid)
auggeben. 9. 2ttad)e bag genfter gleid) auf. 10. 3d) babe eg
115
fcbon aufgemad)t. (ll.3d) I>abe eg bern Dtenftmabd)en au&

briicflid) gefagt, bafj fte bie genfier jeben 2Jiorgen ganj friib. auf*
madden foll, aber fte j>at eg fjeute 2ftorgen nid)t getban^ 12. 2Bir
fmb beute SDlorgen ganj friif) aufgeftanben, roeil wir beute nad)
*Potgbam gef)en wollten. 13. 2lber eg fangt je^t on ju regnen ;
mix roerben eg roa^rfcêinlic^ aufgeben miiffen. 14. @g regnet
febjr ftarf, aber id) glaube md)t, baf eg fe^r lange bauern wtrb.
15. @g l>at jefct ganj aufgebort ju regnen. 16. te baben einen
ganj guten Diegenfd)irm auggefucbt. 17. 3kfyt beine anbfd)ube
an. 18. e&e beinen ut auf.
Vocabulary.
amjjffd)iff, e8, steam boat.
2tu8brii<ffid) (adv.), expressly.
3:balerftilcf, e8, pt. e, coin or
Erft (adv.), only, not before.
piece of money worth a thaler.
S)te ôft, , the post-office, mail.
Grammatical.
1. Separable Compound Verbs may be formed by pre
fixing to simple verbs tbe prepositions (tit, (Jltf, tttt, ttltt,
tior, Jtt, and some others.
Rem. Very many simple verbs in English are rendered into German by
compound verbs. The proper use of compound verbs is one of the most dif
ficult, as well as one of the most important things in the study of the German
language.
2. The principal parts of some Separable Compound
Verbs :
Imperf. Indicative. Perf. Participie.
Prefix.
Present Infinitive.
an'gefartgen.
an'fmg.
Slu* 2ln'fangen, to begin.
an'genommen.
an'nabm.
n 2ln'nel)men, to accept.
an'gejogen.
an'jog.
n
5ln'jieben, to put on.
auf'gegeben.
aufgab.
Sluf* 2luf'geben, to give up.
auf'gebbtt.
auf'bBrte.
n Stttf'biiren, to cease. stop.
auf'gemad)t.
auf'macbte.
h
2lufmacben, to open.
aufgefcbt.
auf'fcfjte.
n Sluf'ieên, to put on.
aufgeflanben.
auf'ftanb.
n Sluf'ftcben, to get up.
au8'gegangett.
au8'ging.
2Ut8* Slu8'geben, to go out.
au8'gefprod)en
aug'farad).
it ' Slu8'fared)en, to pronounce.
ju'gefnBtft.
Su'fnBfcfte.
3u* 3U-'tnityfen, to button up.
ju'gemad)t.
ju'macbte.
n 3"'macben, to shut.
Rem. 1. The accent is placed on the prefix of separable compound verbs.
116
Rem. 2. When JU is used with the infinitive of separable compound yerbs,

it is placed between the prefix and the simple verb :
(3d) rothtfd)e ju geben,
I wish to go.)
3d) toiinfcbe au8'Jugeben,
I wish to go out.
(3d) toiinfcbe e8 ju nebmen,
I wish to take it.)
3cb toiiufcfye e8 an'junebmen,
I wish to accept it.
3. Conjugation of an'ltefyntett, to accept:
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id; nel)me c8 an', i accept it. id) nflDnt e8 an', I accepted it.
btt nimmft an', thou acceptest it. btt nabmft n Ott', thouaccepted6tit.
er nimmt an', be accepts it. er nobm an', he accepted it.
roir netymeu an', we accept it. voir nabmen an', we accepted it.
ibr nebmt an', you accept it. ifjr ncu)tnt an', you accepted it.
fte nebmen n an', they accept it. fte n<rt)men (, On', they accepted it.
Pluperfect Tense.
Perfect Tense.
I had accepted it, etc.
I have accepted it, etc.
id) batte e8 an'genommen.
id) babe e8 an'genommett.
bu baft an'genommen.
bu iuttcft an'genommen.
er bat an'genommen.
er I)atte n an'genommen.
tvir batten an'genommen.
roir baben an'genommen.
ibr babt an'genommen.
ibr battet an'genommen.
fte baben an'genommen.
fte fatten n an'genommen.
First Future Tense.
I shidl have accepted it, etc.
I shall accept it, etc.
id) roerbe e8 an'genommen baben.
id) roerbe e8 an'nebmen.
bu rrirfi . an'genommen ftaben.
bu toirft an'nc^men.
er rotrb an'nebmen.
er toirb an'genommen âben.
roir roerben an'nebmen.
roir roerben an'genommen baben.
ibr roerbet an'nefmten.
ibr roerbet an'genommen baben.
fte roerben an'nebmen.
fte toerben an'genommen tyaben.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present Tense: an'nebmen (or an'junef)men), to accept.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Singular.
2d Person: Uimm (bu) e8 an',
accept (thou) it, or do (thou) accept it.
'id Person: rtel)me er (or fie) e8 OH', let him (or her) accept it.
Plural.
1st Person: nebmen roir e8 an', let us accept it.
2d Person: nel)mt (iI)r) e8 an', accept (ye or you) it, or do (ye or you) accept it,
id Person: nebmen fie c8 an let them accept it.
117
4. When separable compound verbs are used in main

sentences, the prefix is placed after the verb, and gen
erally at the end of the sentence :
@r nabm e8 att,
He accepted it. '
r girtg Ott,
He went out.
r jog ben 9toct att,
He put on the coat.
Hem. But in subordinate sentences the prefix adheres to the verb:
SESer fagt, bafj er C8 an'nabm?
Who says that he accepted it?
3d) njeifj, bafj er OttS'ging,
I know that he went out.
Exercise 98.
l.Who opened the door? 2. I opened it; shall I
Bhut it? 3. Yes, shut it, if you please (id) bttte) ; it is too
cold here. 4. Tell the servant-girl to shut the window.
5. Mother, can we go in the garden? it has stopped rain
ing (ju regnen). 6. No, it has not quite (ganj) stopped
raining. 7. Come, come, John, it is very late ; it is time
for you to get up; get up right off (ftebe gleid) auf).
8. Henry has been up a long time (tft fd)on Icingft aufge*
ftanben). 9. Put on your coat. 10. Button up your vest.
1 1 . Put on your boots. 12. Shut the door. 1 3. Open the
window. 14. Can you pronounce this word? 15. Pro
nounce it plainly (rein). 16. Put on your gloves and
your hat. 17. When will the mail from Munich arrive?
18. It has already arrived.
LESSON XLIX.
SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS WITH ADVEKBS AS PREFIXES.
3d) mufi eg ab'fd)reiben,
I must copy it.
3d) fd)retbe eg ab',
I am copying it.
Sr fd)retbt eg ab',
He is copying it.
te fcbrteb eg ab',
She was copying it
ie fd)rieben eg ab',
They copied it.
3d) roerbe eg ab'fcbretben,
I shall copy it.
Sr fjat eg ab'gefd)rieben,
He has copied it.
3$ wiinfcbe eg ab'jufd)reiben, I wish to. copy it
118

(tcbcituttbncunjtgftc 3lufgak.
1. afi bu beine beutfd)e Slufgabe abgefd)rieben? 2. 3a, id)

fd)rieb fte fd)on beute 2Jiorgeu ab, aber id) b.abe fetne 3t gebabt,
meine englifd)e 2lufgabe abjufd)retben. 3. 3d) muf biefen 33rief
abfd)reiben, ef>e id) ibn nad) ber $oft fd)icfe. 4. 2Bann reifen
ie nad) erlin ab? 5. 2Bir roerben morgen friif) abreifen.
6. err Dorner ift beute 9Jiorgen nad) SD?annbeim abgereift. 7.
2)ag I)anrpffd)iff fabrt -Korgen nad) 33remen ab. 8. Stein, bag
Dampffd)iff ift fd)on abgefabren. 9. err 2Beljler bat ung ein*
gelaben, morgen 5lbenb mit ibm nad) ôtgbam ju geben. 10.
arl, fomme b.er ! 1 1 . 2Bag votllft bu benn, Uebe 2ftama ? 12.
ebe gleid) ju betnem SSater b,tn, unb fage ib.m, bafj err d)norr
aug obleng bier ift, unb ib.n ju fpred)en rounfd)t. 13. 2Bo ift
3Sater jefct? 14. <r ift in ber $toniglid)en ibliottjef (Royal
Library). 15. 3d) voerbe fo fd)nell voie moglid) b.ingeb.en. 16.
3d) voerbe gleid) jurucf'fommen. 17. 2Ber ât meinen 33leiftift
oon meinem ifd)e roeggenommen. 18. 3d) bâbe ibn genommen,
aber id) babe tyn juriicfgelegt. 19. @r ift jefct nid)t bjer. 20.
3d) voerbe meinen Ueberrocf ablegen.
Grammatical.
1. Separable Compound Verbs may be formed by pre
fixing to the simple verbs the adverbial particles ab.=,
ein=, Dcr=, l)in=, toeg=, jurutf'=, and some others.
Present Infinitive.
Imp. Indie. Perf. Participie.
Prefix.
ab'ftt^r.
ab'gefabren.
ftbf away, off. Slb'fabren,* to start, sail.
Slb'legen,to lay off, take off. ab'legte.
ab'gelegt.
ob'reifie.
iSb'reifen,* to start, leave.
ob'gereift.
ab'fcbrieb. ab'gefcbrtebett.
21b'fd)retbett, to copy.
3uVjicben,to draw off, take off ab'jog.
ab'gejogen.
cin'lub.
em'gelaben.
gtn, in, into. (Sin'laben, to invite.
ber'getommen.
cr, hither. er'fommett,* to come here. ber'fam.
în'ging.
în'gegangen.
$in, thither. ^m'geben,* to go there.
reeg'gmg. toeg'gegongen.
SBcg, away. SJBeg'geben,* to go nwny.
it
t
2Beg'nel)mert, to take away. treg'nabm. toeg'genemmen.
3nriib",batk. 3uriicf'tommen,*to return. jurM'fam. juriief'gefommen,
* With fein as auxiliary (see Less. XLIII., 2j.
119
Rem. Some of these adverbial prefixes, as tin, f)Cr, and httt, are now no lon
ger used separately as adverbs.
3. Conjugation of ab'f<t)rcitjett, to copy:
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
I copied (it), etc.
I copy (it), etc.
id) fd)rieb (e81 ab'.
id) fd)reibe (e8) 06'.
bu fchriebft flb'.
bu fd)reibft
af)'.
er fd)rieb ab'.
er fd)reibt ab'.
toir fcbrieben ab'.
roir fdjretben ab'.
ibr fcbriebt ab'.
ibr fc^reibt ab'.
fie fcbrieben ab'.
fte fd)reiben ab'.
Pluperfect Tense.
Perfect Tense.
I had copied (it), etc.
I have copied (it), etc.
icb f)atte (e8) ab'gcfd)ricbtB.
id? f)abe (e8) ab'aefa)rfebett.
bu battefl ab'gefd)rieben.
bu baft ab'gefd)rieben.
er |)atte ab'gefctyrieben.
er bat
ab'gefdirieben.
toir fatten n ab'gefd)rieben.
toir baben ab'gefd)rieben.
ibr âttet ab'gefd)rieben.
ibr babt ab'gefd)rieben.
fte baben ab'gefd)ricben.
fie gatten n ab'gefd)rieben.
First Future Tense.
I shall have copied (it), etc.
I shall copy (it), etc.
id) tocrbe (e8)ab'ntfd)rtebeol)aben.
id) toetbe (c8) ab'fd)rciben.
bu woirft ab'fcbreiben.
bu mirfi
Ob'gefd)rieben baben.
er toirb
ab'fcbreiben.
er nrirb
ab'gefcbrieben baben.
vmr reerben ab'fcbreiben.
toir roerben
ab'gefd)rieben baben.
ibr toerbet ab'fcbreiben.
ibr toerbet
fte ioerben ab'fcbreiben.
fie toerben
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
(e8) ab'fcbreiben (or ab'jufcbreiben), to copy (it).
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Plural.
Singular.
cbretbe bu (e8) ab', copy thou (it). cbreiben toir (e8) ab', let us copy (it).
d)reibe er (e8) ab',let him copy (it). cbreibt ibr (e8) ab' ,copy ye or you (it).
chreiben fie (c8) ab', let them copy (it).
Exercise 98.
l.The steam-boat from Lubeck arrived last nigbt.
2. It will leave (ab'fabmt) for Lubeck this evening. 3. The
steamer for Hamburg leaves to-day. 4. When do you
120
INSEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS.
leave (ab'reifen) for Vienna? 5.We shall leave to-morrow.

6. We wished to leave to-day, but we were not yet ready.
7. We have invited Frederick Matzner to visit us this
evening. 8. Charles, come here; I wish you to go (bin'*
geben) to the market and buy two nice apples. 9. Freddy,
it is time for you to go to bed (ju 33ett); take off your
boots and your coat. 10. It has stopped raining (ju
regtten). 11. Has (ift) Mr. Dietrich returned? 12. No, he
has not returned yet, but he will soon return. 13. Was
Mr. Schnaase at home? 14. No, he had (roar) already
v gone out (fort).
;>
LESSON L.
<Sie miiffen eg bebal'ten,
They must keep it.
3d) bebal'te eg md)t,
I do not keep it.
@r bef)alt' eg,
He keeps it.
2Bir bebal'ten eg,
We keep it.
3d) bebielt' eg,
I kept it.
Sie bebiel'ten eg nid)t,
They did not keep it.
35Mr baben eg bebal'ten,
We have kept it.
Sr batte eg bebal'ten,
He had kept it.
SEir roerben eg nid)t bebal'te"
We shall not keep it.
@r rounfd)t eg ju bebal'ten,
He wishes to keep it.
cl>al'te (bu) eg,
Keep it.
@r roill eg nid)t bebal'teu,
He does not wish to keep it.
9?cununbneunjt8fte Slufgak.
1. >err raufe bat fein neueg aug oerfauft'; fein alteg aug
bat er bebal'ten, roeil eg siel bequemer alg fein neueg aug ift.
2. ilbnnen <Sie mir fagen, wag bag 2Bort bea,lei'ten" bebeutet?
3. 2kajei'ten" bebeutet " to accompany." 4. err d)ub*
mad)er bat ung nad) aufe beglei'tet (or err . beglet'tete u*g
nad) aufe). 5. aben ie bemerft, wie fd)6n bie lumen in
bem arten finb? 6.3d) babe bie 9iofen unb bie Sulpen be*
'OO
J " - - " .
INSEPARABLE COMPOUND YEBBS.
121
merft. 7. 2Bag fur ud) baben <ic ju ibrem Sfocf beftcllt'?

8. 3d> I)abe fd)warjeg ud) beftetlt'. 9. Golumbug f>at Slmerica
im 3af>re 1492 cntbcdft'. 10. 2Bie iel entfjalt' biefer Strug?
11. 3d) roeifj nid)t; irielleid)t jroei Quart. 12. graulein 23ebr
bat fjeute eineu 33rief son ib.rem 33ruber in 9iom erb.al'teu. 13.3d)
erroar'te jefct feit ad)t agen cinen 23rtef son meinem ruber in
alle. 14. 2Bem geôrt' biefeg aug? 15. @3 gebort errn
d)6nfelber. 16. Dag aug gefauY mir nid)t (I do not like
the house). 17. 3d) babe s>erfpro'd)en, cinrid) ftletn biefe3
33ud) bin'uifd)icfen, aber id) babe eg sergeffen. 18. arl bat fein
geberraeffer serlo'ren. ykr
|vu
^
Grammatical.
1. Those compound verbs which have the Inseparable
Particles bc=, tnt=, Ct*, %t-, t)Cr=, JCt-, as prefixes, are in
separable in all the tenses.
Hem. The Inseparable Particles do not receive the accent:
SBebal'ten, to keep. ntbal'ten, to contain. @rbaften, to receive.
2. Principal parts of some Insep. Compound Verbs:
Prefix.
Present Infinitive.
Imp. Indie.
Perf. Partic.
Sebeu'tcrt, to mean, signify.
bebeu'tete.
bebeu'tet.
Seglet'tert, to accompany.
beglet'tete.
beglet'tet.
tt
Seâf'ten, to retain, keep.
bebielt'.
bel)al'ten.
n
Semer'ten, to notice.
bemerl'te.
bemerft'.
tt
Sefiel'fen, to order, engage.
beftellt'.
befteU'te.
tt
befud)t'.
befud)'te.
tt
SBcjab'len, to pay.
bejablt'
bejabl'te.
tt
Entbecf'en, to discover.
entbecft'.
entbect'te.
Gnt=
(Snt6at'ten, to hold, contain.
entbal'ten.
entbtelt'.
tt
@rbaften, to receive, get.
erbielt'.
erbal'ten.
rtoar'ten,to await, expect.
ertsar'tete.
erroar'tet.
it
efal'len, to please.
gefiel'.
gefaflen.
el)o'ren, to belong.
gebBr'te.
geprt'.
tt
Sergef'fen, to forget.
Bergafj'.
tergef'fen.
5Bet
2Jerlte'ren, to lose.
fcerlo'ren.
berlor'.
tt
toerfpro'djen.
2Serfpre'd)en, to promise.
fcerfprad)'.
tt
berflan'ben.
2Serfte'ben, to understand.
Berflanb'.
tt
S8erfu'd)en, to attempt, try.
Berfud)t'.
berfud)'te.
tt
jerbvo'd)en.
3erbre'd)en,to breaktopieces.
jerbrad)'.
jerrifs'.
jerrif'fen.
3errei'fjen, to tear.
F
122
. Conjugation of kl)uTtett, to retain, keep :

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) bebtClt', I kept.
id) befoal'tc, I
bu bebiel'teft, thou keptest
bu bebaltft', thou 1
er bebielt', he kept.
er bebSlt', he keeps.
toir bebiel'ten, we kept.
toir bebal'ten, we
ibr bebiel'tet, you kept.
it)r beâl'tet, you
fie bebiel'ten, they kept.
fte bebal'ten, they keep.
Pluperfect Tmse.
Perfect Tense.
I had kept, etc.
I have kept, etc.
id) hattc bebal'ten.
id) babe bebal'ten.
bu batteft bebal'ten.
bu baft bebal'ten.
er batte bebal'ten.
er bat bebal'ten.
toir fatten bebal'ten.
toir baben bebal'ten.
ibr battet bebal'ten.
ibr babt bebal'ten.
fte batten bebal'ten.
fte baben bebal'ten.
First Future Tense.
I shall have kept, etc.
I shall keep, etc.
id) tocrbc bebal'ten \jabtn.
id) toerbe bei)aften.
bu toirft bebal'ten.
bu toirft bebal'ten baben.
er toirb bebal'ten.
er roirb bebal'ten b.aben.
toir toerben bebal'ten.
toir toerben bebal'ten baben.
ibr toerbet bebal'ten.
ibr toerbet bebal'ten baben.
fte toerben bebal'ten.
fte toerben bebal'ten baben.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
bebal'ten (ju bebal'ten), to keep.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Beâl'te bu, keep thou.
bebal'ten toir, let us keep.
f^, 0 bebal'te er, let him keep.
bebal'tet ibr, keep you.
bebal'ten fte, let them keep.
Exercise 100.
l.Who broke this bottle? 2.1 broke it. 3. Who
tore this newspaper? 4. Freddy tore it. 5. 1 will try
to copy this exercise. 6. Do you understand what you
are writing? 7. 1 think I understand it (id) cdaube eg ju
erfte'ben, or id) glaube, bafi id) eg serfteê). 8. Father has
promised me a beautiful new book to-day. 9. Do you
like this book (gefallt' bir biefeg 33ud)) ? 10. Yes I like it
VERBS DOUBLY COMPOUNDED (SEPARABLE).
125
very much (eg gcfallt' mtr ganj gut). 11. Do they like
their new books? 12. Yes, they like their books very
well. 13. To whom does this book belong? 14. It
belongs to me. 15. How much does this pitcher hold?
16. It holds a quart. 17. When do you expect a letter
from your brother? 18. 1 received a letter from him
yesterday. 19. What did you pay for that book? 20. 1
paid three thalers for it.
LESSON LI.
2BollenStenicbttyeretn'fommen? Will you not come in?
@r roiinfd)t berein'jufommen,
He wishes to come in.
@r fommt nid)t bcrein',
He is not coming in.
@r fam nid)t berein',
He did not come in.
@r ift berein'gefommen,
He has come in.
@r wax f)erein'gefommen,
He had come in.
@r rcirb beretn'fommen,
He will come in.
Sr wirb beretn'gefommen fetn, He will have come in.
2Mtte, fomme f)erein',
Please come in.
herein (for fomme f)erein) !
Come in I
$nnbcrtunberfte Hufpk.
1. 2Barum wirb $txx Hoffmann nid)t bemn'fommen? 2. 6t '
fagt, bafj cr gletd) nad) aufe geben mufj, mil eg fd)on ju regnen
anfangt. 3. Dte tocfe bat foeben gefc^lagen ; eg ift 3t fiit
ung in bie cbule binein'jugeben. 4. Der joologifd)e arten ift
(jeute offen; follteu wir tud)t bjnem'geben? 5. 2Bo ift bie
jtafie? 6. ter ift fte gerabaug'. 7. 3a, geljen mx bjnein'.
8. 3^ rocrbe bie 33i0et^ bolen. 9.Der2Bagentft b>r. 10. let*
gen roir gleid) binetn'. 1 1 . 2)er 3ug ge^t in etner fjalben tunbe
ab. 12. ier ftnb wir am 33abm>f; fleigen ie bjnaug', id)
voerbe fur bag epacf forgen. 13. 2Ber fabrt ba fo fcbnell or
ung sorbet? 14. eên wir in bie trafe bjnaug', urn bie
^rcjefftcn anjufeben. 15. otlten wir ntcbt lieber auf bag iDad)
124
VKBBS DOUBLY COMPOUNDED (SBPABABLe).
binauf'geben ? boÔcbrange in ben traên ift fo grof. 16.<Stei*

gen <Sie binauf, eg (there) ift feine efabr. 17. @g ift -ifltcbtg
mebr ju fe^ctt ; follteu wir jefct nicbt binun'tergeben? 18. 2Bo ijt
2Bilbelm ? 19. gr tft fc$on binun'tergegangen. 20. ftarl, willft
bu nicbj beraug'fommen unb mit mtr fpielen? 21. Sftein, id)
babe jefct feine 3tiL 22. 2Ber ift fca sorbei'gefabren. 23. @g
tear err duller mit feiner outer.
Vocabulary.
2)tt SaI)mjof, 8, SabnbBfe, rail- Stb'geben, to deliver, give.
road station.
Slb'ge()en, to leave, depart. <"\o
n 3"3.C8,/>'. 3%, train.
Sltt'|cb.en, to look at, view. '
$te Saffe, , pi. n, ticket-office. orgen, to care for, look out for.
5)0 SilIet, S,pl 8, ticket.
erabeau8', adv., straight ahead.
ebrSn'ge, 8, crowd.
Slbtcu'! good-by!
epao!', e8, baggage.
Sieber, rather.
n ipacfet', e8, pi. e, package. 3oolo'gifd), adj., zoological.
Grammatical.
1. There is a large number of separable compound
verbs which have Compound Prefixes.
Rem. Generally one of the particles ba, \)tt, l)itt, fonr, forms one part c the
Compound Prefix.
2. Examples of Doubly-coinpounded verbs :
Doubly-compounded Verbs.
Simpie Verbs.
Prefix.
gabren, to ride, drive. babm'fabren, to ride thither.
Sal)itt', thither.
babin'geben, to go thither.
e&en, to go, walk.
berab'fcmmen,to come do
>Crafi', down hither. Sommen, to come.
ficrnltf', up hither.
I)erauf'fommen, to come up.
fiC t'll 110 , out hither.
beritu8'fommen, to come out
petcin', in hither.
bercm'fcmmen, to come in.
$Crtljl'tCr, down hither.
f)mtn'terfommcvt, to con
down.
$iltHu', down thither. cben, to go.
bmab'geb.en, to go down.
$inOUf, up thither.
binaufgeben, to go up. ^VS
i<
it
b.inauffietgen, to go down.'
(Steigen, to ascend.
binau8'gebert, to go out.
$inflltS', out thither.
[, to go.
mein'geb.en, to go in.
^tntin', in thither.
bmun'tergeben, to go up.^'X
înun'tet,down thither
Borbet'geben, to go past.
Sotfiet', past by.
gabren, to ride, drive. Borbei'fabren, to drive past
125
3. Conjugation of (crcilt'Iommett, to come in, enter:

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense:
id) fomme b.erein', I come in.
btt fommft betein', thou comest in.
er fommt berein', he comes in.
nrir fommen herein', we come in.
il)r !cmntt herein', you come in.
fie tommen herein', they come in.
Imperfect Tense: id) tam f)erein', etc.
I came in, etc.
Perfect Tense: id) bin bereirt'gefommen, etc.
I have come in, etc.
Pluperf. Tense: icb W berem'gefommen, e<c.
I had come in, etc.
1st. Fat. Tense: id) roerbe f)erein'tommen, etc.
I shall come in, etc.
2d. Fut. Tense: id) roerbe b.erein'gefommen fein, etc. I shall have come in, etc,
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present Tense: f)erein'fommen (or b.ereirt'julommett), to come in.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
fommen toir herein', let us come in.
lomme bu b.erein', come thou in.
fommt ib.r b.erein', come ye or you in.
fomme er herein', let him come in.
fommen fie herein', let them come in.
Exercise 102.
1. Will you not come in? 2. We have not time to
go in ; we must go home ; our father and mother leave
(a&rcifeu) for Dresden to-day. 3. When does the train
leave (abgeben) ? 4. The train leaves in half an hour.
5. The steamer leaves (abfabren) for London this morn
ing. 6. We are going on the roof. 7. Let us get into
the carriage. 8. They are getting into the carriage. 9.
They have got into the carriage. 10. They are getting
out of the carriage. 11. We will get out. 12. Where
are Mr. Klein and Mrs. Klein? 13. They have gone to
the railroad station (ftnb nad) bem Sajmôf bin'gefabren).
14. We will drive there (babjn'fabren), to give them this
package (um tbnen, etc.). 15. Do you wish to go into the
Zoological Garden? 16. Is it far from here? 17. No, it
is not far from here. 18. Yes, I will go in with you, if
you wish to go in.
126
COMPOUND VERBS.
LESSON LII.
COMPOUND VERBS WITH PREFIXES SEPARABLE AND INSEPARABLE.
2Ber rotrb ung iiber ben Strom Who will take us across
fe&en?
the river?
25er gabrmann f>at ung fiber The ferry-man has taken
ben trom gefefct,
them across the river.
2)er gabrmann fefcte ung fiber, The ferry-man took us over.
einrid) fann btefen afc nid)t Henry can not translate
this sentence.
fiberfefc'en,
Have you translated it?
aft bu ibn fiberfefct'?
We translated the exercise.
2Bir uberfefc'ten bie Slufgabe,
unbertunbbrttte 2lufgak.
1. 2Bte Icmge woren te in Seipjig ? 2. 2Btr ftnb nur burd/*
geretft; wir gtngen btreft' nad) regben. 3. err @(>renberg
bat ganj 3talten burd)reift'. 4. aben te bag 23ud) gelefen?
5. -Jiein, id) babe eg nur pd)tig burd/gefeben. 6. 2)te onne
tft fd)on un'tergegangen; ber -D?onb
bg{b l.gugebjn. 7.
2)reijjtg olbaten ftnb in ber d)lad)t um'gefommen. 8. 2Me
Gsimte ubertrtfft' alle unfere @rtoar'tungen. 9. Mrnberg tft mtt
r>ben SWauern umge'ben. 10. 2)er 2)ieb rotberfprtd)t' beute wag
er geftern gefagt bat. 11. Stein, er voiebjpjrbolt' gerabe roag er
geftern gefagt 6,01*1-12. 2Btr ftnb febr um'gegangen. 13. 3d)
wollte ben gropen SBalb umge'ben, weil ber 3Beg burd) ben 2Balb
md)t gut ift. 14. err ^ronfelb bat ung ben ganjen Slbenb mtt
fd)onen 2J?ard)en unterâften. 15. 2)er 9itd)ter f>at ben 3cuge
ttue'bergerufen. 16. >er 6ntg l>at ben 23efe^t wtberru'fenVocabulary.
Ser SBefebT, 8,/> e, command. S)tr otbat', tn, pi. en, soldier.
ee, 8,pi. n, lake.
gobrmonn, e8, ferry-man.
it 3eu8e, nf Pl- nt witness.
gifd)er, S,pi., fisherman.
Sie (Srnte, ,pi. n, harvest, crop.
SiiSntg,S,pi. e,king.
Erroor'tung,^/.en,expectation
9Jionb, e8, moon.
SWauer, , pl n, wall.
SRicbter, 8,/>7. Judge.
Sonne, , sun.
n afe, e8,/>Z. ofee, sentence.
trom, tS,pi. triime, stream. 2)0 SKarchen, S,pi. , fairy tale.
gliid)tig (adj.), rapid, fleeting.
Slttfgeben, to rise, go up.
25trett' (.adj.), direct.
Siiirnberg, Nuremberg.
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS AND VERBS.
127
Grammatical.
1. Some compound verbs, having blirfl|,iiber, utttcr, um,
toicbcr, tuiber, as prefixes, are Separable, and others are
Inseparable :
Separable.
2)ardj'= 1 e e n , to look through.
Ue'ber g e 6 en ,* to go over, desert.
llnter g e (j e n ,* to go down, set
llm' f o m m e n ,* to perish.
SBtc'uer b r i n g e n , to bring back.
SBtC'uCr f o m m e n ,* to come again.
8Bte'ber r u f e n , to call again.
Inseparable.
U r d) ref'fen, to traverse.
U e b e r tref fen, to surpass.
U n t e r * fit djCU, to examine.
U m * IJC l)CH, to surround.
SGBtb er- tore'djen, to contradict.
SB t e b e r * fio'len, to repeat.
SB i b C r * rn'fen, to revoke.
2. Many of these compound verbs having the prefixes

bllrdj, liber, um, mttt, toicbcr, are Separable or Insepara
ble, according to the signification which they receive :
Separable.
Surd)'* r e i f e n ,* to travel through.
Ite'ber f e fc e n , to put over.
lint'* g e ^ C n ,* to go out of one's way.
lln'ter 6 a 1 1 e n , to hold under.
SBie'&Cr b. 0 1 e n , to bring back again.
Inseparable.
Surd)* tei'fen, to travel through,
U t b e X fe'^Cn, to translate.
Umge'fien, to avoid.
U n t e r * !jnT ten, to entertain.
SB i e b e r * Jjo'lcn, to repeat.
Exercise 104.
1. Who took you over the stream? 2. A fisherman
took us over. 3. You must translate your Exercise be
fore you go out. 4. The news of to-day contradicts the
news of yesterday. 5. Cologne and Magdeburg are
surrounded by walls. 6. They went out of their way.
7. They wished to avoid the crowd. 8. The judge will
recall the witness to-morrow. 9. The king will not re
voke the order. 10. The witness repeated yesterday
what he said day before yesterday. 11. The crop sur
passed their expectations. 12. They did not remain
in Magdeburg; they only passed through (it). 13. We
traveled through Germany and France, and then we
went to Italy. 14. The sun will now set. 15. The sun
is setting. 16. The sun has set. 17. The sun is rising
(aufgel;en). 18. The sun has risen.
* With fein as auxiliary.
-f d-r7
.-/"
128
LESSON LIU.
3d) erftetye mid),
I understand myself.
Sr erftef)t fid),
He understands himself
2)ag serftebj ftd).
That is a matter of course
3d) erin'nere mid),
I remember.
3d) erin'nerte mid),
I remembered.
Sr erin'nerte ftd),
He remembered.
3d) babe mid) ertn'nerr,
I have remembered.
28ie beftn'ben ie ftd),
How do you do?
3d) beftn'be mid) ganj wobl,
I am very well.
3d) babe mid) geirrt',
I was mistaken.
$unbertunbfiinfte Slujpk.
1. uten SDiorgen, err lein! 2Bie beftn'beu ic ftd) beute?
2. 3d) banfe, ganj wo% 3. 2Bte beftn'bet ftd) 3f>re grau aftut*
ter? 4. ie beftn'bet ftd) febr wobjL 5. @rur'nern ie ftd)
feineg 9iameng? 6. Stein, id) fjabe feinen 9iamen sergeffen.
7. <rin'nerft bu bid) beg Stameng beg Jperrn? 8. Stcut, id) er*
in'nere mid) feineg Stameng nid)t. 9. 2)u irrjt bid) (or bu baft
bid) geirrt'). 10. 2Btr irren tmg; bte3 ift ntd)t ber red)te 2Beg.
11. @r irrte ftd). 12. 2Bir baben un3 geirrt'. 13. 3Bie langc
baben ie ftd) in SMen aufgebalten? 14. 2Bir âben ung in
2Bien ter age aufgebalten. 15. 3d) roerbe mid) bier in 2)reg*
ben nur eine 2Bod)e aufbalten. 16. 2)u wirft bid) erfalten.
17. 2)u baft bid) erfaltet. 18. @r bat ftd) erfaltet. 19.3d)
bitte, fefcen ie ftd). 20. 3d) roerbe mid) fefcen. 21. @r bat
ftd) serfpatet. 22. 2Bir fonnen ung auf fein 2Bort serlaffen.
23. 2)ag erflebt ftd). 24. 3d) felbft babe ifm gefeben.
6>id)
t,
Vocabulary.
aufl)alten, to stay, stop.
Std) fd)fimen, to be ashamed.
befin'ben, to be, do.
fefeett, to take a seat, be seated.
erin'nern, to remember.
toerlaffen, to rely (upon).
ertfil'ten, to take cold. [taken. berftS'ten, to come too late, to
trren, to make a mistake, be misbe belated.
129
Grammatical.
1. When personal pronouns are used refiexively, the
regular forms are employed in the first and secondper
sons; but in the thirdperson fid) is employed in the da
tive and accusative of all genders and in both numbers:
id) Uerftc^c mid),
I
understand myself.
bu toerftebft bid),
thou understandest thyself.
er toerftebt fid),
he understands himself.
she understands herself.
fie oerftebt fid),
we understand ourselves.
reir toerfteben uu#,
ibr oerftebt cud),
you understand yourselves.
they understand
themselves.
fie oerflebên fid),
you understand yourself}
(@te toerftefyen fid),
Rem. When myself, himself, etc., are only emphatic repetitions of the nomi
native, they are translated by felbft or fetter:
3d) that eS f 1 1 b ft ,
I
did it myself.
(St tijdt e f e I b ft ,
he did it himself.
<5r f e I b C r lain! e8 ttyun,
he can do it himself.
te ttjatert C8 f e lb er ,
they did it themselves.
2. Many German verbs are used only rejlexively, as :

fid) ertaTten, to take cold, fid) entftit'nen, to recollect.
Rem. A very large number of transitive verbs are also used refiexively
(generally taking a modification of meaning), as :
fid) etin'nem, to remember (from erin'nern, to remind),
ftdj fcjjen, to take a seat
(from fi(3en, to seat).
3. Conjugation of fid) erin'nern, to remember:

id)
bu
er
ir
t&r
fie
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
erin'nere mid), I
remember,
id) erin'nerte mid), I
remembered.
erin'ncrft bid), thou rememberest. bu erin'nerteft bid), thou rememb'dst.
erin'nert fid), he remembers.
er erin'nerte fid), be remembered,
erin'nern uu3, we remember.
loir erin'nerten UU$, we remembered,
erin'nert end), you remember.
ibr erin'nertet end), you remembered.
erin'nern fid), they remember.
^\t erin'nerten fid), they remembered.
Perfect Tense.
I have remembered, etc.
id) babe mid)

bu baft Bid)
er bat fid)
rotr baben uu8
ibr babt cud)
fie babcit fid)
Pluperfect Tense.
I had remembered, etc.
id) batte mid) erin'nert.
bu batteft bid) erin'nert.
er tyatte fid) erin'nert.
toir fatten mS erin'nert.
ibr battet cud) erin'nert.
^\t batten fid) erin'nert.
erin'nert.
erin'nert.
erin'nert.
erin'nert.
erin'nert.
erin'nert.
F2
130

First Future Tense.
id) toerbe mid) erin'nern."
id) roerbe mid) erin'nert baben.
bn toirfl bid) erin'nert baben.
bu nrirfi bid) erin'nern.
er toirb fid) erin'nern.
er rotrb fid) erin'nert baben.
tt)tr toerben un erin'nert baben.
fcrir tterben w8 erin'nern.
tyr roerbet end) erin'nern.
ibr toerbet cud) erin'nert faben.
fie nserben fid) erin'nert baben.
fte tterben fid) erin'nern.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present Tense: fid) erin'nern (or fid) ju erin'nern), to remember.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Singular.
Plural.
erin'nere bid), remember thou. erin'nern ttrirmt, let us remember.
erin'nere er fid); let him remember. erin'nert ibr tljd), remember ye or yoct
erin'nern fie ftd), let them remember.
4. Reflexive Verbs take l)afiett, to have, as the auxiliary.
5. Some Reflexive Verbs govern the genitive case :
3d) erinnere tnicb fetneS !Wamett8 nicbt, I do not remember his name.
Exercise 106.
1. We relied upon his word. 2. Will you not take a
seat ? 3. They would not take seats. 4. She has taken
cold. 5. 1 did not take cold. 6. They took cold. 7.
They staid in Berlin seven months. 8. We will stop
here three weeks. 9. They were mistaken. 10. We are
not mistaken (or, we have not made a mistake). 11.
Has he made a mistake? 12. Do you remember my
name? 13. No, I do not remember your name? 14.
Good morning, Miss Klein! how do you do to-day?
15. 1 am very well, I thank you; how are you? 16.
Very well, I thank you. 17. We have come very late
(or, we were belated). 18. Oh Freddy, are you not
ashamed (ad) grifc, fd)amft bu bid) md)t)? You have not
learned your lesson. 19. 1 can not remember which
lesson we have to-day. 20. You ought to remember
which lesson we take. 21. Oh yes, it is the fifty-third
lesson.
/t
PASSIVE TOICB.
131
LESSON LIV.
PASSIVE VOICE.
#ter wirb IDeutfcfy gefprod)en,
German is spoken here.
Dag &au$ wirb gebaut,
The house is being built.
Dag aug wurbe gebaut,
The house was built.
25ag aug wtrb gebaut roerben, The house will be built.
Dag aug tft gebaut worben,
The house has been built.
2)ag aug war gebaut worben, The house had been built.
ûnbertunbfteknte Slufgak.
1. ier wtrb ntd&t @ngltfdb gefprod)>n.,J 2. 2Bte wtrb btefeg
3Bort auggefprod)en ? 9 3. <g wtrb fo auggcfprod)eu. p 4. 2Bie
follte biefer afc iiberfefct roerben?v"'5. 2)ag aug wirbâug
tetnen gebaut. 6. Die ird)e rotrb aug 3tcgelfletnen gebaut. p
7. 2)er rieg wurbe am fojênben age erflart.^feêr getnb ;
wurbe jurucfgetrteben.^d. Slmertfa wurbe tm 3a^re 1492 son
Sbrtftop() Solumbug entbecft. 10. 2)er elegrapl> wurbe son
^Drofeffor SDiorfe erfunben.. 11. Der runbftein ju ber trcbe
wtrb morgen gelegt roerbenî^.JDer runbftetn beg 9iatbbau*
feg tft orgeftern gelegt worsen. 13. 3)er runbftetn war fdbon
gelegt, ebe wtr anjamen. 14. Dtefe trafje wurbe griebrid)*
ftrafje genannC 15. 2)tefeg tlb wurbe on âulbad) gemalt.
16. 2)er ifd) wtrb jefct gebecft (is being set). 17. 2)er Sifdj
tft gebecft (is set).
^
Vocabulary.
e<fen, to cover, set.
Set @tem,tt,pi. e, stone.
(SntCcden, to discover.
n 3te8eIfte1n, tS,pi. e, brick.
rfm'ben (irreg. ), to invent.
runbftein, e8, pt. e, cornerErflS'ren, to declare.
SWarmor, 8, marble. [stone.
Suriicftreiben (irreg.), to drive back. SEelegrapb', en, telegraph.
golgenb, following, next.
iJflS SRatbbau8, C8, city halt.
Grammatical.
1. The Passive Voice is formed by joining the aux
iliary verb ttcrbett, to become, to the perfect participle :
ier tntrb entfd) flCfprod)tn,
German is spoken here.
a8 au8 tntrb flebattt,
The house is being built.
182
PASSIVE VOICb.
Rem. 1. The perfect participle of tOCr&Ctt drops the prefix gc when it tdk
lows the participle of the verb :
SDa8 au8 ift gebaut Ujorbctt,
The house has been built.
S)o8 au8 War gebaut tBOr&Ctt,
The house had been built.
Bern. 2. In the imperative mood fein, to be, is the auxiliary:
Ci bu geliebt,
Be (thou) loved.
ei er geliebt,
Let him be loved.
2. Conjugation of the Passive Voice of the transitive

verb Ucien, to love:
Present Tense.
I am loved, etc.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Imperfect Tense.
I was loved, etc.
id) toerb=e
geliebt.
bu toirft
geliebt.
er toirb
geliebt.
reir reerb*en geliebt.
ibr reerb*et geliebt.
ftc re e 1 b ' en geliebt.
id) umrbse
geliebt.
bu to u r b * eft geliebt.
er reurb=e geliieb.
reir re u r b * en geliebt.
ifjr re u r b * et geliebt.
ftc re u r b * en geliebt.
Perfect Tense.
I have been loved, etc.
Pluperfect Tense.
I had been loved, etc.
id; bin geliebt toorben.

bu bift geliebt toorben.
et ift geliebt toorben.
reir finb geliebt toorbett.
ibr feib geliebt toorbett.
fte finb geliebt toorbett.
id) toar
geliebt toorben.
bu toarft
geliebt toorben.
er toar
geliebt toorben.
reir re a r * en geliebt toorben.
tbrar*et geliebt toorben.
fte rear * en geliebt toorben.
First Future Tense.

I shall be loved, etc.

I shall have been loved, etc.
id) toerb-e
geliebt toerbett.
geliebt toerbett.
bu toirft
geliebt toerben.
er totrb
reir re e r b en geliebt toerben.
ifer re e r b * et geliebt toerben.
fte werb = en geliebt toerben.
id) toerb-e
geliebt toorben fein.
bu toirft
geliebt reorbett fein.
er toirb
geliebt reorben fein.
reir re e r b * en geliebt reorben fein.
ibr re e r b * et geliebt reorben fein.
fte re erb* en geliebt reorben feitt.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
geliebt ju reerben, to be loved.
IMPEKATP7E MOOD.
fei (bu) geliebt, be cthou) loved.

fet er geliebt/ let him be loved.
feien reir geliebt, let ns be loved.

feib (ibr) geliebt, be (you) loved.
feien fte geliebt, let them be loved.
r/
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
133
Exercise 108.
1. French and English are spoken here. 2. By whom
was America discovered? 3. By whom was the tele
graph invented? 4. When was the corner-stone of the
cathedral laid? 5. It has not been laid yet. 6. It will
be laid day after to-morrow. 7. Will the cathedral be
built of stone or of brick? 8. It will be built of marble.
9. When will it be finished? 10. It will be finished in
six years. 11. By whom was this picture painted?
12. It was painted by Overbeck. 13. That picture was
painted by Meyer von Bremen. 14. Do you think that
(the) war will be declared? 15. (The) war has already
been declared. 16. It was declared three days ago.
17. The painting will be finished to-morrow. 18. The
table has not been set yet.
LESSON LV.
'V^-u 6
Imben ie beutfcbe 33iid)er?
Have you any German
booko?
[books.
S53trât>euetmgcbeutfd)c93ucêr, We have some German
Have you any fruit?
aben <Sie Dbft?
We have some (a little) fruit
3a, wir baben etroag Dbft,
Have you anything new?
aben <5ie etaag 9lcueg?
Kent, id) babe nicfjtg Steue8,
No, I have nothing new.
Somebody is knocking.
@g Hopft 3emanb,
I do not see any body.
3d) fefje SWemanb,
3ebermann roetfj, mi c3 tyetfjt, Every body knows what it
Many a good man. [means.
2)?and)cr gute 5PJann,
Many large houses.
2Jiand)e grofje aufer,
|)itttbertuttbneuttte flufgak.
1. abeu ie franjbftfd)e iid)er? 2. Sftein wtr (>aben feint
franjoftfcbe Siid)er. 3. at err lcin stele beutfcê 33t;d)er?
4. SRein, er bat eimae beutfd)e 33ud>er, aber nic)t iele. 5. fDtan*
134
cf>eg lebjrcid)e uc^ ift nid)t febr intcreffant. 6. 2ftan$e (or

toiele) Ic^rreicê 33ud)er ftnb nt$t intereffant. 7. at bag Sort
aucb anbere 33ebeutungen ? 8. 3o, bag Sort bat mebrere anbere
33ebeutungen. 9. 2Bag ftnb bie anbern 33ebeutungen biefeg 2Bor*
teg? 10. @g ftnb mebrere neuc aufer in biefer trafje. 11.
@g flopft Semanb; geê unb fteb roer eg ift. 12. aft bu mit 3e*
manb (or mit Semanbem) gefproctyen? 13. Stctn, id) b>be mit
SRiemanb (or Sfttemanbem) gefprod)en. 14. tef)ft bu Semanb?
15. 9lein id) fel>e 9itemanb. 16. aft bu etwag 3ntereffanteg in
ber 3eitung gefunben? 17. Stein, id) f>abe md)tg Sntereffanteg
gefunben. 18. Siinfd)eft bu etwag rob? 19. 3c banfe, id)
babe 23rob genug.
Grammatical.
1. The following Indefinite Pronouns are declined like
adjectives of the old declension :
@mig=er, *e, *e8, some, any; pi. emige, some, a few.
2Jiand)*er, *e, =e8, many a;
" manege, many.
S5iel*er, *e, *e8, much;
" biele, many.
(Wanting in singular) ;
" mebrere, several.
Rem. 2lnber, other, different, may take all the three declensions of adjec
tives :
{Old declen.) Sa8 Sffiort bat auc& anbere Se* The word has other signifies
beutungen,
tions also.
{New declen.) te anbern Sebeutungevt be8 The other significations of the
2Borte8,
word.
(Mixed decl.) a8 SBcrt 6at efate anbere Sc* The word has another signifibeutung,
cation.
2. Semaitb, SUtemanb, and êbetraattn are used only in
the singular. They are declined thus :
Somebody, any body.
Nobody.
Every body.
Nom. 3emanb,
SUtemanb,
3ebermann,
Gen. 3emanb*8, or 3emanb=e8, SRiemanb8, or =e,
3ebermann*8r
Dat. 3emanb, or 3emanb=em, SKtemanb, or =ent,
3ebermann,
Acc. 3emanb, or 3emanb=ett. SRiemanb, or=ett,
Sfebermann.
3. (StUKtS and UlifytS are indeclinable.
Hem. 1. (ttDa is often used in apposition with a noun :
SBotten te tttOdS Srob?
Do you wish some bread!
2Ktt ettt)aS Srob,
With some bread.
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
135
Rem. 2. GttDfl and 9Hd)t are frequently used in apposition with the nea
ter of adjectives used as nouns :
oft bu ettoa8 9ieue?
Have you any thing new?
Stein, id) babe nid)t8 JieneS,
No, I have nothing new.
J
"f Exercise 110.

1. 1 have some beautiful new books; do you wish to
see them? 2. Have you (any) writing-paper? 3. Yes,
here is some (etn>ctg) writing-paper. 4. Have you much
paper? 5. No, I have not much paper; I will get some
(etoag) to-day. 6, Many a rich man is unhappy (unglucf*
lid)). 7. Many a beautiful bird does not sing. 8. Many
beautiful birds do not sing. 9. Where is the other book?
10. 1 have the other book; do you wish another book
(nod) cin 33ud))? 11. Here is another book. 12. 1 wish
an other pen (eine anbere geber). 13. 1 wish another pen.
14. Has any body been here? 15. No, nobody has been
here. 16. With whom were you speaking? 17. 1 was
not speaking with any body (mit Sfitemonbem). 18. Every
body in the city heard the news. 19. Have you found
any thing interesting in your new book? 20. No, I did
not find any thing interesting (nid)tg Sntereffanteg).
LESSON LVI.
INTERKOGATIVE PRONOUNS.
2Boson' fprid)ft btt ?
Of what are you speaking ?
S3on roem fprid)ft bu?
Ofwhomareyou speaking?
2Bomtt' fd)retbt er?
What is he writing with?
SD?tt roern ge^t cr?
With whom is he going?
2Boburd) beroeifen <Ste bag?
How do you prove that?
S&itt road fur tnte baft bu ben With what kind of ink did
33rtef gefd)rteben?
you write the letter?
Slug wog fur olj baft bu eg Of what kind of wood did
gemad)t?
you make it?
SBeld)en SDtann metnen te?
Which man do you mean?
5Beld)e 2)inte wunfd)en te?
Which ink do you want?
136
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUS.
ûnbcrtunbclfte Hufpk.
1. 2Boson fpric^t err 2Bolf ? 2. r fprid)t son bem riege
in Deutfcbjanb. 3. 2Boon fd)retbft bu? 4.3$ fc^retbe son
meiner Sfteife in granfreid). 5. 2Bomtt baft bu beine Slufgabe
gefcbrieben, mtt einem 23leiftift ober einer geber? 6. 3$ babe
fte mit ciner tablfeber gefd)rieben. , 7. 2Bmu bift bu ()eute Wtort
gen fo frity aufgeftanben ? 8. Urn Tnettie tlufgaben or bem
grubftiicf abfcbjeiben ju fonnen. 9. 3Beffeu 23ud) baft bu?
10. 3$ fabe mein ud). 11. 2Bem gebort bicfcr Slegenfcbtrm ?
12. Sr gebort errn <Sd)letermacber. 13. -Kit voag fur Dintc
tyaft bu ben 33rief gefd)rieben? 14. 3$ babe ifon mit fd)joarjer
Dmte gefd)rieben. 15. SJuf voag fiir papier baft bu ben Srief
gefc^rieben? 16.3$ babe ibn auf roeifjeg papier gefd)rieben.
17. 2luf roelcber <Seite lefen ie? 18. 2Btr lefen auf ber foun<
bertfecb>unbbreifjigften eite.
Grammatical.
1. There are three Interrogative Pronouns:
toet? who? tOttS? what? toeld)er? which? what?
2. 3Bcr and ttaS are used only substantively : toer re
fers only to persons ; toai refers only to things :
Norn. ttet? who?
U)08? what?
Gen. ttCffCtt? whose, of whom? etc.*
tteffetl ? of what ?
Uat. tnem? to whom? etc.*
(wanting.)
Acc. tDClt? whom?*
ttiB? what?
3. SBa is scarcely ever used after prepositions. In
its stead are used compounds of the adverb 11)0, where,
and the prepositions, as :
SBomit? (for mit roa8?)
Wherewith? with what?
SBoUOlt? ( " toon toa8?)
Whereof? of what? from what?
23ojU? ( " ju toa8?)
Whereto? for what purpose?
2Bobltrd) ? ( " burd) roa8?)
Whereby? by what means?
Rem. The accent fulls upon the preposition, as toomit', tBoDott', Wcjlt'l
2Bomtt' baft bu c8 gefcbrieben?
What did you write it with?
SBotoon' fprecben fie?
Of what are they speaking?
2Bcju' 6aft bu ba8 getban?
What did you do that for?
See Lessons X., XIII., XIV., and XV.
137
4. 2Bcltfj=er, -t,-ti is declined like an adjective of the

eld declension/ it may refer to persons or to things :
SSeldjen 2Kann memen te?
Which man do you mean?
2KU Weldjem SSleiftift fd)reib|i bu? With which pencil are you writing?
2Jiit tteld)er 5eber fd)reibt er?
With which pen is he writing?
Son tteld)em SBrtd)e forid)ft bu?
Of which book are you speaking?
5. The two words ttta8 flit? (what kind off) may be
looked upon as an uncombined indeclinable pronoun:
it may refer to persons or things :
(SBu8 fiir) em Warn ift er?
What kind of a man is he?
(5Ba8 flit) emen Scorer f)aft bu? What kind of a teacher have you?
(2Bu fiir) inte baft bu?
What kind of ink have you?
2Jiit (B)0S fttr) inte?
With what kind of ink?
Exercise 112.
1 . With what did you write the letterwith a pencil ?
2. No, I wrote it with a pen. 3. With what shall I cut
this paper? 4. You may cut it with my knife. 5. What
did the tailor line your overcoat with? 6. He lined it
with black cloth. 7. What did you buy that cloth for?
8. For a coat and a vest. 9. With what kind of a pen
did you write the exercise? 10. 1 wrote the exercise
with a steel pen.
LESSON LVII.
2Bo ift mein SleifHft?
Where is my lead-pencil?
ier ift ber SDMnige unt> ba ift Here is mine, and there is
ber 25etnige.
thine (or yours).
2Bo ift unfer &aug?
Where is our house?
2)a ift bag Unfrige unb bort ift There is ours, and yonder
bag etnige,
is his.
3ft biefeg aug bag 3brige?
Is this house yours?
Stein, eg ift bag ibrige,
No, it is theirs.
Sr bat bag einige getban,
He has done his (duty).
3)ie 27ieinigen erroarten mid),
My folks are expecting me.
138
ûnbertbretjel)itte Slnfgak.
l.2Beffen 9iegenfd)trm ift bteg? 2. 2)ag ift ber SD?ctnige;
Ijier tft ber 3brige. 3. aft bu meinen 33all gefeên ? 4. 2>a
liegt ein 33all, ift bag ber 3brtge? 5. Stein, bag tft ber 2)eimge.
6. 3obann ât ben einigen uber ben &aun geroorfen. 7. grieb*
ric^ unb ebwig f6nnen tbre gebern nicbj ftnben. 8. ier ift bie
tforige unb ba liegt bie einige unter bern 33ud)e. 9. 3ft bag
tbr (her) 33ud) ? 10. Stein, bag ift bag 2tteinige. 1 1. 3ft bag
ibr aug? 12. Stein, bag ift nid)t bag ibrige, bag ift bag
Unfrige. 13. aben ie 3bje rammatif? 14. Stein, id)
babe bie 3orige, id) fann bie S0ieintge nid)t ftnben. 15. 3d) mufj
gleid) nad) aufe geben ^benn bie -JJ?etnigen erroarten mid) fd)on
^ feit einer balben tunbe. 16. SMtte, griifje bie Deinigen on ung.
" 17. Stad) ber d)lad)t jog ftd) ber eneral mit ben einigen ju*
ritdf. 18. 2)u fannft jefct rubig fein, bu baft bag einige getyan.
Vocabulary.
S)er SBall, e8,/>/. Salle, ball.
Sit (&ijlati}t,,pi.en, battle.
S3altfd)lager,S,pi.,ball-club. SEruê, , n, troop.
n eneral', 8, pt. e, general. riifjen, to greet, salute.
2Sorriicfen, to advance.
Dberft, en,pi. en, colonel.
3urilct'jieb.en, v. ir., to retreat.
3aun, tS,pi. 3aune, fence.
alb,half.
SDcrt, a</., there, yonder.
Grammatical.
1. The following are the Possessive Pronouns:
Masc. Fem. Neut.
Fem.
Neut.
Masc.
unfer, unfer*e, unfer, onr.
mein, mete=e, mete, my.
euer, your.
thy.
euer, eur*e,
bein,
beto*e,
bein,
ibr,
they.
ibr*e,
his.
ibr,
fein,
fein,
fein*e,
her.
tyr,
i6r*e,
m, 3b.r=e, 3$r, your)
its.
fein,
fein*e,
fein,
Rem. For the declension of possessive pronouns, see Lesson XLII.
2. The Absolute Possessive Pronouns (mine, thine, ours,
yours, theirs, etc.) are usually translated as follows :
ber, bie, ba8 Unfrige, ours.
ber, bie, ba8 SKeinige, mine.
(Surige, yours.
einige, thine.
tt n 3brige, yours.
Seinige, his.
n n n 3brige, theirs.
n n n 3brifle, hers.
n einige, its.
139
3. The forms SReitlige, Settltge, etc., are declined like

adjectives of the old declension:
SINGULAR.
Nom.
Gen.
Bat.
Acc.
Masculine.
er SWeinige,
be8 2Jieinigen,
bem 2Jirimgen,
ben aKeinigen.
Die 2Jiemige,
ber SKeimgen,
ber 3Bemigen,
bie SDieinige.
PLURAL.
Neuter.
o8 SKeinige,
be8 2Kemigen,
bem 2Keraigen,
ba8 2J(einige.
All Genders.
Die iWetmgen,
ber aKemigen,
ben 2Jiemigen,
bie SDfeinigen.
Rem. I. The neuter singular of the absolute possessive pronoun is frequently

employed as meaning the property of, the duty of, etc.
r bat iaS Ctnige Berloren,
He has lost his property.
<gr bat ttai CinfflC getban,
He has done his duty.
3d) babe bad 2J2cinige getban,
I have done my duty.
SBir toerben ba8 Unfttgc tbun,
We will do our duty.
Rem. 2. The plural frequently refers to the family, friends, followers,
dependents, etc. :
'Slit 2J?CimflCn Wtffen ttt^t, toann My relatives do not know when I
id) juriictfommen toerbe,
will return.
er enerol jog ftd; mit bCD @tis The general retreatedwith his forces.
nigen jurM,
- rilfjen ie bie ^rtgett con mtr, Remember me to your family.
Exercise 114.
1. Have you my ball? 2. No, I have not yours, I have
my own (or mine). 3. Has Frances her Grammar? 4.
No, she has not hers, she has yours. 5. Whose Grammar
has William? 6. He has his (own). 7.1 have found
your lead-pencil, but I can not find mine. 8. Henry
Kramer has yours. 9. William has my ball-club, and
I have his. 10. Is that our house? 11. No, that is not
yours ; yonder is your house. 12. 1 have done my duty ;
I can not do any thing more. 13. 1 can not remain any
longer (id) fahn nid)t longer bleiben) ; my friends are ex
pecting me. 14. His friends (or family) are expecting
him to-day. 15. General von Falkenstein advanced with
his troops, and Colonel Ehrenstein retreated with his.
140
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
LESSON LVIII.
These are ripe strawberries
2)ieg ftnb reife Gcrbbeeren,
Those are all new books.
2)ag finb Sllleg note 33ud)er,
These are all old books.
2)teg ftnb Sllleg alte 23ud)er,
2)en 3Kann j)atte id) me or* I had never seen that man
before.
kr' gefeben,
I did not mean that man.
3d) meinte nid)t ben' 2Jtann,
There is the same man.
2)a ift berfelbe 2ftann,
That is the same house.
SDag ift baffelbe aug,
@in folcbeg aug babe id) nie I h ave never in my life seen
such a house.
in meinem Seben gefekn,
unbcrtfiinfje^nte Stufgabc.
1. 2Meg ftnb 2llleg neue aufer in biefer trafie. 2. tnb
bag SilleS frifd)e 3oânnBbeeren? 3. 3a, fte ftnb erft kute
Sftorgen geppcft worben. 4. o!d)e (rbbeeren babejd) nie sor*
kr gefekn. 5. 2Bunfckft bn etn fold)eg 33ud) wie btefeg? 6.
SDiit etner fold)eu geber fann id) nic^t fd)retben. 7. inb Dteg
btefelben gebern? 8. fRein, 2)ieg ftnb nid)t biefelben gebern ; fte
liegen bort auf bem ifd). 9. Dag 33ud) ge^Brt biefem d)iiler;
aber ber' d)iiler fagt, bafj eg bag eintge ift. 10. 2)er SWann
war geftern mit ung in ôtgbam. 11. IDer (that person or
he) f>at meine d)iefertafel roeggenommen. 12. 3d) âbe beffen
(that person's, or his) d)iefertafel. 13. einrid) unb grieb*
rid) lefen aug bemfelben ud)e. 14. 3ft bieg biefelbe d)nur?
15. 3a, bag ift biefelbe. 16. 25te 2)ampfer ftnb an bemfelben
Sage angefommen.
Vocabulary.
Set amper,8, pi., steamer.
2><t Sampfboot, c8, pi.t, steam2)ie rbbeere, ,pi. n, strawberry. 3)oct, tS,pi.8, dock. [boat.
' 3ol)an'tu8beere, , pi. n, cur emScf)8âu8,-*e8,/>/.bfiufer,
rant.
green-house.
[stand.
cb.iefertafel, , pi. n, slate.
S)intenfafj, tS,pi.faffer, inkn djttur, ,pt. d)niire, string. SRetf, adj., ripe.
(Srfl, adv., only, just.
S3ic, con/., as. how.
Sanben, to land.
Sorter', adv., formerly, before.
141
Grammatical.
1 . T he following are the chiefDemonstrative Pronouns:
SINGULAR.
Masculine. Feminine. Neuter.
biefeg,
biefe,
biefer,
jener,
jene, . jeneg,
baS,
bet,
bie,
berfcfl>e,
biefelbe, baffelbe,
jebeg,
jebe,
jeber,
folci)e.
fold)ee,
fotd)er,
aller,
atte8,
atte,
PLURAL.
All Genders.
this.
biefe,
these.
that.
jene,
those.
that.
bie,
those.
the same. btefelben, the same.
every.
such.
folcbe,
such.
aUe,
all.
all.
Rem. Siefet, jetter, JCber, fUld)Cr, and atter follow the old declension of
adjectives (see Lesson XLI.); but when preceded by ein, fold)Cr follows the
mixed declension.
2. When used without a noun, bet is declined thus :
Norn.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
SINGULAR.
Masculine. Feminine.
ber,
bie,
beffen,
beren,
bem,
ber,
ben.
bie.
Neuter.
ba8,
beffen,
bem,
baS.
PLURAL.
All Genders.
bie,
berer,
benen,
bie.
Rem. 1. When used with a noun, bet is declined like the definite article bet
(see Lesson XLI.).
Rem. 2. When used as a demonstrative pronoun, ber takes a strong empha
sis; when used as a definite article, ber has no emphasis.
3. @old)Cr usually follows the indefinite article :
Einetl fo1d)CJt 2J!enfcben babe id) I have never seen such a man before.
nie borber gefeben,
4. Both parts of berfelk, the same (ber . . . fclbe) are
declined, thus :
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.
SINGULAR.
Masculine. Feminine.
ber*felbe,
biefelbe,
beg*?elbett, ber*felben,
benvfelben, ber*felben,
ben*felben. biefelbe.
Neuter.
ba*felbe,
beg*felben,
bem'felben,
ba8*felbe.
PLURAL.
All Genders.
bie=feffcen,
ber*felben,
ben*felben,
bie*felben.
142
\
rXjr
RELATIVE PR0N0UN8.
5. The singular of the neuter gender of the demonstra

tive pronouns $Jt8, 2)icfcS (or 2)tt8), StttcS, is used in an
indefinite way, without distinction of gender or number ;
when thus used, these pronouns do not control the number and person of the verb :
3)a ftnb 9ttte neuc Silver,
2)ie# ftnb 3We3 alte Sitter,
Those are alljiew books.

These are all old books.
Exercise 116.
1. Those are all ripe apples. 2. Are those (bag) all
French books? 3. No, those are not all French books,
but these are all French books. 4. 1 have never seen
such a tree in all my life (in meinem oanjen 8eben). 5.
Such trees grow here only in green-houses. 6. Heinrich
Weber and Albert Friedlander reside in the same house.
7. Our house and theirs are in the same street. 8. The
steamers land at the same dock. 9. The steamers leave
on the same day. 10. But they do not arrive on the
same day. 11. Anna and Frances came in the same
carriage. 12. William Kronfeld and George Ehrenberg
have the same teacher. 13. This book belongs to
William and that one (jeneg or bag) belongs to Frederick.
14. This inkstand belongs to Frances Kaspar and that
one belongs to me.
LESSON LIX.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
2Ber nid)t fjoren will, muj? fitf)* Who will not hear must
ten (or mer nid^t l)5ren will,
feel (or he who will not
ber mujj fitfylen),
hear must feel).
2)a if! ber 2ftamt, weldjen (or There is the man (whom)
ben) roir gcficrn gefebcn baben,
we saw yesterday.
>ag ijl bag aug, roeld)eg (or There is the house which
bag) #err cfyimbera, geftern
Mr. Schdnberg bought
gefauft fyat,
yesterday.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
143
Dag aug, roel$be^ (or bag) er The house which he will

faufen rotrb,
buy.
Die Slufgabe, bie id) ^cute 2)?or* The exercise which I must
gen abfd)reiben mufj,
copy this morning.
Dag rotffen wir, bie wir eg ge* That we know, who have
feben baben,
seen it.
Die anbfd)u[)e unb ber 9legen* The gloves and umbrella
fd)irm, bie id) gefauft âtte,
which I had bought.
2)a ift ber Wtann, beffeu ofm There is the man whose
fo franf ift,
son is so sick.
unbert|te6enje^nte Slufgak.
1. SSer wait ung Sall fptelen will, fomme ber! 2. 5Ber mit
ung geben will, mufj gletd) fommen. 3. 2Bag bu beute tl)un
Tannft, oerfc^tebe nic^t auf morgen (or bag erfd)iebe nid)t auf
rnorgen). 4. iebe einmal biefe <Sd)ltttfd)uf)e( bie SSater mir
beute 2)?orgen gefd)enft &at ! inb fte nid)t îibfc^ ? 5. @g ftnb l
beute stele Seute auf bem Sife. 6. Da ift ber Slrjt, ber beutc
SMorgen bjer war. 7. ier tft bie Slufgabe, bie id) bcute SJiorgen
abgefd)rieben babe. 8. ier ftnb bie Slufgaben, bie rcir b,eute
abgefd)rieben baben. 9. Die anbfd)ube, bie id) beute gefauft
l)abe, ftnb mir ju grofj. 10. ier ift ber afe, roeld)en ber Soger
geftern gefd)offen bat. 11. Da ift ber 5Wann, beffen aug geftera
abgebrannt ift. 12. ier ift bag aug, bag err 2Beber er'
faufen roill. 13. ier ift bie ?eftion, bie id) beute Slbenb lernen
muf . 14. ier ift bag aug, toetd)eg err 2Beber serfaufen
wollte. 15. ter ift bie Seftion, n>eld)e id) geftern Slbenb lernen
mufjte.
Vocabulary.
2)et cbmetterlmg, tS,pi. e, but 2)er SoUar, 8, pi. 8, dollar.
terfly.
<Sc)lirtj(bub, tS,pi. -e, skate.
trau, e8, pt. trSufje, bou 2)te Seute (pt.), people.
quet, nosegay.
2)a t8, e8, ice.
te Sommo'be,,p?.n, bureau. @eiben, adj., silken, silk.
Ubr, , pt. en, watch.
gil&Ien, to feel.
33lou, adj., blue.
Slbbrennett, to burn down.
olbett, aoj., golden.
9Serfd)ie'ben, v. ir., to put off, delay.
144
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
Grammatical.
1. As Relative Pronouns are employed:

1. The Interrogative Pronouns WCt, iDftiS, and UlCldjCr;
2. The Demonstrative Pronoun btt,
2. SSScr and toa$, as relatives, can be used only in general or indefinite expressions, never when a particular
person or thing is referred to :
2Ber nid)t boren nritt, mufj fiiblen "Who will not hear, must feel" (or,
(or bet mufj fiiblen),
he who will not hear, must feel).
2Ba3 tit bcute tbun fannfl, &er* What you can do to-day, put not off
fcbiebe ntcbt auf morgcn (or boS
till to-morrow (or, do not put off
Setfcbtebe Jlid?t auf morgen),
till to-morrow that which you can
do to-day).
Hem. The antecedent of WCt or Bjnr when in the same case as the relative,
is thus often omitted in German (as it is, also, in English).
3. As a general rule, smoothness of sound alone de

termines whether luchljcr or bet should be used:
Sa ift ber 2Kann, tilCldjClt (or bctt) There is the man (whom) we saw
ttnr geftern faben,
yesterday.
Rem. The relative pronoun can not be omitted in German, as it often is in
English (see the above example).
4. But if the genitive of the relative pronoun is used

withoa^ a noun following it, the genitive of btt must be
employed :
Scr 2ftatm, bcjfctt @obn fo fremf if}, The man whose son is so sick.
Rem. When used as a relative, bft is declined in the same way as when it
is used as a demonstrative pronoun.
5. The personal pronoun, if in the first or second per

son, is usually repeated after the relative:
Sa8 hnffett tt)ir, bit IBtr e8 gefeben That we, who have seen it, know,
baben,
2>a ttjetjjt bu, tec bll eS gefeben That thou, who hast seen it, knowbaft,
est.
6. As the sentence containing the relative pronoun

is subordinate to the main sentence (i. e., explanatory
of it), the verb in the relative sentence is placed at
the end.
2>criKann,beffen@cbnfo!tanttft.
The man whose son is so sick.
COMPOUND PRONOMINAL ADVERBS.
145
Rem. 1. In compound tenses the auxiliary is placed after the verb:

SDer aJiann, ben toir g e f e b e tt l)a= The man, who we have seen.
ben,
2>n8 $au8, Wcld)e8 er faufat The house which he will buy.
loiri),
Rem. 2. The potential verb also follows the main verb:
a8 au8,teelcbe8 er t a u f e tt toill, The house which he wishes to buy.
2)ie Slufgabe, bie t(b pertte 2Jiorgen The exercise which I must copy this
ah'dbreibeu tnuft,
morning.
;
Exercise 118.
1. Only look at this beautiful butterfly that I have
caught. 2. Here is a beautiful nosegay which Hedwig
has brought for you. 3. Where is the book that you
bought this morning? 4. Here it is. 5. There is the
property that was sold yesterday morning. 6. Whoever
wants to go with us must come right off. 7. 1 have
lost the ball which I bought this morning. 8. William
threw it over the fence, and we could not find it. 9.
The bureau, which the cabinet-maker mended, is in my
room. 10. The gold watch, which Mr. Karnberg bought,
cost eighty-five dollars. 11. The blue silk dress, which
Miss Bielefeld bought yesterday, cost a hundred dollars.
12. Here is the book which he wishes.
LESSON LX.
4?ter i|t bag 23ud), wos>on id) ge* Here is the book of which
fprod)en fyabe,
I spoke.
ier ifl bie geber, womit id) ben Here is the pen with which
33rief gefd)rieben babe,
I wrote the letter.
S5er egenftanb, wortiber err The subject upon which
2Beber gefprod)en bat,
Mr. Weber spoke.
9?imm btefe geber unb fd)ibe Take this pen, and write
ben rief bamtr,
the letter with it.
Gcr fprad) bason,
He was speaking of it.
dx fprad) baruber,
He spoke upon that subject
G
146

unbertitennjel>ttte Slufgabe.
1. Dtefeg war bag 2fttttcI, rooburdb cr fo tel bejablt bat. 2.

ter tfl bte d)eere, roornh id) bag ud) gefc^nttten babe. 3. Dag
ud), woon ber SRocf gemad)t rourbe, war nic^t ftarf genug. 4.
2Biffen te ben egenftanb woriiber err SOBeber beute 2lbenb
etne Slebe âlten nurb? 5. @r nurb iiber ben rteg jwifd)en
5Deutfd)lanb unb granfretd) fprecben. 6. r bat fd)on jroeimal
bartiber gefprod)en. 7. 2)ag ftnb btc Slepfel, wooon id) gefpro*
$en babe. 8. ier ftnb etntge fd)6ne $ftrftd)e; ntmm jroet ba*
son fur bid), gteb betnem 3Sruber jroei unb gieb btc Uebrtgen
betner 2J?utter. 9. te baben etnen febr fcb5nen arten, eg ftnb
tele fd)bne lumen bartn. 10. Sfitmm bag SWeffer unb fd)neibe
He d)nur bamtt ab. 11. 2Btr baben beute bret Slufgaben ab*
jufcbreiben, id) babe nur jroei bason abgefd)rieben. 12. 2Beld)eg
ftnb bte Slufgaben, wooon bu fprid)ft? 13. Die ad)tjtgfte, etn*
unbadjtjigfte unb jroetunbad)tjtgfte.
Vocabulary.
2)er egenflanb,tS,pi. OegenfiSnbc, 2)08 9Jfittel, 8, pi. , means, me
dium.
subject, object.
ronlanb, 8, Greenland.
SeUer, 8,pt. , plate.
Sabrabor, 8, Labrador.
S)ie abel,,pi. n, fork.
3tbfd)netben, v. V., to cut off.
Siid)be, ,pi. n, kitchen.
2lu8fud)en, to look out, look for, pick
arbt'ne, , pt. n, curtain.
out, select.
i, d)eere, pt. n, shears, scissors.
H JRebe, ,pi.a, speech, address. 3toetmol, adv., twice.
Grammatical.
1. A number of compound adverbs are generally used
instead of the relative pronoun when preceded by cer
tain prepositions, and not referring to persons, as :
SBoburcb' (for burd) Welcben), whereby, by means of which.
2Bofiir' ( " fiir toeltbett), for which, on account of which.
SSJomtt' ( " mit roeld)em), with which.
2BorauS' ( " "U8 Weld)em), out of which, from which.
SBorirt' ( " m ttclcbem), in which, wherein.
SBorit'ber ( " iiber toeld)en), upon which, about which.
SBotoou' (" bon reeldpem), from which, of which.
147
ier tfl ba8 S1td) tDObOtt (or toon Here is the book of which I spoke
toeln)em) id) gefprocben babe,
(or have spoken).
S>ier ift ber SBletftift (or bie geber) Here is the pencil (or the pen) with
tOOtttit tcb. ben SBrief gefcbrieben
which I wrote (or I have written)
babe,
the letter.
2. A similar series of compound adverbs is used in
stead of the demonstrative pronoun bet (and of the per
sonal pronoun tT, [it, t$), preceded by the same prepo
sitions, and not referring to persons, as :
aburdj' (for burd) ben, ibr, fte),
by means of that, it, them.
afilr' ( " filr ben, ii)x, fte),
for that, those, it, them.
amit' ( " mit bem, ibm, ibr, ibnen), with that, those, it, them.
arau8' ( " au8 bem, ibm, ibr, ibnett), thence, out of that, those, it.
arin' ( " in bem, u)m, ibr, tbnen), therein, in that, it, them.
arii'ber ( " iiber ben, ibn, fte),
thereupon, upon that.
atoon' ( " toon bem, ibm, u)r,ibnen), from that, it, them.
9iimm ba8 2Keffer unb fdmeibe bie Take the knife and cut the string
(bnur tmmit' burd),
off with it.
ter fmb mebrere Sletofel; nimm Here are several apples ; take two
groet babon ,
of them.
/* '*T*J- 1-\
Exercise 120.
1. These are the curtains of which I spoke. 2. Where
are the plates of which the cook spoke? 3. They are
in the kitchen. 4. There are some nice apples; you
may take three or four of them. 5. Who has taken my
pen? 6. 1 took it, and wrote my exercise with it. 7.
Upon what subject (tooriiber) did Mr. Schneider speak
last evening? 8. He spoke upon his travels in Green
land and Labrador. 9. He spoke upon them two years
ago, when (alg) be was here. 10. How do you like my
new skates? 11. They are very fine; what did you
pay for them? 12. 1 paid three dollars for them. 13.
These knives and forks are quite dear. 14. What did
you pay for them? 15. 1 paid eight dollars. 16. That
was too much. 17. 1 had no time to (um ju) look for
other knives and forks. 18. Give me your opinion upon
this matter.
148
SUBJUNCTIVE. AND CONDITIONAL MOODS.
LESSON LXI.
SUBJUNCTIVE AND CONDITIONAL MOODS.
3d) fyoffe, bap er fommen werbe,

2Bir glauben ntd)t, bap cr fom*
men werbe,
3d) fragtc if)n, ob er nod) e*
fdjwtfter &abe, wie alt er fei
unb wo er wobne,
<r meinte, eg fei fern 33ud),
3d) t>ad)te md)t, bap ber Coffer
fo fd)wer ware,
SBenn bag ber gall fei, fo witrbe
id) md)t geljen,
3d) f)citte eg ntdjt getyan, (or id)
witrbe eg nidjt getbart baben),
I hope that he will come.

We do not think that he
will come.
I asked him if he had other
brothers and sisters, how
oldhewas,wherehelived
He thought it was his book.
He did not think that the
trunk was so heavy.
If that is the case, I would
not go.
I would not have done it.
unbertcinunbjwanjiofte Wufpk.
1. 2Bir boffen, bap er balb wieter fommen werbe (Subj.).
2. 5Der err fragte mid), wo id) wofcne (S.), wie alt id) fei (S.),
ob id) nod) @efd)Wtfter l)abe (S.). 3. 3d) bad)te nid)t, bap ber
Coffer fo fdjwer ware (S.). 4. 3d) fagte ibm, wie er bag tbun
fbmte (S.). 5. @r wiinfd)te, bap ber ommer balb wieber fom*
3d)Serge
weip nid)t,
ob berfeben
SSogelfbnne.
jefct ftngt.
m>.-> v men
7. @rmbd)te
bad)te,(might).
bap er con6.bem
bte tabt
8.
3d) glaubte, bap wtr biefe Seftion fir bcute batten. 9. te bat
mir gcfagt, bap in 3talten ber tmmcl fo flar (clear) fei. 10.
2Bir wiffen nid)t ob #err SBeber bag #aug gefauft fyc&t ober
"""Tfh&r^-JJ. #err djneiber glaubte, bap err SSeber bag aug
fd)on gefauft fyatte. 12. 3d) wupte nid)t, ob bag >ampffd)iff an*
gefommen fei. 13. 2Btr fiirct)ten, bap er beute Slbenb ntdjt font* ,:
men werbe. 14. 3d) fiird)te, bap eg balb regnen werbe.
r
Grammatical.
1. The Subjunctive Mood is used in expressing what
is uncertain, or what is thought of as possible or desir
able, without, perhaps, having really taken place :
149
Rem. 1. The Subjunctive Mood is thus often used in subordinate sentences,

specially after verbs expressing doubt, fear, hope, purpose, desire, etc.
3d) boffe, bag er fommen tticrbc,
I hope that he will come.
3d) mufjte nicbt, ob er getommen fef, I did not know whether hehadcome.
3d; fragte U)n, 06 er nod) efcbrcU I asked him if he had other brothers
and sisters.
fter Ijafie,
3d; bacbte nicbt, baf; ber Soffer Jo I did not think that the trunk was
heavy.
jdjvoer ttiire,
Rem. 2. The imperf. and pluperf. tenses of the Subjunctive Mood are often
used instead of the pres. and imperf. tenses of the Conditional Mood (see below).
2. Present and Imperf. tenses of the Subjunctive Mood:

1. Of the auxiliary verb fetn, to be:
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) toar=e,
1
was.
id) fet,
I
was.
bu TO 0' r * eft, thou wast,
bit jet* eft, thou wast.
er TO a' r * e, he was.
et fei,
he was.
TOir TO fi x ' en, we were,
TOir f C t = en, we were,
ibr TO 0' x * et, you were,
iljr fetCt, you were,
fie TO8r*en, they were.
fie f e U en, they were.
2. Of the auxiliary verb f)(l6citr to have
Imperfect Tense.
Present Tense.
id) Jjfit=te,
I
had.
id) fiaie,
I
have,
bu t1 a t '- teft, thou hadst
bu b a b -- eft, thou hast,
er b.atte, he had.
ev fyab*e, he has.
toir b fi t * ten, we had.
TOir b a 6 * en, we have,
ibr fyab'tt, you have,
ibr b ii t tet, you had.
fte b a b * en, they have.
fte bSt = ten, they had.
8. Of the regular verb ItctlCH, to love
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id) liefce,
I
loved,
id) IteMe,
I
loved,
bu Iteb* eft, thou lovedst.
bu 1 1 c b teft, thou lovedst.
er I i e 6 * iff he loved.
er Iieb*te, he loved.
TOir Ii e b en, we loved.
TOir I i e b * ten, we loved.
ibr I i e b * tet, you loved,
if)r 1 1 e b * et, you loved,
fte 1 i e 6 * ten, they loved.
fie lie 6* en, they loved.
4. Of the irregular verb fdjlflflCH, to strike
Present Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
id; fu)Iiifl=e,
I
struck,
id) fdjlflge,
I
strike,
bu f d) I a g eft, thou strikest.
bu f d) I ii g ' eft, thou strucko3t.
er fcfolagc, he strikes.
er fd)tiig*e, he struck.
TOir f cb 1 0 g * en, we strike,
TOir f d) I ii g -- en, we struck,
ibr f d; t a g * et, you strike,
ibr f d) I it g * et, you struck,
fte f a) I a g * en, they strike.
fie f d; I ii g -- en, they struck.
150
3. The Conditional Mood corresponds in general to

the Potential Mood in English, when used with the
auxiliary would or should :
SBenn ba8 SBetter fcbiSner toare,")
the
miir&e id) au8geben (cond.), (or) >
' weather were finer, I would
Binge id) an8 (&/.),
> go
s out.
Sa8 miirbc id) nid)t tbun (cond.),)
(or) ba8 tfcate id; nid)t (*/.), j 1 would not do that4. The Conditional Mood of ItCOeR, <o Ztwe;
Present Tense.
'
iLÂ-PI would, or I should love, etc.
[t '
id) tOitr&e
1iC6en, or id) ItC64e (Imperf. Subjunc.) : v"
bu tourb*eft lieben, " bu lieb*tefl
cr tourb = e lieben, " er Iieb*te
toir tourb*en lieben, " nrir I i e b * ten
U)rtt>urb*et lieben, " ibrlieb*tet
fte tourb*en lieben, " fte lieb*ten
Perfect Tense.
I would, or I should have loved, etc.
id) ttiirbse
geliebt baben, or ia) |)at=te geliebt (PI. Subj.)
bu k> ii r i> = eft geliebt fjaben, " bu ât*teft geliebt
er toiirb*e geliebt babctt, " er bat*te geliebt
toir tourb*en geliebt fjaben, " toir ^ a t * ten geliebt
ibr tourbêt geliebt jjaben, " ibr bat*tet geliebt
f fte tt>iirb*en geliebt l)aben, " fte bot*ten geliebt
V
ûnbtrtDicrunbjttanjigfte Slufgak.
1. 2Benn bag ber gall fet (Subj.), fo rourt* id) nid)t bjngeben
(Cond.), or fo ginge id) nid)t bjn (Subj. for Cond.). 2. 3n
btefem galle f)atte id) eg ni$t getban, or wiirbe id) eg ttid)t ge*
tban Ijaben. 3. Unter fold)en 33ebtngungen (conditions) ginge
id) nid)t fun, or wiirbe id) nid)t f)ingeben. 4. 2Benn er bag geroufit
I>atte (Subj.), ware er nid)t gefommen, or wiirbe er nid)t gefom*
men fein (Cond.). 5. 2Bag rourben ie if)m fagen (Cond.)? 6.
3d) wiirbe ibjn fagen, baf id) nid)t geben fonne. 7. 3d) f>atte
eg ntd)t geglaubt, or id) wiirbe eg nid)t geglaubt ()aben, roenn id)
eg nid)t felbft gefeben batte. 8. 2Bir wiirben nid)t gefommen
fein, roenn bag 2Better nid)t fd)on ware. 9. 2Bir wfirben jufrte'*
ben (contented) fein, roenn wir nad) aufe fommen.
ID
CONJUGATION OF VERBS.
151
LESSON LXII.
1. Conjugation of the Regular Verb ItibtU, to love:
Principal Parts: Itei'=cn, He6=te, fje=lietlt'.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
id) 1ie6=e,
I love.
id) licb=c,
I love,
btt I i e b = ft, thou lovest.
bu I i e b eft, thou lovest.
er lieb't, he loves,
er I i e b * th he loves.
toir I i e b * en, we love.
toir I i e b * en, we love.
ibr I i e b * et, you love.
ibr I i e b * t, you love.
fie tteb*en, they love.
fte tieb*en, they love.
Imperfect Tense.
id) Hefite,
I loved.
id) ltc64e, I loved.
bu I i e b * tCft, thou lovedst.
bu I i e b * tCft, thou lovedst.
er lieb*te, he loved.
er lteb*te, he loved.
toir 1 1 e b * ten, we loved.
toir 1 1 e b * ten, we loved.
ibr 1 i e b * tCt, you loved.
ibr lieb*ttt, you loved.
fie lieb*ten, they loved.
fie lie b = ten, they loved.
Perfect Tense.
I have loved, etc.
I have loved, etc.
id) ftab=e gelie&t.
id) lafce gelteot.
bu i) a b * eft g e I i e b t.
bu l)aft
getiebt.
er f)ab*e getiebt.
er l)at
getiebt.
toir i) a b * en g e 1 1 e b t.
toir â6*cn getiebt.
ib.r i) a b * et getiebt.
ibr a b * et g e I i e 6 1.
fte bab* en getiebt.
fte bab*en getiebt.
Pluperfect Tense.
I had loved, etc.
I had loved, etc.
id) fiiit=te gelie&t.
id) fiat=te geltcbt.
bu i) a t * teft g e I i e b t.
bu feit^teft getiebt.
er bfit = te getiebt.
er bat*te getiebt.
toir 1j a t * ten g e 1 t e b t.
toir feSt = ten geliebt.
ibr ^ a t * tet getiebt.
ibr i) a t * tet g e I i e b t.
fte bfit = ten getiebt.
fte baWen getiebt.
First Future Tense.
I shall love, etc.
I shall love, etc.
id? toerb=e liekn.
id) ntti-t lieoen.
bu totrft
tieben.
btt to erb* eft lieben.
er tnirb
tieben.
er toerbê tieben.
toir to e r b * en l i e b e tt.
toir to e r b * en I i e b e n.
ibr to e r b * et tieben.
ibr to e r b * et tieben.
fie toerbsenIieben.
fte toerb*en tieben.
152
INDICATIVE MOOD.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
I 6hall have loved, etc.
I shall have loved, etc.
id) tuerb=e geliebt babcu.
id) mtb-t geliebt baben.
bu toitft
g e I i e b t baben.
bu reerb*e|i getiebt âbett.
er totrb
geliebt baben.
er re e r b * t getiebt l)abcn.
roir re e r b en g c I i e b t baben.
reir roerb*cn getiebt lpabcn.
ityr toerb*et gcliebt baben.
ibr roerb*et geltebt jaben.
fie reerb*en geliebt baben.
fte roerb=en gcliebt baben.
CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would, or I should love, etc.
idj ttfltb=e
Heottt, or id) litttC (Imperf. Subjmc.)
bu reiirb*eft lieben, " bu lieb*tcft "
er reilrb*t lieben, " er lieb = te
"
"
voir re ii r b * ttt I i e b e n , " retrlieb*ten
"
"
"
"
ibr re ft r b * et lieben, " tt)rlieb = tet
fte re ii r b * ctt I i e b e n , " fte lieb'tett
"
"
Perfect Tense.
I would, or I should have loved, etc.
id) toHrb=e
gcliebt baben, or id) bat=te geltebt (Pi. Subj.y
bu reftrb*cft geliebt baben, " bu b fitteft geliebt "
er reflrb*e geliebt baben, " er bSt*te geliebt "
reir reiirb*eu geliebt baben, " reir bat*ten geliebt "
ibrreilrb*et geliebt baben, " i&r battet geliebt "
fte reilrb*en geliebt baben, " fte bSt ten geliebt "
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Utfct (btt), love thou.
Heb=tH reir, let us love.
Iteb=t er, let him love.
Hebêt ibr, love you.
Heb=cn fte, let them love.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. liebtn, to love.
I Per/. geltebt Dabtn, to have loved.
Pres. licfcenb, loving.
PARTICIPLES.
|
Per/. geltebt, loved.
153
2. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb fd)lagen, to strike

(having I)flbett for its auxiliary):
Principal Parts: fd)lug'=en, fd)lug, ge=ftt)la'=gcn.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
id) fd)lafl=e,
I strike.
id) ffl)1ag=C,
I strike.
btt fd)lagsft, thoi strikest.
bu f d) I a g * eft, thou strikest.
er fd)lag=t,
he strikes.
er f(blag*e, he strikes.
tmr f d) 1 a g * en, we strike.
toir f d) I a g * en, we strike.
ibr f d) I a g et, you strike.
ibr f d) I a g * t, you strike.
ftc f d) I a g en, they strike.
fie f d) t a g * en, they strike.
Imperfect Tense.
id) fd)lug,
I struck,
id) fd)Hig=e,
I struck.
btt fd)1ug=ft,
thou struckest.
bu f d) I il g* eft, thou struckest.
er fd)lilg = e, he struck.
er fd)lug,
he struck.
toir f d) l u g * en, we struck.
roir f d) I ft g * en, we struck.
ibr f d) I u g * t, you struck.
ibr f d) 1 il g * et, you struck.
fte f d) t il g en, they struck.
fie j d) 1 U g * en, they struck.
Perfect Tense.
I have struck, etc.
I have struck, eic.
id) bai* gefcblagen.
id) f)ul>*c, gefd)lagen.
bu bab*eft, gefcblagen.
bu (aft,
gefcblagen.
er bab = e, gefcblagen.
er j)nt,
gefd)lagen.
roir bab*en gefd)lagen.
toir bab*en, gefdjlagen.
ibr b a 6 * et g e f d) I a g e n.
ibr bab*et, gefdjlagen.
fie 6aben gefdjlagen.
fte bab*en, gefcblagen.
Pluperfect Tense.
I had struck, etc.
I had struck, etc.
id) bat*tc gefd)lagen.
id) fiiiwe gefdjlagen.
bu bat*teft gefcblagen.
bu bat*teft gef cblagen.
er i)at*tt gefcblagen.
er ljat^te gefcblagen.
roir ^ S t * ten gefdjlagen.
toir bat*ten gefd)lagen.
ibr ljat*tet gefcblagen.
ibr ât*tet gefcblagen.
fte ^ at'tert gefd)lagen.
fte Ht*ten gefdjlagen.
First Future Tense.
icb toerbê fd)lagen.
id) wcrb*c
frf)lagctt.
bu toirft
fd)lagen.
bu u>erb*eft { d)logen.
er tniru
fd)lagen.
er roerb*e fd)lagen.
roir to e r b en f d) I a g e n.
toirtoerb*enfd)lagen.
ibr toerb*et fd)lagen.
ibr toerb*et fd)lagen.
fte merb*en fd)lagen.
ftc Werb*en fd)lagen.
G2
154
icb
bu
et
toir
ibr
fte

to>erb=t
gefcblogen bnben.
id) merb=e, gefdjlagcn baben.
toirft
gefcblagen ljuben.
bu re c r b * eft gefcblagen baben.
toirJj
gefcblagen baben.
er reerb*e gefcblagen jaben.
to e r b . en gefd)[agen jjaben.
reir to e r b ett gestagen jaben.
toerb*et gefdjlagen baben.
ibrreerb*et gefd)lagen jjaben.
to erb* en gefcblagen baben.
fte re erb en gefcblagen â&ea.
CONDITIONAL MOOD.
id)
bu
er
tr
ibt
fie
id)
bu
er
reir
tbr
fte
Present Tense.
I would or should strike, etc.
U)iiti)=e
ftfjlanen,
or id) fcbliige
(Imperf. Sabj.)
reurb*eft fcblagen, " bu fcblug*eft
tourb-e fcblagen, " er fcbliig*e
reilrbsettfcblagen, " tttr fcbjug = en
"
reilrb.et fcblagen, " tbr f ch 1 11 g * et
"
tottrb = en fcblagen, " fte ftbliig*etl
Perfect Tense.
I would or should have struck, etc.
n>iirb=e
geftblagen Ijaben, or icb jgt=te
gefcblagen (PI Subj.-)
re itrb.eft gefcblagen jjaben, " bu b a t left gefcblagen
"
reurb*e gefcblagen baben, " er bat*te gefcblagen
"
re It r b > en gefcblagen baben, " reir b fi t * ten gefcblagen
"
roil rb*et gefcblagen fcaben, " ibr & t = tet gefcblagen "
reilrb* en gefcblagen bôben, " fte t) fi t * ten gefcblagen
"
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
fd)log=e (bu), strike thou.
fdjlntj=c er, let him strike.
ftblag=en reir, let us strike.

fd)Iag=et (ibt), strike you.
fd)lag=Ctt fie, let them strike.
iNFrarnvE mood.
Pres. fd)log=en, to strike.
Per/. gefcblagen Ijaben, to have

struck.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. fd)Iog=enb, striking.
|
Per/, geftfifagen, struck.
155
3. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb lotttmctt, to come

(having fcitl for its auxiliary) :
Principal Parts: lontmett, !atn, gelommen.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
id) lomm=e, I come.
id) fomttue, I come.
bu f o nt m * eft, thou comest
bu t o m m * ft, thou comest.
er tomm*t, he comes.
er tomm*t, he comes.
voir t o m m * en, we come.
roir t o m m * en, we come.
ibr t o m m * tt, you come.
ibr t o m m * t, you come.
fte ! o m m * en, they come.
fte t o m m * en, they come.
Imperfect Tense.
id) ffittte,
I came.
id) !nnt,
I came,
bu t fi m * eft, thou eamest.
bu t a m * ft, thou eamest.
er f S m * e, he came.
er lant,
he came.
roir t a m * en, we came.
roir f S m en, we came.
ibr f a m * t, you came,
ibr t S m * et, you came.
fte tam* en, they came.
fie t fi m * en, they came.
Perfect Tense.
I have come, etc.
I have come, etc.
id) fei
getommen.
id) Mn getommen.
bu bift getommen.
bu fei*eft getommen.
er ift getommen.
er fei
getommen.
roir ftnb getommen.
roir f e i * en getommen.
ibr feib getommen.
ibr fei*et getommen.
fie ftnb getommen.
fie fei*en getommen.
Pluperfect Tense.
I had come, etc.
I had come, etc.
id) mar
getommen.
id) toiir=e getommen.
bu toarft getommen.
bu tofir*eft getommen.
er toat
getommen.
er tofir*e getommen.
roir toar* en getommen.
toir td fir* en getommen.
ibr ro a r * et getommen.
ibr to fi r * et getommen.
fte to fi r * en g e t o m m e n.
fie roar* en getommen.
First Future Tense.
I shall come, etc.
I shall come, etc.
id) erb=e fomraen.
id) toerb=e tommen.
bu toirft
tommen.
bu toerb*eft tommen.
er toiro
tommen.
er toerb*e tommen.
roir ro e r b * en t o m m e n.
roir ro e r b = en t o m m e n.
ibr ro e r b * et tommen.
ibr toerb*et tommen.
fie roerb*en tommen.
fie toerb*en tomtnen.
156
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
I shall have come, etc.
I shall have come, etc.
id) totxb-t
gelommen feitt.
id) toerit-e gelommen feitt.
bu ve e r b * eft getommen feitt.
bu tturft
getommen fein.
er re e r b * e getommen fein.
er toiro
getommen fein.
toir re c r b * en getommen feitt.
reir to t x b * en getommen fein.
ibr re e r b * et getommen feitt.
ibr re e r b * tt getommen feitt.
fie re e r b * ett getomtnen feitt.
fte re e r b * en getommen fein.
CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would or should come, etc.
id) tniirb=e lomraen, or id) ffittt=e (imperf. Subj.)
bu to u r b * eft tontmen, " but am* eft "
"
er reiirb*t tommett, " er tam*e
"
"
toirreurb*enlommen, "reirlanuen "
"
il)r to il r b * et fommen, " ibrlSm*et "
"
fie reurb*en fommen, " fte tanwett "
"
Perfect Tense.
I would or should have come, etc.
id) tt>iitb=e gelommen fein, or id) mar=e
getommen (Pt. Subj.]
bu to ii r b * eft getommen fein," bu re a' r = eft getommen " "
er tt> iir b = e getommen fein, " er rear*e getommen " "
toir re ilrb* en getommen fein, " reir re a r * en getommen " "
ibrtoilrb*et getommen fein, " ibr roSr*et getommen " "
fte W iirb* en getommen fein, " fie re or* en getommen " "
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
tomm=C (bu), come thou.
!omm=en reir, let us come.
Ioram=C er, let him come.
!omm=et (ibr), come you.
lommên fie, let them come.
rNETNITIVE MOOD.
Pres. lomm=en, to come.
| Per/. getommen fein, to have come.
PARTICD?LES.
Pres. lomm=tnO, coming.
Perf. gelommen, come.
FAMILIAR CONVERSATIONS.
(SJertrauUd)e cforiid)c.)
1. Arising.
(a8 Sluffteben.)
Has not Charles got up yet?
3fi tel nod) nid)t aufgeftanben ?
I do not think he has.
3d) gtaube md)t,
Go and call him.
Oiufe u)n bo<f),
3d) toill nad) feinem d)lafjimmer ge= I will go to his bedroom ; perhaps ha
is asleep yet.
tyen, toietteic^t fd)lSft er nod)
Hallo, Charles ! are yon asleep yet ?
ei,art! fcÎaffl bu uoc^?
2l(betarid), bi8 bu e8? id) traumte, Oh, Henry, is it you? I was dream
ing that a gun had just been fired
bafj eta etoebr in metoem 3tatmer
off in my room.
lo8ging,
3d) toar e8, ber an beine SE&ilr ftopfte ; It was I, knocking at your door; but
get up right off; it is very late.
aber flebe gleid) auf, & M* l*on febr
frst,
How late is it?
S8ie fpat ifl e8 benn?
2)ie onne ging bor einer tunbe auf, The sun is an hour high; just see
how the sun is shining into your
fteb. nur, reie fie burd) bie arbinen
in beta ijimmer bereinftrablt,
room through the curtains.
Std), id? f)abe nod) ntcbt redjt au8ge* Oh, I have not had my sleep out ; can
I not take another little nap?
fcblafen; lann id) nid?t nod? eta bi8*
d?en liegen ?
>, bu bifl nur ein roetug faul, fiebe Oh, you are only a little lazy; get up
gletd) auf; id? roerbe ba8 genfier iiff*
right off; I will open the window
nen unb bie frifdje SWorgenluft b.er*
and let in the fresh morning air.
einlaffen,
[get up.
SRun, toenn e8 fein muf?, fo flebe icb auf, Well, if there is no other way, I will
a8 ift red?t, bu bift ein braoer 3unge, That is right ; you are a nice boy.
Std), lieber einrid? ! e8 ifi tein SSSafd)* Oh, Henry ! there is no water in the
toaffer im Srnge; bitte, bole mir
pitcher to wash with ; bring me a
ettoa8 SBaffer, ja?
little water, won't yon?
3a, gieb mir ben JJrug ber ; ba8 2Wab* Yes; give me the pitcher; I suppose
d)en b.at e8 toof)t oergeffen,
the servant-girl forgot it.
ier ifi ba8 SGBaffer ; id) babe bir aud) Here is the water; I have brought
ein reine8 anbtud) mitgebrad):,
you also a clean towel.
SDanfe fcbBn !
Thank you!
Here is the hair-brush.
ier ifi bie aarburfte,
Slber too ifi ber ftamm ?
But where is the comb?
There it is, under the looking-glass.
35a liegt er, unter bem piegel,
158
3$ tterbe btefe <Sd)ul)e anjieben; aber

id) tanrt fie nit^t jufd)nuren; bjlf
mir rin 83i8d)en lieber ^jeinrid;,
2)ie d)nur ifi ju furj, aber e8 ttrirb
fd)on gebenfo !
3d) babe fte oorgeftern abgeriffen, tcb
batte fd)on geftern eine neue einjtef)en
follen, aber id) babe e8 oergeffen,
ier ift bie Sleiberbiirfte ; reraige beine
Seinfleiber, fte fiub etvoa8 fdnnufcig,
3iebe bemen 9iod an; fnB^fc auc) beine
SEBefte ju,
3d) fann fte nid)t ganj jufnBpfen; e8
feblt era tnopf barin,
Safj un8 gleid) binunter geben; ba8
grftbpct ift fa>n fertig; e8 bat ge*
tlingelt,
uten SDiorgen, Iiebe 9Jcama,
uten SKorgen Sari, fomm ber unb
gieb mir einen Sufi ; baft bu gut ge*
fcblafen?
ebr gut, id) banfe,
ebe ju beinem 3Jater unb fage ibm,
baf3 mir auf ibn toarten; ba8 griib*
fiiicf ftebt fd)ott auf bem SCifcbe,
I will put on these shoes ; I can not

tie this shoe ; help me a little, Hen
ryThe string is too short, but still it will
dothere !
I broke it day before yesterday; I
ought to have put a new one in
yesterday, but I forgot it.
Here is the clothes-brush ; brush off
your pantaloons ; there is some mud
on them.
Put on your coat; button up your
vest.
I can not button it any more; a but
ton is off.
Let us go right down; breakfast is
ready ; the bell has rung.
Good morning, mamma!
Good morning, Charles; come here,
give me a kiss ; did you sleep well?
Yes, very well, thank you.
Go and tell your father that we are
waiting for him; the breakfast is
already on the table.
2. Taking a Walk.
(er p ajiergaug.)
3Jcarie, rotttft bu einen pajiergang Mary, would you like to go with me to
mit rair macben?
take a walk?
Tes indeed, mother!
Slcb, tote gem, ltebe SWutter !
Sege beine ântoffel ab unb jieb> brine Take off your slippers and put on your
cbube an; bole bemen $ut unb
shoes ; get your hat and parasol.
beinen onnenfd)irm,
S8oiftmeraonnenfd)irm? 3d) fann Where is my parasol ? I can not find
ibn niibt ftnbett,
it.
r liegt in ber tommobe, in ber obera It is in the bureau, in the upper
drawer.
d)ublabe,
Sfcmm ber, id) roerbe beinen ut jubin* Come here, I will tie your hat; are
you all ready?
ben; bift bu ganj fertig?
3a, id) bin fertig; roo rotllfi bu bin* Yes, I am ready; where are yon
going, mother?
geben, liebe 2Jiama?
3d) benfe hrir toerben juerft nad) bem I think we will go to the Thiergarten first.
jbiergarten geben,
25a8 ifi tBftlid); id) liebe ben cbatten
ber grofjen Saume fo febr; toir toer*
ben burd) bie ipot8bamer trafje ge*
ben, nid)t toabr?
3a, unb ju beiner Xante reerben totr
geben, urn fie ju fragen, ob fte toiel*
leid)t tntt un8 geben tann,
Unb Soufine $elene aucb?
3a,
2Ba8 ifi benn ba8?
3<& roeifj nicbt; id) toerbe biefen errn
fragen. 9Sitte, mein err, lonnen
ie mir fagen reoju ber Sluflauf ba
am bore ift? toa8 ifi gefcbeben?
9}id)t8 toon 23ebeutnng; ein 2Bagen ifl
an eine Brofcbfe geftofjen unb bat
ein 9Jab jerbrod)en; ber Drofd)fen*
fiibrer ift con bem SBod! gefallen, unb
jefet fcbilt er bem 2Bagenfubrer unb
toitt ibn fd)lagen ; bie ôlijeibiener
toerben u)n balb jur SRube bringen,
3d) banfe fd)iin,
SRama, tafj un8 nad) bem olbfifd)teidj
geben,
ebe bod) nid)t ju na$e an ben 9Janb,
bu tiinntefi tyineinfatten,
2d), bie fcbBnen gifd)e !
SBirf tl)nen ein tiictd)en Srob bin,
efeen air un8 einen 2lugenblict bier
im d)atten auf biefe Sanf,
68 finb beute biele Seute im Sbiergar*
ten,
8 fangt an etoa8 fiibl ju toerben;
lafj un8 roetter geben,
8 fcbeint regnen ju toolten,
SDtarie, gebe bod) nicbt auf ba8 ra8;
ba8 ift ftreng oerboten; toenn StIe
barauf gingen, toiirbe balb fein ra8
mel)r ba fein,
iebe 'mal bin, SKama, ba fabrt eine
berrfcbaftlitbe @quibage mit toier
^ferben,
a8 reirb toobl bie Sron)srinjeffin fein,
ia$ un8 iefet nad) aufe geben,
58 toirb balb SKittag,
159
That is splendid. I like the shade

ever so much ; we will go through
Potsdam Street, will we not?
Yes, and we will stop at your aunt's,
and see if she can go with us.
And cousin Helen too?
Yes.
What is the matter there?
I do not know ; I will ask this gentle
man. May I ask you, sir, what is
the cause of the crowd at the gate
there ? Has any thing happened ?
Nothing of importance ; a wagon ran
against a cab, and knocked a wheel
off; the cab-driver fell off from his
seat, and now he is scolding at the
driver of the wagon, and wishes to
fight him ; the policemen will soon
quiet him.
Thank you, sir.
Mamma, let us goto the goldfish pond.
Do notgo too near theedge; youmight
fall in.
Oh, the beautiful fishes !
Throw them a piece of bread.
Let us sit down a moment on thts
bench in the shade.
There are a great many people in the
Thiergarten to-day.
It is beginning to be too cool ; let us
go on.
It looks as though it is going to rain.
Mary, do not go on the grass; that
is strictly forbidden; if all go on
the grass, there will soon be no mora
grass there.
See there, mamma! there goes a splen
did carriage with four horses.
I think that is the crown princess.
Let us go home now.
It will soon be noon.
160
3. At the D
(Seim Tti
3)er Sifd) toirb jetjt gebecft,
35er ifd) ift gebecft,
age bem Sod; er fotl nod) ein SJoubert
auflegen,
$err iefenbad) fpeift beute mit un8,
ier feblt erne @a6eI,
3ft Ue8 fertig?
3a, 2Jiabame,
SBitte, treten ie in ben beifefaal,

S3itte, fefeen ie fid; bier (or nebmen
ie biefen ^latj),
2)arf id) 3bnen etroa8 ubbe anbieten,
err iefenbacb?
3d) bitte,
Sllbred)t, roillft bu etroa8 ubbe?
3d) banfe, 5Wutter,
SDu ifjt bod) fonft gem ubbe,
3a, aber beute roill id) feine,
SRebmen ie bie ubbenteUer meg,
err SD., roelcben Sltyeil be8 rutbabu8
jieben ie bor?
<g8 ift mir gleid),
3d) toerbe 3bnen ettoa8 toon ber Sruft
unb bem d)enfel borlegen,
SBa8 toiinfd)eft bu, Satbar'ina?
(Sinen gliigel, roenn id) bitten barf,
SBa8 miicbteft bu f)aben, einrid)?
3d) bitte um ettoa8 SBeifjbrob,
SSJtUft bu aud) Sutter baju?
3d) banfe, id) babe nod) SButter?
ott id) Sbnen eine SEaffe gaffee ein*
fd)enfen?
3* bitte,
SBiinfcben ie SWild) baju?
9cein, id) trmfe ben Saffee lieber obne
SKild),
^cinricb, ttrillft bu aud) eine Xaffe
flaffee?
3a, aber febr fcbtBad), id) bitte,
Satra id) 3bnen fonft nod) bienen?
3d) banfe,
Saffen ie un8 in ben aal getyen,
nner-table.
tag8tifd).)
They are setting the table now.
The table is set.
Tell the cook to put another plate on
the table.
Mr. Diefenbach dines with us to-day.
A fork is lacking here.
Is every thing ready ?
Yes, madame.
Please walk in to dinner.
Please take this seat.
May I offer you some soup, Mr. Die
fenbach ?
If you please.
Albert, do you wish some soup?
No, I thank you, mother.
You usually take soup.
Yes, but I will take none to-day.
Take away the soup-plates.
Mr. D., which part of the turkey do
you prefer?
I have no choice.
I will give you some of the breast and
the first joint.
What will you have, Catharine?
A wing, if there is one.
What will you have, Henry?
Some wheat bread, if you please.
Will you have some butter too?
Thank you, I have butter.
Shall I pour you a cup of coffee?
If you please.
Shall I put milk in it?
No, I prefer no milk in my coffee.
Henry, will you have a cup of coffea
too?
Yes, but very weak, if you please.
Can I serve you to any thing else?
No, I thank you.
Let us go into the parlor.
161
4. Sewing.
Slbele, baft bu ba8 Xafcbentucb ge*
faumt?
3a, bier ift e8,
'xx ift ganj fjil&fcb, nur ber aum ift
ein bi8ctyett breit; bocb ba8 fcbabet
nid)t,
SBa8 fotl id) jcfet naben?
laubft bu, bafj bu Den 9ii[j am 2Ier*
mel beine8 blauen SfleibeS au8beffern
tannft?
3cb roerbe e8 toerfuchen,
SBringe mir meinen gingerfcut ; cr ift
auf ben Sobeu gefallen,
SBo ift er benn? icb febe ibn nid)t,
a liegt er, unter bem Sebnftubl,
3d) loiinfcbe eine anbere 9iabnabel ; an
biefer ift bie pifee abgebrod)en,
icb mir meinen 9iabtorb ber, id) ttiU
bir eine au8fud)en; roirb biefc ju
grofj fein?
3d) fann bie 9iabel ntcbt einfabeln,
@ieb fte 'mat ber ; ba8 gebt aud) nid)t,
ber gaben ift ja ju bict ; reirbe mir
bie anbere pule ber; balte bie SRa*
bel fo, ftafe ba8 (Snbe be8 gaben8
burd) ba8 Debr, fo, jiel)e ben gaben
burcb unb e8 ift fertig,
3d) banfe fd)on,
ieb ba8 Sleib lieber ber, id) roerbe e8
au8beffern,
Sannft bu mir eine Stecfnabel geben?
(58 ftecfen genng auf bem 9iabelfiffen,
2)ie finb aUe ju tlein,
2>a liegt einSSrief tecfnabeln,Bielleicbt
fmb fie grower,
3d) roerbe biefen aum auf ber 9iS6*
mafd)ine naben,
SBa8 fticfft bu, OTarie?
3d) fticfe ein âar *(JantoffeI al8 @e*
burt8tag8=efd)enf fiir 3obann,
Safj mid) ba8 2Jiufter feben; e8 ift febr
biibfcb,
Adelia, have you hemmed the pockethandkerchief?

Yes, here it is.
That is very well done, only the hem
is a little too wide; that dues not
make any difference, though.
What shall I sew now ?
Can you mend the sleeve of your
blue dress, where it is torn, do you
think ?
I will try.
Bring me my thimble; it has fallen
on the floor.
Where is it? I do not see it.
There it lies, under the arm-chair.
I wish another needle; the point to
this one is broken off.
Give me my sewing-basket; I will
find one for you; is this one too
large?
I can not thread the needle.
Give it to me ; ofcourse you can not,
the thread is too coarse; give me
the other spool ; hold the needle so,
put the end of the thread through
the eye of the needle so, draw the
thread through so, and there it is.
Thank you, very much.
You may give me the dress; I will
mend it.
Can you give me a pin ?
There are plenty in the pin-cushion.
They are all too small.
There is a paper of pins, perhaps they
are larger.
I will sew this seam with the sewingmachine.
What are you embroidering, Mary ?
I am making a pair of slippers for a
birthday present to John.
Let me see the pattern; it is very
pretty.
162
SGBa8 firicfen ie, grau 9i. ?

What are you knitting, Mrs. N. ?
3d) ftricfe ein âar triintyfe filr mei* I am knitting a pair of stockings for
nen obtt; er tft jefct in ber Slrmee,
my son ; he is now iu the army.
5. In the Garden.
(3m art en.)
SKarie ! 2Btf6eIm, jfatbarina unb icb Mary! William, Catharine, and I are
gebett in ben arten; fomramit, ja?
going into the garden ; come with
us, will you not?
3ft bie Sautter im arten?
Is mother in the garden?
3a; tcmm bocb,
Yes ; please come.
o balb icb meinen ut gebclt bate; As soon as I get my hat ; here I am !
bier bin icbj
SSSie fcbiin finb bie Slumen jefct!
How beautiful the flowers are now!
SHefer 9tofenftraucb ift tooE SBtiitben, This rose-bush is all covered with
flowers.
efallt bir ber uft ber SRofen nicbt? Do you not like the smell of roses?
O jo I aber ber 9fel!enbuft nocb mebr, Oh yes ; but I like the fragrance of
pinks better.
Safj un8 einen traufj fur SKama Let us make a bouquet for mother.
binben,
d)on, mix roerben atte babei belfen, Oh yes, we will all help make it.
telle biefe gelbe SRofe in bie SDtitte, Put this yellow rose in the middle.
ier finb jtoei roeifje SRofen unb brei Here are two white roses, and three
red roses.
rotbe Sftofen,
Sotborine, bitte, f>p<fe einige SMfen, Catharine, please pick some pinks.
$>ier finb einige $ergifjmeinnicht,2Binb* Here are some forget-me-nots, ane
mones, and daisies.
rB8cben unb SWafjlieben,
9cebme aucb biefe ei8blattbtume baju, Put this honeysuckle in too. [tifuL
SDie botjpelten SBeilcben feben fcbiin auG, These double violets look very beauSir follten etroa8 nine8 baju fefeen, We must put some green in with the
flowers.
3a, icb toill jurn Srtner geben unb Yes, I will go and ask the gardener
for some moss.
tbn um ettoa8 SWoo8 bitten,
3cb roerbe einen Sranj toon ei8blatt I will make a wreath of woodbine
leaves.
flecbten,
SKimm bid) in ftcbt, bu trittft ouf ba8 Take care, you are stepping on the
flower-bed.
Sfumenbeet,
SBir geben einen lugenblicf in ben e* Shall we not go in the vegetable gar
den a little while?
miifegarten, nicbt roabr?
einrtcb', laufe nicbt fo febr, toir fiinnen Henry, don't run so ; we can not keep
up with you.
nicbt nacbfommen,
Safjt un8 jefct geben, icb. bin febr miibe, Let us walk ; I am very tired.
2Ba8 ifi ba8 fiir emiife in biefem What kind of vegetables are these in
this bed ?
SBeet?
163
iefe8 finb rotbe MUben; biefe8 fmb These are beets, tnese are carrots,
and these are turnips.
gelbe, unb biefe8 fmb roeifje SRiiben,
ie @rbfen flel)en je^t in tooUer SJliitbe, The pease are now in full bloom.
2)ie 9Sobnen fmb mir fcbon liber ben The beans have grown higher than
my head.
Sofcf gemadbfen,
a fliegt ein fd)iiner cbmetterling; icb There goes a beautiful butterfly; I
will catch him.
toerbe ib.n fangen,
abe Slcbt, einricb; tbue tbm femen Be careful, Henry ; do not hurt him.
cfyaben,
ad),bu lieblicber @cbmetterrmg,furcbte You dear little butterfly, do not be
afraid; we will not hurt you.
bid) nicbt; toir tbun bir nicb.t8 ju leib,
SBie fcb5n beine glii.iel fmb; ba, fliege How beautiful your wings are; now
fly away where you want to.
fort, toobin bu ttnilft,
a ifi eine SMene auf ber Srbfenbliitbe, There is a bee on the pea-blossomj
catch it too, Henry.
fonge aucb bie, einricb,
3d) banfe fcbiin; id) taffe mid) nid)t No, I thank you ; I don't care about
getting stung.
gem fted)en,
ebett toir in8 au$; e8 lautet jum Let us go into the house ; the dinnerbell is ringing.
SWittageffen,
Who will get in first?
SSBer toirb juerft ba fein?
One, two, three; here we go!
<Sin8, jtoei, brei; jefct gel)t e8 fo8 !
6. In the Sick-room.
(3m Sranfenjimmer.)
uten 2Korgen, err oftor; e8 freut Good morning, doctor; we are very
glad to see you.
un8, bafj ie gefommen fmb,
2Ba8 tft e8 benn? vft Semanb lran! bet What is the matter? Is some one of
your family sick?
3&nen?
3a, unfer au8 ifl beute ein tetrtlicbe8 Yes, our house is a regular hospital
to-day.
Indeed !
So!
3a ; mil ifl beute SKorgen Bon einetn Yes; Emil fell out of an apple-tree
this morning, and little Mary seems
Slbfelbaum gefallen unb bie fleine
to have the scarlet fever.
2Jcarie fd)eint ba8 cbarlacbfieber ju
baben,
Has Emil hurt himself seriously?
$at (Smil ficb bebeutenb oerletst?
a8 totffen toir nicbt; er flagt bafj er We do not know; he has at least a
good deal of pain.
totcle cbmerjen bat,
3d) toill bod) juerft ju ber fleinen 2Ra* I will go and see little Mary first.
rie gel)en,
(Si, aJtariedjen, bu bift fo franf; gieb Why, Molly, are you so sick ? Let me
have your hand ; let me feel your
mir bie anb; lafj mid) beiuen ûl8
pulse.
fiibfen,
geige mir beine 3un9ei W pu Sobf= Show me your tongue; does your
head ache?
roeb?
164
FAMILIAR CONVKRSATIONS.
3fl, err Settor; id) babe ein fiircbter* Yes, doctor, I have a fearful head
ache.
licre8 totftoeb,
2)a8 glaube id) loobj; aber bleibe bier I presume you have; but keep your
bed, like a good little girl; I shall
biibfd) liegen, id) toerbe bir fcbott
help you out of this ; it will not be
b>lfen; c8 totrb fo fcblimm nicbt fein,
so very bad; only keep up good
i)abt nur SKutb.,
courage.
SSaS meinen ie err oftor; hnrb What do you think, doctorwill the
child be very sick?
e8 eiuc fd)toere Sranfbeit fein?
3d) nutfj 3bnett fagen, bafj ba8 Sinb I must tell you that the child seems
to have a pretty hard attack of the
toom gieber fel)r f)eftig ergriffen ju
fever ; still I do not think it very
fein fd)eint; bod) glaube id) nid)t,
bafj e8 febr gefabrlid) fein toirb,
dangerously sick.
d)icfen ie biefe 2Sorfcbrift ju bem Send this prescription to the druggist,
and give the child the medicine as
apotbefer, unb geben ie bem Sutbe
bie Stqnei rote id) angeorbnet babe,
it is prescribed.
ut; id) frill e8 beforgett,
Very well ; I will attend to it.
I will now see Bvail, if you please.
3et toerbe id) ben mil befuctyen,
SMtte, fommen ie f)ierber; er ifl in Please come this way; he is in this
biefem 3tmmer,
room.
uten SKorgen, (Smil; toa8.bu bift ge* Good morning, Emil; so you have
fallen? e8 ifi bod) teffer auf bem
had a fall, have you? It is better to
remain on the solid ground than to
fefien SSoben bleiben, a!8 bod) in bie
be climbing up into the high trees,
Saume ju flettern, nid)t roabr?
isn't it?
5Hd), err 2)ottor, roie mir ber Strm fo Oh, doctor, how my arm hurts me!
toeb tt;utL
Siebe8 tinb,ba8 tbut mir leib, tafj mid) Dear child, I am sorry for that; let
me see your arm.
ben 2lrm feben,
Oh, that hurts!
)b, ba8 tbut toeb. !
ei gebulbig, (Smil; btt ttrirfl nid)t biel Be patient, Emil; you will not have
to suffer much.
leiben miiffen,
Did you hurt yourselfany where else?
aft bu bid) fonft nod) toerlefct?
3d) bin mit bem Sotof gegen ein 93rett I bit my head against a board.
geftofjen,
Let me see where.
Safj mid) einmal febên,
There it is, behind the ear.
a b.inter bem Obr ift e8,
ie aut ifi oerletjt, abet ba8 ifi nid)t The skin is cut, but it will not be
serious.
fcblimm,
3n einer tunbe roerbe id) juriieffom* I will come back in an hour, Mrs.
Klein, and bind up his arm ; in thq
men, grau Slein, unb ben 2hm ber*
mean time let him only lie quietly.
binben; mittlerroeile foil er nur ru*
big liegen bleiben,
Good-by, Mrs. Klein.
Slbieu, grau Slein,
Good-by, doctor.
Stbteu, $err SDoftor,
165
7. Skating.
(Sa @d)littfcbubfaufen.)
Bater, bu baft geftern Derfprod)en, beute Father, you promised yesterday to go
on the ice with us, if the weather
mit un8 auf ba8 @i8 ju geben, toeun
should remain cold.
bo8 iBctter fatt bleibt,
laubt ibr, bafj ba8 @i8 fcbon fefl ift? Do you think the ice is strong?
D ja, lieber Safer; e8 toar (;eute fd)on Oh yes, father; there was a great
crowd on it this morning.
eine grcfje 2Jienge Seute barauf,
2)u bift aber bod) rtid)t tyinauf gegan* But you did not go on it, did you?
gen, nid)t toa^r?
D nein; ba8 toerbe id) nicbt tbun, otyne Oh no; I would not do that without
beine rlaubnifj
your permission.
>abt ibr eure d)littfd)ube fertig?
Have you your skates all ready?
3a, bier fmb fie,
Yes, here they are.
Safjt mid) fie fel)en,
Let me see them.
3d) glaube nicbt, bafj biefer SRiemen I do not think that this strap is strong
ftarf genng ift; ftef)ft bu, id) babe U)n
enough ; see there, I have broken it
abgeriffen,
in two.
2Ba8 fotl id) nun anfangen; id) miid)te What shall I do? I would like ever
so much to go skating to-day.
beute fo gerne d)littfd)ublaufeu
gebett,
ebe gletd) jum attler unb beftelle ein Go right off to the saddler and order
a new pair of straps; it is very
*Paar neue 9tiemen; e8 fann ge=
dangerous to fall on the ice.
fabrlid) toerbett, toenn bu auf ba8
@i8 binfailft,
aber toirft bu nod) tyicr fein, toenn id) But will you be here when I come
back?
juriictfomme?
SBetm id) nid)t mebr bter bin,bann gel)t If I should not be here, you may go
without me; I think the ice must
ibr obne mid) bin; id) glaube fd)on,
be strong; we have now had very
bafj ba8 (Si8 feftgenug ift; roirbabeu
cold weather for a fortnight.
jcfct feit tiieqebn agen febr falte8
2Better gebabt,
SKIbrecht, fieb nur biefe8 âar neue Just see this new pair of straps, Al
bert; how strong and fine they are!
SRiemen, tote ftarf unb fd)Bn fte fmb!
SDtarie, toiltft bu aud) mit un8 8d)litt* Mary, would you like to go skating
with us too?
fd)ublaufen?
Yes, I would like very much to go.
3a, id) miid)te febr gem,
ole gleicb beine d)littfchube, toir Go and get your skates right away,
we must be off.
miiffen fort,
There are lots of people on the ice.
68 fmb Biele Seute auf bem (Sife,
Let us go on the ice here.
Safjt un8 bier auf ba8 i8 geben,
aKarie, tafj mid) bir bie cblittfdntbe Mary, let me strap up your skates.
feftmad)en,
Please be so kind.
SBitte, fei fo freunblid),
166
ieb mir bie onb; geê id) ju fcbneU

fur bid??
O netit, id? gebe gent febt fcbneU,
3luf bem SBrett ftebt geffibrlid;" ge*
fdjrieben,
3a, ba ijl bie Stromung, baS (Sis ifl
burnt,
fatten tnir einen Slugenbltcf, id; bin
ganj aujjer Slttiem,
Sleibe bier fleben, id; roerbe beinett
Women ins Sis einfcbreiben,
SaS ift berrlicb!
Saufen ttit nod; em S8id)en unb bann
geben wit nacb. aufe,
Let me take hold of yon- "land ; do I

go too fast for you ?
Ob no; I like to go fast.
"Dangerous" is written on that board.
Yes, there is the current, and the ice
is thin.
Let us stop a minute ; I am all ont of
breath.
Stay here, and I will cnt your name
in the ice.
That is splendid!
Let us skate a little more, and then
go home.
8. Going to School.
(3ur @d)ule geben.)
Rommt, tinbcr, eS ijl bie bBcbfte 3eit Come, children, it is time to go to
school; are you all ready?
jut Sdjule ju geljen; jeib tyr Sltte
fertigV
3d; babe meine 2tufgabe nod) ntd)t ab* I have not written my exercise yet.
ge[d;rieben,
Sas bebaure id; febr, aber jcfet ijl eS I am sorry for that, but it is now too
late.
ju fot,
fionrab, pacfe beine Siicber jufammen, Conrad, tie up your books.
ier, bu baft beine tammatif nicbt Here, you have left your Grammar
ont.
eingebatft,
ipaft bu beine chiefertafel?
Have you your slate?
3a, aber id; fann meinen riffel nidjt Yes,but lean not find my slate-pencil;
finben; id; babe ibn in alien SBinfeln
I have looked for it every where.
gefucbt,
Siegt et ntcbt in beiner Stvitbmeti!?
Is it not in your Arithmetic?
Yes, there it is.
3a, ba ftecft er,
2Ba8 mad)jl bu benn bier, ebtoig? What are you doing here, Hedwig?
u bijl nod; ntcbt fertig,
Yon are not ready.
ebe gteid; bin unb ttafcbe bit bie Go and wash your hands.
anbe,
SBringe mir betnen Samm ber, id; toil! Bring me the comb ; I will comb yout
hair.
bir baS aar famtnen,
Safj mid; beinen Scbul; jufcfinilren,
Let me tie your shoe.
3d; rcerbe ben ut beffet fefibinben 1 will tie your hat betterthere.
9Jun, bijl bu fd)on fertig?
ieb mit einen tufj,
@ci ein artigeS Sinb,
Now are you all ready ?

Give me a kiss.
Be a good child.
Seib artige Jttttber,
2lDieu, liebe 2Jtama!
2lbieu, lieber tyapal
2)a tommt err SBeber,

uten morgen,$inber; gebt ibr in bit
d)ule?
3a,
2Ba8 ftubtrft bu, Sor.rab?
3cb Iefe unb fcbreibe, tcb. fiubire bie
2lritbmetil unb bie rommatif,
SBa8 ftubtrft bu,einrid)?
3cb fiubire bie Slritbmettf, bie @eogra*
pbie, bie rammatif unb granjiififd),
3ft ba8 eure tbtoefter?
3a,
SBie beift bu benn?
2Kein Statue ift ebttrig,
ebft bu aud) in bie d)ule?
3o,
8 freut raidj, eud) Slle nad) ber @cbule
geben ju feben, 2lbteu!
Stbieu, err SBeberl
2Bir miiffen utt8 beeilen, fonfi fommen
toir ju fpfit,
(g8 lantet fcbon jum jtoeiten 2M,
er rbullebrer ftebt ba toor ber Xl)ur,
SBir roerben bocb friib genng anions
men,
uten SKorgen, err SR. !
uten SWorgeu Sinber, e8 freut mid),
eucb, fo punftlicb ju finben,
167
Be good children.
Good-by, mamma!
Good-by, papa!
There comes Mr. Weber.
Good morning, children ; are yon go.
ing to school?
Yes, sir.
What do yon study, Conrad?
I am studying reading, writing, arith
metic, and grammar.
What do you study, Henry?
I am studying arithmetic, geography,
grammar, and French.
Is this your sister?
Yes, sir.
What is your name?
My name is Hedwig.
Do you go to school too ?
Yes, sir.
I am glad to see you all going to
school; good-by!
Good-by, Mr. Weber!
We must hurry, or we will be late.
The second bell is ringing.
There is the school-master at the door.
We shall be early enough, after all.
Good morning, Mr. N. !

Good morning, children; I am glad
you are so punctual.
9. The Arithmetic Class.
(3)er Unterricbt in ber Slrttbmetil.)
Karl SWet)er, bi8 Wie toeit fannft bu Charles Meyer, how far can you
count?
jfibIen?
One, two, three, etc.
(Sin8, jtoei, brei :c,
granj Jiiebrer, fage mir bie Orbnung8* Francis Niedrer, repeat the Ordinal
Numbers.
jaÎtt>iSrter tocr,
Srfte, jtoeite, britte ic.
First, second, third, etc.
That is right.
9ftd)tig,
einrid) d)anjler, rotebtel ift fiinf unb Henry Chanzler, how much are five
fieben?
and seven?
gflnf unb fUben ift jttiilf; fed)8 unb Five and seven are twelve; six and
nine are fifteen.
neun ift filnfeebn,
168
griebrid) SRitter, jicbe fieben toon brei*

je^n ab, trie Biel bleibt baun?
(gieben toon breijebn bleibt fed)8,
Sb-nlotte 2cbiinberg, fage mir baS 2irt=
maleing s>or,
(ginmal eing ifi eing :c, jtoeinut eing
ift jtoei, jtoeimal jtoei tft Bier, jtoet*
mil brei ift fecb8, bretmal brei tft
neun, cierntal brei ift jro3If sc.,
Itlara @rbmann, tt>ietoiel ift ad)tmal fie*
ben, toeniger jroolf ?
3ld)tmal fteben roeniger jreolf ift toier*
unbBierjig,
Sllbrecbt TOemet)er, gebe ua<fc bem
d)toarjbrett mtb lofe biefe8 @yem*
tel.
Eg tft feine Strobe bier,
$ier tft em tilcf Sreibe,
3cb toerbe bir je^t baS @jcmBel toor*
lefen :
me grott ging ltacb bem SKartt
tmb faufte brei Spftmb firfchett, fiir
Bier rofcbett bag Spfunb, unb brei
*Pfunb 3obanni8beeren, fiir fed)8
rofd)en baS iPfunb; toteBiel bat fte
fiir bag anje beja|tIt?"
3d) roerbe nod) ein @jetnBcI toorlefen;
bie iibrigen driller mogen e8 auf
ber Sd)iefertafel lofen:
(5itt 2Kann ging nacb einem Sucb*
laben, er batte bunbert unb jtoanjig
Sbaler bei fid); er faufte breifjtg
<Slleu 2nd) fiir brei Sbaler bie (SUe;
roieBiel elb batte er fibria?"
SBer eg juerft loft, foil bie anb auf*
beben,
einrtd) SDiiitter, roie lautet bie 2lm>
toort?
3roanjtg Staler,
$abt tbr 2We btefelbe Stnttoort?
9ten, eg bleiben bem SWann breifjig
SEbaler iibrig,
>cinrid), btt baft bid) geirrt,
2Bir lvetbcu motgeu bt8 jum acbtjebnten
Gsjempcl fommen.
Frederick Ritter, take seven from thir

teen and what remains?
Seven from thirteen leaves six.
Charlotte t-'clionberg, repeat the mul
tiplication table.
Once one is one, etc.; twice one are
two, twice two are four, twice three
are six, three times three are nine,
four times three are twelve, etc.
Clara Erdmann, how much is eight
times seven less tw elve.
Eight times seven less twelve makes
forty-four.
Albert Niemeyer, go to the blackboard
and do this example.
There is no chalk here.
Here is a piece of chalk.
I will now read you the example:
"A woman went to the market and
bought three pounds of cherries for
four groschens a pound, and three
pounds ofcurrants for six groschens
a pound ; how much did she pay for
both?"
I will read annother example; the
other scholars may do it on their
slates :
' 'A man went to a dry-goods store ;
he had with him a hundred and
twenty thalers; he bought thirty
yards of cloth for three thalers a
yard; how much has he left?"
Whoever does it first may raise his
hand.
Henry Miller, what is the answer?
Twenty thalers.
Have you all the same answer?
No, the man has thirty thalers over.
Henry, you made a mistake.
We will take to the etghteenth ex
ample for to-morrow.
169
10. The Intermission.

(Die >Jn)ifd)enftuttbe.)
Attention, all !
rtfgebafjt, Uc!
3n funf 2Jtmuten fchlSgt e8 jroolf,
In five minutes it will strike twelve.
Segt eure 23ilver atte on ibre $lafce, Put your books all in their places.
eib rubig,
Be quiet.
3o&ann SDietrid) unb granj Siirner John Dietrich and Francis Kornar
have studied scarcely at all this
baben beute SWorgen faft gar nicht8
morning; they must stay in; "lazy
fiubirt; fie tnilffen no^fifeeu; faule
scholars lose their recess."
filler fifeen nod),"
27iacbt feinen Unfug auf ber Strafje, Do not make any disturbance in the
street.
Siejenigen auf ber erflett San! mogen Those on the first seat may go out;
on the second, third, fourth, etc.
f)inau8gel)en; auf ber jroeiten, brit*
ten, toiertett :c,
err 9i.,td; bin f)eute ntd)t too$t; id) Mr. N., I am not very well to-day; I
have had headache all the morning,
babe ben ganjen 2Rorgen Sopftoeb.
and have not been able to study
gebabt unb babe nid)t toiel flubiren
much.
tonnen,
Stun, ttenn ba8 b'er gall ifl, brauchft Very well ; ifthat is the case, you need
bu nicbt uad)juftfeen,
not lose your recess.
SiIe, bie SBatt fpieleu tootten, lorameu All who want to play ball come over
here.
6.ierêr,
2Birf mir ben Sail f)er,
Throw me the ball.
5Ricbt to bod),
Not so high.
ieb mir ben i8afffd)Ifiger,
Give me the ball-club.
u f)aft ben Salt nicbt getroffen,
You did not hit the ball.
@r bat ben Sail f)od) in bie Suft ge* He knocked the ball high in the air.
fd)lagen,
@r ging uber ben &aan,
It went over the fence.
Your side is out.
3l)r feib au8,
What shall we play?
SEBa8 WoUett roir fîefen ?
SSMen Wir SDtarmel ft>ie1t ?
Shall we play marbles?
3d) babe leine %ier, id) b.abe meine ju I have none here ; I left mine at home.
$aufe gelaffen,
But I have plenty.
aber id) b.abe eine aJlenge,
SKarie, Ebarlotte unb ebreig, lommt Mary, Charlotte, and Hedwig, coma
b.er; toir Wollen ba8 Sammerfucben
here ; we want to play puss-in-thefpielen; roottt tt)r nicbt mitfptelen?
corner, don't you want to play with
Yes, we would like to very much. [us ?
3a, fetyr gern,
Siebmt @ure ipiafce era; id) toerbe ju* Take your places; I will be puss first.
erft in ber SKitte fein,
Now you are it.
Sefet bifi u e8,
There comes Henry Becktr.
3)a tsmtnt einrid; Seder,
170
D, einrid) Seder, fdjame bid) I bu

bifi beute 2Jiorgen binter bte d)ule
gelaufenl
Sir milffen jefet in ba dnttyaus ge*
ben, cS nrirb balb balb ins fein,
Oh, HenryBecker, ain't yon ashamed!

You played truant this morning!
We must now go into the .choolhouse; it will soon be half past
twelve.
11. The Hour for Writing.

(Sic cbretbftunbe.)
ie cbreibftunbe begtnnt jefct,
Segt bte onbcm SBitdjer in bie @d)ub*
laben,
ebt, ob tin- aHe inte in ben 2>inte=
foffern babt,
^rcbirt eure gebem, ob fie gut finb,
Segt eure a)reibebud)er gerabe bor
end) auf euer ^Jult bin,
Sefet bie 3>orJd)riften jorgfSItig burn),
einrid), fefee bid; gerabe; beine 33ruft
barf nidbt on bte Siftbplatte gebritdt
tcerben,
9llbred)t, bu ba'ftft ba8 @eftd)t ju tief;
bu roirjt bir bie Slugen serberben,
6i grife, was fiir ein efrvfeel baft bu
bier gemacbt!
a8 ftnb ja roirftid) Strabenfiifje,
fiannft bu md)t beffer fdjreiben?
S>u bft ju febr nuf ben runbftrid)
gebrfltft,
er aarftrid) i(t feb,r jitterig,
It is time for writing now.

Put your other books in the drawer.
See if you all have ink in your ink
stands.
Try your pens and see if they are good.
Put your writing-books just in front
of you on your desks.
Bead your copies through carefully.
Henry, sit up straight ; yon should not
lean your chest on the desk.
Albert, you hold your head too low;

you will spoil your eyes.
Oh, Freddy, what a scrawl you hare
made here!
Those are nothing hut scrawls.
Can you not write better?
You bore down too hard on the downstroke.
Your hand trembled too much in mak
ing the hair-line.
>a S" ift ju grog unb flebt aud> ju The "K" is too large and too per
pendicular.
gerabe,
D, id) bate falfd) gefd)rieben (or: id) Oh, I have made a mistake.
babe einen gebter gemadjt),
I must scratch ont a word.
3d; mug ein SBort auSfrafeen,
@ei toorfid)tig, ba8 papier ift febr biinn, Be careful ; the paper is very thin.
3eber febe feine djrtft einmal genau Let every one look over once mora
what he has written.
burd),
SBifcbt bie gebern forgfattig ab,
Wipe off your pens carefully.
d)(iefjt bie SintenfSffer forgffflttg ju, Cover up the ink-cases carefully.
Segt bie SBfchpaptere in bie djreibc* Lay the blotting-paper in the writ
biidjer,
ing-books.
9fun fegt eure d)reibebiid)cr in bie Lay your writing-books in the desks
djublaben,
now.
171
12. Class i n English.

(Unterricbt in ber e nglifd)en prad)e.)
Which lesson have we to-day?
38efd)e Settion baben air l)eute?
The thirtieth.'
Die breifjigfie,
On what page is it ?
Muf reeld)er eite ift e8?
On the seventieth page.
Sluf ber fiebjigflen eite,
Henry Meyer, you may begin.
einrtd) 2Jtetter, fange on,
Read the English first.
Ste8 baS (Snglifcbe juerft,
Read it oat plain.
Sie8 e8 rein bau8,
A little louder.
etroa8 lauter,
u faricbft ba8 jroeite SBort falfcb au8, You do not pronounce the seeond
word right.
Try it again.
2$erfud)e e8 nod) etemal,
That is right.
o ifi e8 rid)tig,
Go on.
SRun toeiter,
Sart iefenbaa), bie SRetbe ifi an bir, Charles Diefenbach, it is your torn.
I have lost my place.
3d) roeifj nt(bt, roo e8 toeiter geb.t,
You should pay attention.
u follfi aufmerlfant fcm,
Pay attention now.
3efet pafj auf,
2Bilbelm SRofenfranj, in roeld)er %t\lt William Rosenkranz, in which lint
is it?
ifle8?
In the fourth line from the top.
3n ber oierten ak Bon oben,
You may read.
u foflft Iefen,
Can you translate it?
Sannft bu e8 iiberfetjenV
Yes, I think so.
3a, id) glaube,
Well, you may try.
[right?
Stun?
ebnrig Slein, b>t er fo ricbrig ttberfefet? Hedwig Klein, did he translate it
9!id)t ganj,
Not exactly.
2Bie foilte e8 fem?
How should it be?
o ifl e8 beffer,
That is better.
Sn men ift jefet bie SRei^c ju lefen?
Whose turn is it to read now ?
ie 9JeU)e ifl an mir, aber id) tann ben It is my turn, but I can not translate
nacbften atj nid)t uberfetjen,
the next sentence.
Satbarine SranjIer, tannft bu ibn fiber* Catharine Kranzler, can you trans
late it?
fetp?
9a, id) glaube tt)n fiberfefcen ju tSnnen, Yes, I think I can translate it.
a8 ifl nid)t ganj rid)tig,
That is not quite right.
ebtoig Sronfelb, toerfud)e bu c8,
Hedwig Kronfeld, yon may try it.
o ifl e8 ricbtig,
That is right.
SDSie betfjt "Letter" auf eutfd)?
What is a "Letter" in German?
3roeilen beifjt e8 ein 23rief," jumeilen Sometimes it means ein S3rief," and
sometimes it means ein 9Sud)flabe. "
ein Sudbftabe,"
Ebmunb 3a&A bâfl bu bie SB3rter in Edmund Zahn, have you learned the
words in the vocabulary?
bem 2SotabuIarium gelentt?
172
3d) babe fie roenigften8 ftubirt,

Sage fte mir toor,
2)u baft jtoei SBiirter toergeffen,
Slbalbert 9Ketoerbeim, fange mit ben
beutfcben Slufgaben an,
3cb !ann ben erften afc nid)t ilber*
fefeen,
3cb roeifj nicbt toie tiefel" auf 2ng=
lifd) beifjt.
tiefel fceifjt "boot", nidjt roal)r?
3ld) ja! 3d) b.atte e8 toergeffen,
abt ibr biefe Settion ju lang gefunben ?
ie ift jiemlid) lang,
Die nad)fte Settion roirb nid)t fo lang
fein.
2Jiorgen ift geiertag,
gilr ilbermorgen Werben ttrir bi8 jum
cb.tufj ber toierunbfiinfjigften eite
tubmen,
I have studied them, at least.

liepeat them.
You have missed two words.
Adalbert Meyerheim, begin the Ger.
man Exercise.
I can not translate the first sentence.
I do not know what tiefel" is in
English.
ttefel" means boot, does it not?
Oh yes ! I had forgotten.
Did you find this lesson too long?
It is pretty long.
The next lesson will not be so long.
To-morrow is a holiday.
For day after to-morrow we will take
to the bottom of the fifty-fourth
page.
CLASSIFIED GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

OP T1IE
WORDS OCCURRING IN THE "FIRST BOOK IN GERMAN."
Rem. The words are divided, in this Vocabulary, according to the parts of
speech to which they belong, into nouns, adjectives, pronouns, verbs, adverbs,
prepositions, and conjunctions (omitting the articles and interjections).
I. Classified List of Nouns.
Rem. In this list nouns are divided into six classes:
1 . Common nouns of the Old Declension ;
2. Common nouns of the New Declension ;
8. Common nouns of the Mixed Decleusion;
4. Irregular and defective common nouns ;
5. Proper names of Persons ;
6. Proper names of Places.
1. Common nouns of the Old Declension:
i. Noons with the Nominative Plural like the Nominative Singular.
3)et 9lu"cr&auet, S, pi , farmer, S)er Scl'ler,8,^/. , plate.
Xba'ler, 8, pi. , thaler. [er.
cultivator of the soil.
, , Stfd/ler,8,pi., cabinet-mak SBacE'er, 8, pt. , baker.
SBin'ter, 8, pi , winter.
,, Sett'let, S, pi. , beggar.
Sud/binber, 8, pt. -, book 3ucf'er, 8, pi , sugar.
Set g f ii'g e I , 8, pi. , wing.
binder.
rif'{el, 8, pi. , slate-pencil.
ic'ner, S, pt. , servant.
im'mel, 8, pi , heaven.
geb'ler, 8, pi , fault.
ii'gel, 8, pt. , hill.
gin'ger,8, /iZ., finger.
SBf'fel,S, pi , spoon.
gi'f(6er, 8, pi , fisherman.
giib'rer, S, pt. , leader, guide. Dn'fel, 8, pt. , uncle.
SDta'mel, 8, pt. , marble.
art'ner, 8, pt. , gardener.
d)en'fel, S, pt. , thigh-bone.
3a'ger,8, pi., hunter.
cbliiffel, -8, pt.-, key.
Sof'fer, S,pi. , trunk.
pie'gel, S,pi , mirror, look
Secrer, , pi. , teacher.
ing-glass.
SKa'ler, 8, pt. , painter.
ôltjei'btener, 8, pi. , police- tie'fel, 8, pi. , boot.
3Jid)'ter, S, pt. Judge. [man. SESm'fel, 8, pi , corner, angle.
Ser S o'b en , S, pi. , floor.
d)net'ber,S, pi. , tailor.
8So'gen, 8, pt. , bow, sheet.
om'mer, 8, pi. , summer.
174
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
Set Sntrt'nett,8,p, spring, well. S 58 it n'b e I , 8, pi. , handle.

ga'ben, 8, pi. (and gS'ben), (Srem'pel, 8, pi. , example.
thread.
SRatb'fcI,S, pt., riddle.
ro'fd)en, 8, pi. , groschen. SaS 23 ienfl'mfibd)en, - ,pi. ,
Su'd)en, 8, pi. , cake.
servant-girl.
Sinb'd)en, 8, pt. , little child.
2Kor'gen, 8, pi. , morning.
Sif'fen? 8, pt. , cushion.
d)at'ten, ,pl , shadow.
2JiSb'd)en, 8, pi. , girl.
SBo'gen, 8, pt. , wagon.
SaS $Clfen, 8, pi. , basin.
2Jlar'd)en, 8, pt. , fairy-tale.
ge'ber Buffer, S,pi., pen tM'(bert,8, pi. , little piece.
33etl'd)en, 8, pt. , violet.
knife.
SBergmi'gen, 8, pt. , pleasure.
gen'fter, 8, pi. , window.
2Binb'ro8d)en, -S,pi. -, anemone.
geu'er,S,pi. ,fire.
Sai SB a d)'I e i tt , 8,pi , brooklet,
SWef'fer, 8, pi. , knife.
rivulet.
[lady.
3Ku'fler, 8, pt. , pattern.
cblof'jtmmer, 8, pi. , bed , , grau'Ieivt,S,pi. , Miss, young
room.
Sfl e b S u'b e , S,pi. , building.
CmSl'be, 8, pi. , painting.
SSBefter, 8, pi. , weather.
emii'fe, 8, pi. , vegetables.
3tm,lner,8;.p'-, room.
2. Nouns with no Plural Ending, but with the Umlaut on the
Radical Vowel.
Set SBnt'bcr, S,pl Srfl'ber, brother Set ar'ten,S, pi. ar'ten, garden.
Sk'ter, 8, pt. 2So'ter, father.
D'fen, 8, pi. Oe'fen, stove.
ST p f c I , 8, pi. ae'pfcl, apple. Xud/labett, 8, pt. ud)'labett,
SOian'tel, 8, pt. SWan'tel, cloak.
cloth store, dry-goods store.
SSo'gel, 8, pi SB'gel, bird.
Ste 9Kuftet,,pl SWut'ter, mother.
Skifofert,S, pi. 23a(fiifen, oven Soch'ter, -,pi. Socb'ter, daughter.
S. Nouns which form their Plural by adding -t to the Nominative Singular,
without taking an Umlaut on the Radical Vowel.
3)et STfiettO, 8, pi. e, evening. Set eburta'tag, e8, pi. t, birth
au'genbttcf,8, pt.e, moment
day.
91 SBefebf, 8, pi e, command. otb'fifd),e8,/>?.e, goldfish.
SBerg, eg, pi. C, mountain.
runb'ftem, e8,/>Z. c, corner
SMei'flift, 8, pt. C, lead-pencil
stone.
[stroke.
2)teb, tS,pi. e, thief.
runb'fhid), tS,pi. e, downSim'ftag, 8, pi. e, Tuesday. anb'fd)ub, c8, pi. c, glove.
om, eg, pi. e, cathedral.
erbfl,e8,^.C, fall, autumn.
2>on'nerftag, S,pi. e, Thurs unb, c8, pi. e, dog.
day.
to'ftg, S, pi. e, cage.
get'ertag, 8, pi. e, holiday. SiS'mg, 8, pi. e, king.
aKit'tog, 8, pi. e,noon. [day.
gifcb,t9,pi.e, fish.
aKitt'tBod), 8, C, Wednesgret'tag, 8, pi c, Friday.
grub'Hng, 8, pi e, spring.
,, aKonb, cS, ^>/. C, moon.
Set
175
STCon'tag, 8,^/. e, Monday. 2)08 ufe'enb, 8, />/. e, dozen.

D'beiln, 8, pl e, uncle.
griib'jobr, e8, pl e, spring.
grub'ftiicf,e8,pie, breakfast.
^fen'nig, 8, Pl. e, pfennig.
Sp*rei8, e8, pt. e, price. [la. @efd)enf', e8, pi. e, present.
SRe'genfcbtnn,S,pi.e,umbrel- etoebr', e8, pl e, gun.
am'ftog, 8, pi. e, Saturday. Jpaar, e8, pi. e, hair.
onn'abenb, 8, pi. e. Satur 3obr, e8, pi. e, year.
day.
[asol. Slototer', , pl e, piano-forte.
@on'nenfd)trm, 8, pi. e, par- 2Jioo8, e8, pi. e, moss.
onn'tag, 8, pi. e, Sunday.
, SftctJ, e8, pl e, net.
tein, tS,pi. e, stone.
, Del, -e8, pl e, oil.
, Debr, e8, pi. e, handle, eye.
Sag, e8, Pl. e, day.
Sfoeil, e8, pi. e, part.
, papier', e8, pi. e, paper.
,, Setcb, e8, pi. e, pond.
, *p{erb, e8, pi. e, horse.
Sifcb, e8, pi. e, table.
, Spult, e8, pi. e, desk.
31e SeIftein, tS,pi. e, brick.
, Ouart, e8, pi. e, quart.
, cbiff, tS,pi. e, ship.
3">ll, <, pi- t, inch.
, d)retb'papier, e8, pl e, writ
S)a8 8eet, e8, pi. e, bed.
ing-paper.
Soot, e8, pi. e, boat.
Sriefpapier, e8, pi. e, letter- , El)or, e8, pi. e, gate, door.
, Sud), e8, pi. e, cloth.
paper.
, SBetfj'brob, e8, Pl. e, wheat
Srob, e8, pl e, bread, loaf.
bread.
tag, e8, pi. e, thing.
4. Nouns which add stf and also take the Umlaut in the Plural.
Set Wfelfiaum, e8, Pl stpfel* Set fiu, e8, pi. ms% kiss.
bannte, apple-tree.
[ning. Sebtt'ftubl, e8, Pl. Sebn'P^te,
arm-chair.
Stn'fang,e8,.p2ln'fange, begin Stuf'tauf, tS,pi. Sluf'lSufe, up- 27farft, t,Pl. 2Kfirt'te, market.
5Batt,e8,ja/.58aTte, ball. [roar. SRfib'forb,e8, pl. 9iSb'tBrbe, sew
ing-basket.
Sanb, e8, pl SSn'be, volume.
$la^, e8, pi. Spia'fee, place.
Sanm, e8, pi. SMu'me, tree.
SSoct, tS,pi. S3<fe, seat. [smell. SKoct, t8,Pl. 9i3u"e, coat.
uft,e8, pi. iif'te, fragrance, Wfenftraud), e8, pi. 9Jo'fen*
ftritucber, rose-bush.
gm'gerfiut, e8, pl gin'gerbute,
aal,tS,pl S'fe,haU.
thimble.
afc, e8, pi. S'fce, sentence.
gufj,e8,p/. gil'6e,foot.
aum, e8, pi. au'me, seam.
abrt, e8,/>/. ab'tte, rooster.
of, tS,pi. B'fe, court, yard. d>aU, e8, pl cbaTle, sound.
d)[ufj, e8, pi. cblilne, close,
ut, tS,pi. ii'te, hat.
Sanrnt, e8, pi. Sam'mf, comb.
end.
Snopf, e8, pi. Sno'pfe, button. pasier'gang, e8, pi. pajter'*
gange, walk (for pleasure).
Sod), tS,pi. tb"d)e, cook.
pei'jefaal, e8, pl pet'fefSfe,
Sorb, ti,pi. SbYbe, basket.
dining-room.
Sntg, e8, pi. Srii'ge, pitcher.
176
S)er traufj, c8, pt. trau'fje, bou ie Stlttl, pi San'fe, bench.

SJruft, ,p/. Sril'fte, breast.
quet.
grud)t, , pi grild/te, fruit.
trom, e8,ptrb"me,stream.
trumpf, e8, pi. trilm'tofe,
anb, , Sn'6e, hand.
Sub , pt. Sil'be, cow.
stocking.
Sufi, , pi. Siif'te, air.
tub!, e8, pi. tilb'le, chair.
2Kart8, , p/. 2Jcau'fe, mouse.
'jtfynxm, e8,pf. f)iir'nte, tower.
9kd)t, ,p/. 9iSd)'te, night.
Srut'babtt, -e8, p/. SCrufbabtte,
cbnnr, ,/>/. @d)nu're, string,
turkey.
[overcoat.
i Ue'berrodf, e8, pt. Ue'berrocfe,
tabt, , pt. tab'te, city.
2Banb, , p/. SBSu'be, wall.
JBolf,t9,pi. SBiil'ie, wolf.
2)&nn, e8, pJ. 32u'ne, fence. Sa8 (l)0r, e8, p/. Sbo're, choir.
S. Nouns which take the ending sCt in the Plural, and also take the Umlaut
on the radical vowel (when the vowel is capable of it).
Slj S3 1 a 1 1 , e8, pi. SlSt'ter, leaf.
2)et cift, e8, pi. er, spirit.
SBud), e8, pt. Sfl'cber, book.
Seib, e8, pi er, body. [god.
35ad), c8, p/. 2)a'd)er, roof.
Ser@ott, e8, p/. ot'ter, God,
orf, e8,p/. 2)iSr'fer, village.
2Kann, e8, pi. 2Ratt'ner, man.
SRanb, e8, pt. 9ian'ber, border.
ei8'blatt, e8, pi. et8'blStter,
SSalb, e8, pl SBal'ber, woods,
honeysuckle.
forest.
[sers.
ta8, e8, pi. la'fer, glass.
S)aS ctJt'fleib, c8, pt. er, trowra8, e8, pt. ra'fer, grass.
Stlb, e8, pi. er, picture.
anb'tud), c8, pi. anb'riid)er,
S3rett, c8, pi. er, board.
towel.
(Si, e8,/>/. er,egg. [ink-stand.
au8, e8, pt. au'fer, house.
in'tenfofj,e8,pi Din'tenfaffer,
Sraut, e8, pt. Srau'ter, plant.
fêlb, e8, pi. er, field.
Sod), e8, pt. S'd'ther, hole.
elb, e8, pi. er, money.
9iab, e8, pt. SRS'ber, wheel.
3Jatb'bau8,e8,/>/. SRatb'bSufcr,
@eftd)t', e8, pt. er, face.
Sinb, e8, pi. er, child.
city hall.
Sletb, e8, pi. er, dress, coat.
So'fcbentud), e8, pt. a'fd)en*
Sieb, e8,p/. er,song. [board.
tiid)er, pocket-handkerchief.
cbtoatj' brctt, -e8, pi -er, blaekSBort, e8, pi. SSBBr'ter, word.
SSolf8'lieb, e8,pi er, popular
3abI'aort, e8, pi. 3abrtoikter,
song.
numeral.
2. Common nouns of the New Declension :
Set SBflt'cr,* n, pi. n, Bavarian. Set 9iie'fe, n, pi. tt, giant.
granjo fe,*xi, pi. n, French- ii 3eu'flC, n, pi. n, witness.
a'fc, n,pi tt, hare. [man. 2)et 53 a r,en, pt. en, bear.
err, n,pi. en, Mr., master. giirft, en, p/. en, prince.
Sii'toe, n, pt. n, lion.
irt, en, pt. en, shepherd.
Sttf'fe, rt, pt. n, nephew.
SWenfcb, -en, pi. -en, human being
* Proper names in the New Declension.
Set >u)8, en, pt. en, ox. [dent.
^raftbent', en, pi. en, presiolbat', en, pt. en, soldier.
Sit Slrmet', , pl n (2lrme'en;,
army.
2lufgabe, , pi n, exercise.
SBir'ne, , pi. n, pear.
Slu'me, , n, flower.
SBlii'tbe, , pt. n, blossom.
SSBr'fe, , pi. n, purse, ex
change.
SSiir'fte, , pi n, brush.
(Efcotola'ce, ,pi. n, chocolate.
Souft'ne, , pt. n, cousin.
in'te, ,pi. n, ink.
rofcb'fe, ,pi. n, droshky.
ei'cbe, , pt. n, oak.
(Sl'le, , pt. n, yard, ell.
(Squipa'ge, , pi. n, carriage.
rn'te, , pt. n, harvest.
gab'ne,,pi.n, flag.
ge'ber, , pi n, pen, feather.
gla'fd)e, , pi. n, bottle.
gorel'le, , pi n, trout.
a'6el, , pt. n, fork.
arbt'ne, ,pi. n, curtain.
efd)icb'te, , pi n, history,
story.
[brush.
aar'bilrfle, , pi n, hair ^t)acm'tbe, , pi. n, hyacinth.
3oban'ni8beere, , pi n, cur*
Jfir'cbe, ,pi. n, church. [rant.
SJtr'fcbe, , pi. n, cherry.
SJommo'be, , pi n, bureau.
iJlet'berbftrfie, ,pln, clothesbrush.
$ob'Ie, , pi. n, coal.
Sret'be, , pi. n, chalk.
$ra'b>, , pi. n, crow.
Sil'cb.e, , pt. n, kitchen.
Si'lie, , pi. n, lily.
SWafd)t'ne, , pt. n, machine.
2Rafj'liebe, , pi. n, daisy.
SKan'er, , pi. n, wall.
aJien'ge, , pt. n, quantity.
H
Sie
%\t
177
SWinu'te, , pi. n, minute.

SJiit'te, , pi n, middle.
2Kit'fee,,pl. n,caP.
SWa'bel, , pi n, needle.
9iab'nabel, , pt. n, needle.
Stel'fe, , pt. n, pink.
Spafle'te, , pi n, pie. [graph.
sjjl)otograpbie',, pi a, photoSRei'be, , pi U, row, turn.
SRo'fe, , pt. n, rose.
d)te'fertafel, , pi. n, slate.
tbub'labe, , pt. n, drawer.
cbu'le, , pt. n, school.
d)roe'fler, , pt. n, sister.
ee, , pi. <S;'en, sea, ocean.
ei'te, , pi n, side.
Spi'fee, , pi. n, point.
<Spra'd)e, , pi. n, language.
pu'le, , pt. tt, spool.
to^l'feber, , pi n, steel pen.
tedhwbel, , pi. n, pin.
tel'le, , pi. n, place.
tra'fje, , pi. n, street
tun'be, , pi n, hour.
up'pe, , pi n, soup.
Xan'tt, , pi n, aunt.
a'fd)e, , pi. a, pocket.
,pi. n, cup.
Sîir, , pi. n, door.
Sttfcb'platte, , pi 11, leaf ofa
desk or table.
Sul'pe, , pt. n, tulip.
SBacb'tel, , pi. n, quail.
SBei'be, , pi. n, meadow.
SSe'fle, , pt. n, vest.
jp/.n.line.
21 n t' o x t, , pi en, answer.
S3ebeu'tung,/>/.en, meaning,
importance.
[tion.
S3ebin'gung, , pi. en, condi(SrWar'tung, , pt. en, expec
tation.
Jrau, , pi. en, woman, Mrs.
ramma'ttt, , pi. en, gram
mar.
178
Sit trii'mnng, ,pl en, current.

2)tt $3'd)in,, pinen,cook.
iJron'prinjef'fm, , pt. nen, Ueberfe'fcung, , pi en, trans
Crown Princess.
lation.
Seftion', , pt. en, lesson.
Ub.r, ,pl en, watch, hour.
it 3en7 i pt- Bt, time.
SRacb'rtd)t, ,pl. en, news.
Iprojeffion', pt. en, procession. SJei'tung, ,;>/. en, newspaper.
3. Nouns of the Mixed Declension:
Set Statt'er, 8, pi n, peasant. Set Sfet'tor, S, pt. *to'ren, rector.
taat, eS, pi en, state.
*Pantof'feI, 8, pi. n, slipper.
ee, 8, pi n, lake.
2)fl8 Slt'flt, 8, pi n, eye.
Set'ter, 8, pi n, cousin.
(Sn'be, 8, pi n, end.
2)iret'tor,,pl *to'ren,director. SSett, e8, pien, bed.
emb, e8, pi. en, shirt.
oftor, , pt. *to'ren, doctor.
â'fter, 8, pt. *to'ren, pastor.
3nfeft', eS,pl en, insect.
^rofef'for, 8, pi. *fo'ren, pro Setb, tS,pl en, suffering.
fessor.
Dbr, e8, pi. en, ear.
4. Irregular and defective common nouns :
Set gahr'ntamj, 8, pi gabr'leute, 2)tt 21'tbem, S* breath.
ferry-man.
[merchant. Saf'fee, 8* coffee.
Saufmann, 8, pt. Saufleute, 2bee, S* tea.
31m'mertnann,iPl- Bim'nM* SRei8, e8,*rice.
SRog'gen, 8,* rye.
leute, carpenter.
2)lt %t\i'tt,pl, people.
SSBei'jen, 8,* wheat
SSach8, e8,* wax.
2)et 9ia'me (n), 8, pi n, name.
!Sa8 2Jiufe'um, 8, pi SRufe'en, mu d)nee, 8,* snow.
Sbter'garten, 8,* Thiergarden,
seum.
S3otabuIa'rium, 8, pi. SSofabu* Unter/rid)t, 8,* instruction.
Sit acbt ,t attention.
Ia'ri*en, vocabulary.
Set ol'lar, S, pi 8, dollar.
SHritbme'ti!, ,t arithmetic.
SWar'mor, S, pi. 8, marble.
eograpbie', ,t geography.
2)a8 Soubert', 8, pt. 8, dish.
SBut'ter, ,t butter.
2JWcb,,milk.
2)tt 3a'nuar, 8,* January.
ge'bruor, 8,* February.
(grlaub'nifj, ,* permission.
SDWrj, e8* March.
ill'fe, ,\ help.
Slpril',8,*ApriL
SRu'be, ,t rest.
Sein'toanb, ,* linen.
tt SKat, e8 * May.
d)urinb'fud)t, ,t consumption.
n 3u'm, 8,* June.
3u'li, 8 * July.
2)aeu, e8,*hay.
Slngufi', 8* August.
Obfl, e8,* fruit.
[not.
akrgtfj'memtd)t, 8, forget-meeptem'ber, 8,* September.
S)tl SRf)eumati8'mu8,, rheumatism.
Olto'ber, S* October.
Sftooem'Ber, 8,* November.
SaS @in'malein8', , multiplication
ecem'ber, 8,* December.
table.
In the Old Declension, bat wtth plural rarely or never used.
t In the New Declension, but with plural rarely or never used.
5. Proper Names of Persons:
St&elC,8,/,Adelia.
Su'gufl, 8, m., Augustus.
Sln'na, 8,/., Anna.
[Augusta. Si'ceto, 8, m., Cicero.
Sugu'fia, 8, or Slugu'fie, n8, /., @b'tttunb, 8, m., Edmund.
Se're8, ,/., Ceres.
[Charlotte. Ernfr, ett8, m., Ernest.
Efarlot'ta, 8, or Sbarlot'te, n8,/ , ge'lir,en8, m., Felix.
granj, en8, m., Francis.
li'fe, 8,/., Eliza.
@li'fabetb, 8,/., Elizabeth.
einrid), 8, m., Henry.
grcntji8'ta, 8,/., Frances.
3o'bann, 8, m., John.
eb'tmg, 8,/., Hedwig.
Son'rab, 8, m., Conrad.
gele'na,8, or ele'ne,n8,/., He- SWar, en8, m., Maximilian,
3u'lia, .%/., Julia. [len, Helena. âul,8, m., Paul.
Satbart'rm,
Catharine.
^Jc'ter, 8, m., Peter.
SJfarie', n8, /., Mary.
[bert. Stbo'ma8, en8, m. , Thomas.
m'btxt, 8, or Wbrecbt, -8, m., Al- SBtl'beta, 8, m. , William.
6. Proper Names of Places :
Sl'fltlO, 8, n., Africa.
Sa'bCtt,
Baden.
SBerlm', 8, n., Berlin.
Stme'rita, 8, n., America.
3t'ften, 8, n.,Asia.
Sent, 8, n., Berne.
SBre'nten, 8, n., Bremen.
Cor'ftfa, 8, n., Corsica.
eutfcb'lanb, 8, n., Germany.
re8'ben, 8, n., Dresden.
ilnelborf, 8, n.,Dusseldorf.
(gng'Ianb, 8, ., England.
gtonl'furt, 8, n., Frankfort.
(Suro'pa, 8, ., Europe.
o'tba, 8, n., Gotha.
grattt'reid), 8, n., France.
ôHanb, 8, n., Holland.
al'le, 8, n., Halle.
3ta'lten, 8, n., Italy.
am'burg, 8, n., Hamburg.
Oe'fterreid), 8, n., Austria.
anno'ber, 8, Hanover.
^reu'fjett, 8, n., Prussia.
et'belberg, 8, n., Heidelberg.
9iufj'lonb, 8, n., Russia.
SfBtlt, 8, n., Cologne.
acb'fen, 8, ., Saxony.
Seip'jtg, 8, n.,Leipsic.
thctt'tanb, 8, n., Scotland.
SJiog'beburg, 8, Magdeburg.
pa'nien, 8, n. , Spain.
SWilrt'cben, 8, n., Munich.
Un'gara, 8, n Hungary.
Sternberg, 8, n., Nuremberg.
8lfttiB, 8, m., Rhine.
ôt8'bam, 8, n., Potsdam.
9iom, 8, n.,Rome.
3Jiam, 8, m., Maine.
tutt'gart, 8, n., Stuttgard.
o'nau, ,/., Danube.
SGSien, 8, n., Vienna.
gibe,,/.,Elbe.
II. Classified List of Adjectives.
3taM'mfd), Italian.
9tmeti!a'nifa), American.
Oe'flerretcbifcb, Austrian.
SBat'rifcb, Bavarian.
^Preu'fjtfcb, Prussian.
eutfcb, German.
SRuf'ftfd), Russian.
(gng'lifd), English.
granjB'fiJcb, French.
pa'nifd), Spanish.
180
5S! an, blue.

93raun, brown
elb, yellow.
run, green.
SRotb, red.
d)roarj, black.
SBrifj, white.
31 n ' g e n e b tn , agreeable.
Unan'genebm, disagreeable.
3lrm, poor.
9teid), rich.
Str'tig, good, well-behaved.
Slufmerffam, attentive.
SBegie'rig, inquisitive, curious.
SBrao, good, brave.
galfcb, false, untrne.
gaul, lazy.
glei'&tg, industrious.
ger'tig, ready, done.
glilcb'tig, rapid, in haste.
efabyiicb, dangerous.
Out, good.
SBef'fer, better.
Sii'fe, bad, angry.
d)led)t, bad.
err'lid;, glorious, splendid.
êrr'fd)oftlid), fine, respectable.
3ntereffant', interesting.
Soft'lid), charming.
Strant, sick.
Sebr'retd), instructive.
Sieb, dear.
2JWb, mild.
SSBii'be, weary, tired.
iPilnft'lid), punctual.
9Jid)'tig, correct.
d)Blt, beautiful.
iibfd), pretty.
Ea'pfer, brave.
21 e i) n' I i d) , similar, like.
Unabrt'lid), dissimilar.
SRed)t, right, right hand.
Sin!, left, left hand.
9iab, near.
SBeit, far, distant.
9ic.fi, wet.
jrocfen, dry.
SRiltj'ltcb, useful.
-2 diaJltrt', injurtous, hurtfal
Often, open.
9iein, clean.
(bmu^'tg, foul, dirty,
cbnett, rapid, swift.
Sang'fam, slow.
d)toacb, weak.
tart, strong.
cbtoill, sultry.
tell, sleep.
Ucb'rig, remaining.
3oolo'gi|cb, zoological.
21 It, old.
9tat, new.
3ung, young.
Sil'lig, cheap.
Sbeu'er, dear.
SBreit, broad.
3ng, fcbmal, narrow.
3)uf, thick.
SDilnn, thin.
grin, fine.
rob, coarse.
grub, early.
pat, late.
anj, entire, whole.
alb, half.
ar, done.
rofj, great, large.
Weill, small, little.
Jpeifj, hot.
2Barm, warm.
Salt, cold.
Siibl, cool.
$ocb., high.
Siieb'rig, low.
jhtrj, short.
Sang, long.
Saut, loud.
Seid)t, light, easy.
d)toer, heavy.
d)nrie'rig, difficult
181
III. Classified List of Pronouns.

1. Personal Pronouns :
3br, you.
<S8, it.
3d), I.
t
@r, he.
2Bir, we.
te, they.
25rt, tliou. |
te, she.
2. Possessive Pronouns:
ein, its; ber ei'nige, its.
SDiein, my; ber SKei'nige, mine.
Unfer, our; M Un'Jrige, ours.
2>ein, thy's; 2)et'nige, thine,
@uer, your; u'rige, yours.
eta, his;
ei'nige, his.
3br, their; 3b'rige, theirs.
3br, her; 3b'rige, hers.
3. Demonstrative Pronouns :
3e'ber, each.
ISie'fer, this.
erje'nige, that.
ol'cber, such.
3e'ner, that.
Serfel'be, the same.
at'ler, aU.
2>er, that.
4. Indefinite Pronouns :
SBe'tttg,
little.
Sln'ber, other.
enug',
enough.
(Si'niger, some.
3e'manb, somebody.
Qst'ltcber, some.
Se'bermattn, every body.
2Kan'd)er, many a.
Stie'manb, nobody.
2Keb'rere, several.
@t'Wa8,
something.
Sei'ner, no.
nothing.
S3iel,
much.
4. Interrogative Pronouns :
SSMdjer? which? what?
2Ber?who?
2Ba8?what?
5. Relative Pronouns :
SSer, who.
SSa8, what.
2Beld)er or ber, which, that.
IV. Classified List of Verbs.

1. Simple Regular Verbs :
gilrcb'ten, to fear.
Sau'en, to build.
gilt'tern, to line.
SWIen, to bark.
Olau'ben, to believe,
SSlifc'en, to lighten.
rilfjen, to greet, salute.
SMl'leu, to roar.
a'gefn, to hail.
au'ertt, to endure, last.
<in'gett, to hang.
ect'ett, to cover.
eu'len, to howl.
ie'tten, to serve.
of'fen, to hope.
on'nertt, to thunder.
o'Ien, to get, procure.
gol'gett, to follow.
Jpo'rett, to hear.
id) freu'ett, to be glad.
id) tr'ren, to be mistaken,
gra'gen, to ask.
SStn'men, to comb.
giib'len, to feel.
Sau'fen, to buy, purchase
gilb ren, to guide, lead.
182
Slirt'geln, to ring.
d)en'ten, to present
Slo'pfen, to knock.
d)id"evt, to send.
Sramen, to crow.
d)net'en, to snow.
Sa'cben, to laugh.
e'geln, to sail.
San'ben, to land.
efc'en, to seat, place.
Sfiu'ten, to sound, read.
id) fefe'en, to take a seat, be seated.
Se'gen, to lay, place.
pajte'ren, to take a walk or ride for
Sety'ren, to teach.
pleasure.
Ser'nen, to learn.
pei'fen, to eat.
Sie'ben, to love.
bie'len, to play.
2ii'fen, to solve.
ted'en, to place, hide.
2Ka'chen, to make.
tel'len, to place, put.
SKei'nen, to mean.
ti<fen, to embroider.
Deff'nen, to open.
trie!'en, to knit,
9i3'ben, to sow.
tubi'rett, to study.
i|3flilcFen, to pluck, pick.
u'd)en, to seek, look for.
SRau'd)evt, to smoke.
jtrSu'men, to dream.
SReg'nen, to rain.
2Bar'ten, to wait.
3ieid>en, to reach.
SSki'nen, to weep, cry.
SRei'ntgen, to cleanse, clean.
2Bob'rten, to reside.
SRepari'ren, to mend.
SBiin'fcben, to wish, to desire.
a'gen, to say.
ga'gevt, to tremble.
Su'men, to hem.
3fi^'len, to count, number.
cba'bevt, to do an injury.
3et(b/nen, to draw, design.
JJei'gen, to show, indicate.
tcfc fcbS'men, to be ashamed.
2. Separable Compound Regular Verbs :
Slb'legen, to take off, lay off. \i
(Sin'pacfen, to pack up.
Stvt'fcbenfen, to pour in.
2lb'retfen, to start, leave.
V
iperem'ftrabien, to beam in.
3luf'f)Srtgen, to hang np.
*"
Ue'berfeên, to set over.
3htf'biiren, to cease, stop.
23or'Iegen, to lay before.
2luf'legen, to lay on, put on.
2Sor'riicten, to go forward.
Sluf'mad)en, to open.
SSor'fagen, to repeat.
Sluf'paffen, to be on the guard.
Stuffefeen, to put on, set on. 4
SSteber'l)olen, to bring back again,
3u'fnBpfert, to button up.
2lu8'beffern, to mend.
^
au8'?ud)en, to look out, to seek out. 3u'macben, to close.
3ufam'menpacfen, to pack up.
urcb/reifett, to travel through.
3u'5cbnftren, to tie up.
(Sra'fabeln, to thread.
3. Inseparable Compound Regular Verbs :
SBebau'ern, to mourn for. '
Semer'fen, to notice, observe.
SBebeu'ten, to mean, signify.
Seliel'len, to order, engage.
id) beet'ien, to hasten.
SBeglei'ten, to accompany.
Sejalp'len, to pay.
Sntbed en. to discover.
33ebaup'ten, to assert.
id) erin'nern, to remember.
(Srtoar/ten, to await, expect. s/
ebo'ren, to belong.
S
Ueberfeg'en, to translate.
v
SSerfaufen, to sell.
Ml
2+ 3
183
SSerle'gen, to misplace. v
t(b Berfpa'ten, to be belated.
$erfu'd)en, to attempt, try. \/
3?ofIen'ben, to complete, end. V"
| SSBteberô'Ien, to repeat.
4. Simple Irregular Verbs :

1. First Class.
SBm'bett, to bind;
banb,
gin'ben, to find;
fanb,
ut'gett, to sing;
fang,
SErm'fen, to drink ;
trant,
SBre'cben, to break;
bracb,
pre'cben, to speak ;
fprad),
re'fcben, to thresh;
brafch,
2Ber'fen, to throw;
toarf.
SKeb'men, to take;
nabm,
chel'ten, to scold ;
mt,
teb'len, to steal;
fiabl,
SEBer'ben, to become.
tturbe,
2. Second Class.
4SeT>en, to give ;
8a&(
fie'fen, to read;
Ia8,
f'fen, to eat;
f3,
.gref'fen, to devour;
fra6,
e'bett, to see;
W,
Sit'ten, to ask, beg;
bat,
ein, to be;
tear,
S. Third Class.
cbla'gen, to strike;
WW,
Sro'gen, to carry ;
trug,
(baffen, to create;
Wf,
SBa'fd)ett, to wash ;
mufcb,
ra'ben, to dig;
grub,
58a(fen,tobake;
But,
4. Fourth Class.
$ot'ten, to hold;
btelt,
Sro'ten, to roast;
6riet,
thla'fett, to sleep;
fchlief,
Saf'fen, to let;
W,
gan'gen, to catch;
Png,
Stu'fen, tocaU;
rtef.
gebtm'bett.
gefun'beu.
gefutt'gett.
getrun'fen.
gebro'cben.
gefpro'd^n.
gebro'fd)ett.
getoor'fen.
genom'meu.
gefcbol'ten.
geftob'lett.
gettcr'ben.
gege'ben.
gele'fen.
gegef'fen.
gefreffen.
gefe'ben.
gebe'ten.
getoe'fen.
gefcbla'gen.
getra'gen.
gefcbaf'fen.
getoa'fd)en.
gegra'ben.
gebad'en.
gefiat'ten.
gebra'ten.
gefcbla'fen.
gelaf'fen.
gefan'gen.
geru'fen.
184
5. Filth Class.
SBet'fjen, to bite;
bifj,
reffen, to seize;
griff,
^fei'fen, to whistle;
pfiff,
Sei'ben, to suffer;
litt,
d)net'ben, to cut;
fcbnitt,
djret'ben, to write;
fcbricb,
Xret'ben, to drive;
tricb,
Sei'ben, to lend;
Iteb,
cbret'en, to cry;
fdjric,
ei'fjen, to be called ; biefj,
6. Sixth Class.
Ote fjen, to pour;
chie'fjen, to shoot ;
d)lie'fjen, to close ;
3te'ben, to draw ;
m,
gecb'ten, to fight ;
te'fien, to stand;
ftattb,
7. Seventh Class.
rfat'gen, to bring ;
bracb/te,
2)en'fen, to think;
bacb'te,
Sren'nen, to burn ;
brann'te,
to'nen, to know ;
tonn'te,
9ien'nen, to name;
nann'te,
SBiffen, to know ;
ttmfi'te,
Swollen, to wish ;
rocU'te,
ol'len, to be obliged ; fott'te,
SBn'nen, to be able;
lonn'te,
SDW'gen, to be allowed ; mocb'te,
SJMlf'fen, to be obliged; mufj'te,
fir'fen, to dare;
burf'te,
5. Separable Compound
Stb'brennen, to burn down.
Slb'fabren, to start, sail. v
Wfcbneiben, to cut off.
Wfcbreiben, to copy. sf
Wjieben, to draw off, take away.
Stn'beiten, to offer.
Sln'fangen, to begin. -J
Wnebmen, to accept. sf
an'jieên, to take on, attract.
3luf'geben, to give up.
^/
gebif'fett.
gegrif'fen.
gepftf'fert.
gelit'tett.
gefcbnit'tett.
gefd)rie'ben.
getrte'ben.
gelte'ben.
gefcbrte'en.
ge&te'fjen.
gegof'fett.
gefcbof'fen.
gefcblof'fen.
gejo'gen.
gefocb'ten.
gefton'bett.
gebracbt'.
gebad)f.
gebronnt'.
gefannt'.
genannt'.
getoufjt'.
gettoUt'.
gefoUt'.
gefonnf.
gemocbt'.
gemufjt'.
geburft'.
Irregular Verbs :
Suf'gel)ett, to go up, rise. V
Stuf balten (ficb), to stop, stay.
2lufbeben, to lift up.
Sluffleben, to get up, rise. V
2lu8'gel)en, to go out. ^
2lu8'febIofen, to sleep enough. _
2lu8'fpred)en, to pronounce. v
(Sin'Iaben, to invite.
V
(Sin'fcbneiben, to cut in.
@m'jieben, to draw in, put in.
185
Un'terbalten, to hold under.

geft'binbert, to fasten.
aSor'lefen, to read before.
>er'bringen, to bring hither.
SEBeg'geben, to give away.
Jper'fommen, to come hither. V
m'geben, to go thither. /"
2Beg'geben, to go away. Y
SBeg'ttebmen, to take away. V
So8'geên, to go off.
SSte'berbtingert, to bring back.
URit'bringen, to bring with one.
SBie'bertommen, to come again.
SRacb'fommen, to follow.
SBie'berrufen, to call again.
Ue'bergeben, to go over, desert.
3u'binben, to tie.
Um'geben, to go out of one's way.
3uiu<ftommen, to return. vUm'tommen, to perish.
3urilcf'jieben, to draw back. v
Uu'tergeben, to go down, set.
6. Inseparable Compound Irregular Verbs
2Serbie'ten, to forbid.
SBefm'bett (fid)), to be, do.
SiJerlaf'fen (fid)), to rely.
Sebal'tcrt, to retain, keep.
SSerlie'ren, to lose. -
SSefom'men, to receive, get.-<
3Serfd)ie'6en, to put off, delay.
Grttbaften, to hold, contain.
9Serfpre'd)en, to promise,
ErfwI'tett, to receive, get. ~*
33erfte'I)en, to understand. s
ef..t'len, to please.
S8iberfpre'd)en, to contradict.
efte'bett, to admit.
SBiberru'fen, to revoke.
Umge'ben, to surround.
3crtre'd)en, to break to pieces.
Umge'l)en, to avoid.
3errei'fjen, to tear. >y
Unterbal'teu, to entertain.
7. Doubly-Compounded Irregular Verbs (separable) :
mab'gel)en, to go down.
abm'faf)ren, to ride thither.
inauf'geben, to go up.
abin'geben, to go thither.
inauj'fteigen, to go up.
Jperab'fommen, to come down.
trtau8'geben, to go out.
>erauf'fommen, to come up.
inem'gehen, to go in.
erau8'fommen, to come out.
inunter'geben, to go down.
erau8'lefen, to read out.
S3orbei'geljen, to go past.
erein'fommen, to come in.
2Sorbet'fabren, to drive past.
êrunterfommen, to come down.
Slttcm', alone, only.

SBalb, soon.
Sefon'Der8, especially.
a, there.
SDann, then.
~" Stnn, then.
35aburd)', thereby.
afiir', for that, it.
SXtmit'j therewith.
arauf, thereupon.
V. List of Adverbs.
era'be, exaetly.
S)arin', therein.
cm, gladly.
arii'ber, upon that.
e'ftern, yesterday.
aon', therefrom.
CU'te, to-day.
aju', in addition.
ter, here.
@in'mal, once.
Srft, first,only, not before 3a, yes.
3et)t, now.
Efrea8, somewhat.
Sic'ber, rather.
grii'ber, formerly.
2Kcbr, more.
anj, entirely.
1 2ftor'gen, to-morrow.
enug', sufficiently.
186
9?ein, no.
'Jhd)t, not.
Mod), still.
9iocb'mal8, again.
9iun, now, therefore.
Mux, only.
C'ben, above.
ft, often,
el)r, very,
o! so! indeed!
onfl, otherwise, usually.
tart, severely.
Un'ten, below.
Ue'bermorgett, day after

to-morrow.
2Jtcl, very, much.
SieUeicbt', perhaps.
2Jor'geftern, day before
yesterday.
Sorter/, before.
JBarat, when.
SBarum', why.
2Bte, how.
SSe'nigften8, at least.
5Btrfltd), really.
2Boburcb/, whereby.
SBofitr/, on account of
which.
2Bomit', wherewith.
2BorauS', out of which.
SBorm, wherein, in which
SBoril'ber, from which, in
which.
SEBobon', whence.
3tem'ltd), quite.
3u, closed, too.
3uerft', at first.
3utoet'len, sometimes.
3>et'mol, twice.
VI. Classified List of Prepositions.
Dativt.
Accusative.
Genitive.
Acc. or Dative.
S18, until.
Sltftatt, instead of. 2Iu8, out of.
%xi, on, at.
Slu'fjerbafb, outsideof. Wfjer, outside. urd), through. Sluf, upon.
3n'nerbalb, inside of. egenil'ber,oppo- ilr, for.
tn'ter, behind.
2JUt, with. [site. @e' gen, towards 3n, in.
Un'terb.alb, below.
9iacb, towards.
Db'ne, without. 9ie'ben, bestde.
D'ber6alb, above.
Son, from.
Um, around.
Ue'ber, over.
SBab'renb, during.
2Bi'ber, against. Un'ter, under.
SBe'gen, on account 3u, to
(and some
SBor, before.
(and many
others).
3toi'fcben, between
others).
VII. List of Conjunctions.
@'be, before.
Unb, and. *
St'ber, but. x
(gnttoe'ber, either.
3118, when.
2BSb'renb, while.
Slud), also. /
SRad)bem', after.
2Be'ber...) neither.
S8t8, until.
Obgleicb', although.
...nod), ) ...nor.
Safj, that.
O'ber, or.
2Betl, because.
S)ocb, however, still.
eit'betn, since.
aBte, as.
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
A.
Any, (St'ntger, et'toaS.
A, on, em.
Any body, 3e'manb, e8.
(To be) Able, lBn'nen.
Any thtng, t'tBa8.
Above, prep., ii'ber; adv., o'ben,
Apple, ber STpfel, S, pi. Se'tofet.
Accept, an'nel)men.
Apple-tree, ber STpfelbautti, e8, pi
Accompany, beglet'ten.
(On) account of, toe'gen.
21'pfelbartme.
Actual, ttstrFltd).
Arithmetic, bte 2lritb.ttte'tif, .
Army, bte Slrmce', , pi. n.
Address, bte SRe'be, , pi. tt.
Arrive, att'fommen.
After, nad).
Around, urn.
Africa, STfrtfa, 8, n.
As, ttne, a!8.
Again, nod)'mal8, tme'ber.
Ask, fra'gen.
Against, ge'gen, tot'ber.
Assert, bebaup'teu.
Agreeable, an'gettef)m.
At, ju, an.
Air, bie Snft, ,pi. Siif'te.
Albert, 3U'bert, 8, or at'brecbt, 8.i. Attempt, berfu'djen.
August, ber SSugufi', 8.
All, al'ler.
Augustus, 2htgtt'fiu8, , m.
Alone, aEem'.
Aunt, bte San'te, , n.
Already, fd)on.
Austria, De'fterretd), 8, n.
Also, aud).
America, Stme'rt(o, 8, n.
Autumn, ber erbft, e8.
And, unb.
Avoid, umge'ben.
Answer, bte Stnt'njort, , pi. en. Await, erroar'teu.
B.
Baden, Sa'ben, 8, n.
Bear, ber Sfir, en,p/. en.
Bad, fcblecbt.
Beat, fchla'gen.
Beautiful, fcbiin.
Bake, batfen.
Baker, ber Sad"er, 8, pt. .
Because, Weil.
BaU, ber Sail, e8, pi. SaTle.
Become, toer'ben.
Band, ba8 Sanb, e8, pi. SSn'ber. Bed, ba8 Sett,tS,plen;ba8 Scet,
Bark, bel'len.
e8, pt. e.
Before, prep., oor; conj., e'I)e.
Basket, ber Sorb, e8, pi. SBr'be.
Begin, an'fangen.
Battle, bte cblacbt, , pi. en.
Beginning, ber 2ln'fang, e8, pi. 2ln'
Basin, ba8 Serf en, 8, pi. .
fange.
Bavaria, Sat'em, 8, n.
Bavarian, ber Safer, n, pi. n. Beggar, ber Sett'ler, %,pl .
Behind, tym'ter.
Be, fem.
188
Believe, gtatt'ben.
Belong, gebiS'ren.
Below, prep., un'ter; adv., un'ten.
Berlin, SBerlm', 8, n.
Beside, ne'ben.
Better, bef'fer.
Between, jttot'fd)en.
Bind, bin'ben.
Bird, ber So'gel, 8, pi. SSB'gel.
Bite, bet'fjen.
Black, fd)toarj,
Blue, blau.
Boat, ba8 Soot, e8, pt. e.
Book, ba8 SBucb,e8, pt. SBu'tber.
Bookbinder,berSucb'binber,S,pl..
Bouquet, bertraufi,-e8,p/. trau'fje
Bottle, bic gla'fcbe, i Pl- n.
Boy, ber Sno'bc, n, pl n.
Brave, ta'pfer.
Bread, ba8 93rob, c8, pi. c.
Break, bre'd)en.
Break in pieces, jerbre'cben.
Breakfast, ba8 grub'ftucf, e8.
Bremen, SBre'men, 8, n.
Bridge, bte Sriicl'e, , pi. n.
Bring, briu'gett.
Bring back, une'berbrmgen, jurticf*
bringen.
Broad, brett.
Brother, ber23ru'ber,S,pi. SBril'ber.
Building, ba8 ebau'be,8, pi. .
Bureau, bie Sommo'be, , pi. tt.
Burn, bren'nen.
Burn down, ab'brennen.
But, conj., aber; adv., nur.
Butter, bie Sut'ter, .
Button, bet Snopf, e8, pi. SnB'pfe.
Button up, ju'tnBtofen.
Buy, fau'fen.
By, toor, burd), bet.
Cabinet-maker, ber Xtfd)1er,-8, pl -.

Cage, ber SS'ftg, 8, pl e.
Cake, ber Su'cben, 8, pi. .
Call, ru'fen ; to name, nen'nen.
Can, fon'nen.
Cane, ber tocf, e8, pi. Stiict'e.
Cap, bie SM'tje, , pi. n.
Carpenter, ber 3im'mermannf ~~ 8>
pi. 3im'merleute.
Carriage, ber SBa'gen, 8, pi. .
Carry, tra'gen.
Catch, fan'gen.
Catharine, ffiatbart'lta, 8,/.
Cathedral, ber om, e8, pl. t.
Chair, ber tubl, e8, pi. tiib/Ie.
Charles, Sail, 8, to.
Cheap, bil'lig.
Chtld, bo8 ttnb, e8, pi. er.
Chocolate, bte Sl)ofola'be, , pi. n.
Church, bte Slir'd)e, , pi. n.
City, bte tabr, ,pi. tab'te.
Clean, rein.
Cloak, ber aRan'tel, 8, pi. SHan'tcI.
Clock, bte Wife, , pi. en.

Close, fcblte'fjen.
Close by, ne'ben.
Coal, bte Sob'le, , pl n.
Coat, ber SRocf, tS,pi. SRBct'c.
Cock, ber abn, e8, pi. âb'nt.
Coffee, ber Saffee, 8.
Collar, ber Sra'gen, 8, pi. .
Cold, fait.
Cologne, SiSln, 8, n.
Come, fom'men.
Come here, ber'fommen.
Come down, berab'fotnmen, Bentn*
ter'fommen.
Come in, bereitt'fommen.
Command, ber SefebJ', tS,pi. e.
Commence, an'fangen.
Complete, bollen'ben.
Conduct, fiib'ren.
Conquer, fie'gen.
Consider, fin'ben, betradyten.
Contain, be&al'ten.
Contradict, totbcrfpre'd;en.
Convenient, bcquem'.
Cook, bet Socb, e8, pi J{ii'd)e; bie
Sii'cbin, , pt. ltett.
Copy, ab'fcbreiben.
Corner, bic Sct'e, , pi. n.
Corner-stone, ber runb'ftein, tS,
pt. ~t.
[flat.
Cost, ber iprei8, e8, pi. e; v., fo'*
Count, ber @raf, en,
en.
To count, jab'len.
189
Court, ber of, e8, pi. B'fe.

Cow, bie Sub, , Sii'be.
Create, fd>af'(en.
Crop, bie @rn'te, , pi n.
Cry (weep), reet'nen, fcbrei'en.
Cup, bie Saf'fe, , pt. tt.
Curious, begie'rig.
Curtain, bie arbi'ne, , pi. n.
Cut, fdntei'ben.
Cut off, ab'fd)neiben.
D.
Discover, entbecfen.
Dare, biir'fett, toa'gen.
Dark, bun'fel.
[ter. Dissimilar, un'al)rtUcb.
Daughter, bie od)'ter, , pi. Bd/= Distant, Weit.
Do, tbun, ma'cben.
Dear, tbeu'er, lieb.
Doctor, ber SDcf'tor, 8, pt. Softo'*
Deep, tief.
ren.
Delay, toerfcfite'ben.
Dog, ber unb, e8, pt. e.
Describe, befchret'ben.
Dollar, ber Sol'far, 8, pt. 8.
Design, jeicb'nen.
Door, bie Slbu'r(e), , pi. n.
Desire, ttun'fcben.
Dozen, ba8 u'fcenb, 8, pt. t
Devour, fref'fett.
Down, herab'.
Die, fter'ben.
Draw (pull), jte'l)en, jetd/nen.
Difficult, fd)toer, f(bttrie'rig.
Draw off, ab'jichen.
Dig, gra'ben.
Dress, ba8 Sleib, e8, pi. er.
Diligent, flet'fitg.
Dinner, ba8 2Jittag'cffen, 8, pi. . Drink, trin'fen.
Drive, trei'ben, fai'ren.
Directly, btrett', gera'be.
Director, ber SHret'tor, 8, pi. Si* Drive by, borbei'fabren.
Dry, troct'en, trccf'nen.
retto'ren.
During, toab/renb.
Disagreeable, un'angenel)m.
Each, je'ber.
Ear, ba8 D&r, e8, pi. en.
Early, frii&.
Earth, bie @r'be, ,pi.n.
Easy, letcbt.
Eat, effen.
Egg, ba8 @i, e8, pi. er.
Either, entroe'ber.
Eliza, (Sli fc, 8,/
Elizabeth, (Sli'fabctb, 8,/.
Ell, bie (gl'le, , pt. n. .
End. ba8 @n'be, 8, pi n.
E.
Endure, bau'ern.
Enemy, ber geinb, eg, pi
Engage, beftel'len.
England, (Sng'lanb, S, n.
English, eng'Hfcb.
Enough, genug'.
Entertain, unterl)al'ten.
Entire, ganj.
Especially, befan'ber8.
Europe, Suro'pa, 8, n.
Evening, ber Sl'bettb, 8, pi
Every, je'ber.
190
Exactly, gera'be.
Examine, unterfu'cben.
Exercise, bie Slufga'be, , pi. en.
Expect, ertoar'ten.
[en.
Expectation, bie (Srtoar'tung, , pl
Expressly, au8brucf'licb.
Face, ba8 eficbt' , tS,pl er.

Fairy tale, ba8 2JMr'cben, 8, pi .
Fall, fal len.
Fall, ber $erbfl, e8.
Far, toeit, fern.
Farmer, ber Sttferbauer, 8, pt. .
Fast, fdjneU.
Father, ber 2k'ter, S, pt. SSa'ter.
Fear, bie gurcbt, ; v., furcb'ten.
February, ber ge'bruar, 8.
Feel, filb'len.
[gabr'leute.
Ferry-man, ber gSbr'mann, 8, pt.
Few, toe'nige.
Field, ba8 gelb, c8, pi. er.
Fight, fed/ten.
Find, fin'ben.
Fine, fein, fd)iin.
Finger, ber gin'ger, 8, pi. .
Finish, BoUen'ben.
Fire, ba8 geuer, 8.
First, er'fte.
Fish, ber gifd), e8, pi. e.
Fisherman, ber gi'fd)er, 6, pi. .

Flag, bie gab'ne, , pt. n.
Floor, bet SSo'ben, 8, pt. .
Flour, ba8 SKebl, 8.
Flower, bie Slu'me, , pi. n.
Follow, fol'gen.
Foot, ber gufj, e8, pt. gil'fje.
Forest, ber SBalb, e8, pi. SBal'ber.
For, filr.
Forget, bergef'fen.
Fork, bie a'bel, , pi. tu
Formerly, frii'ber, fottft.
France, granf'reid), 8, n.
French, franjo'ftfd).
Frenchman, bergranjo'fe,n,pl.It.
Frances, granji8'ta, 8,/
Francis, granj, en8, m.
Freddy, gtttj, en8, m.
Freeze, frie'ren.
Friday,ber gret'tag, 8.
(In) front of, toor, fcotn.
Fruit, ba8 Dbfl, e8.
a.
[gel)en.
Garden, ber ar'ten,S,pi. ar'ten. Go by, borbei'gel)cn.
Gardener, ber art'ncr, S, pi. .
Go down, binab'gel)en, binun'ter
General, ber eneral', 8, pt. e.
Go out, au8'geben.
German, beutfd).
Go in, binein'gel)en.
Germany, eutfd)'tanb, 8, n.
Go there, babin'gel)en.
Go up, auf'geben, binauf'geben.
Get, bo'Ien.
Get up, auf'ftel)en.
Go out of one's way, um'gel)en.
Giant, ber SRie'fe, n, pt. n.
Go over (desert), ii'bergeben.
Girl, ba8 SWab'cben, S, pt. .
Go down (set), un'tergeben.
Give, ge'ben, fd)en'len.
God, ber ott, e8, pi. Bt'ter.
Give up, aufgeben.
Gold, ba8 olb, e8.
Gladly, gern.
Golden, gol'ben.
Glass, ba8 ta8, e8, pi. Ifi'fer.
Good, gut.
Glove, ber $anb'fcbub, e8, pt. e. Grammar, bie ramma'fit,,pl. en.
Go, ge'ben.
Grandfather, ber rofj'fcater, 8, pL
Go away, meg'geben.
rofj'toSter.
191
Grandmother, btc rofj'mutter, , pl

Grasp, grei'fen.
[rofj'miltter.
Grass, ba8 ra8, t8, pl rii'fer.
Great,
Green, grun.
Greenland, rBn'lonb, 8, n.
Groschen, ber ro'fcben, 8, pi.
Guide, filb'ren.
Hail, bo'geln.
Hair, ba8 oor, eg, pi t.
Half, bolb.
Halle, >ot'le, 8, n.
Hamburg, >am'burg, 8, n.
Hand, btc onb, , pt. Jpan'be.
Hang, bSn'gen.
Hanover, >anno'toer, 8, n.
Hard, bart; adv., ftatt.
Hare, ber a'fe, n, pt. n.
Harvest, bie (Srn'te, , pt. rt.
Hat, ber ut, e8, pt. >il'te.
Have, ba'ben.
Hay, ba8 eu, e8.
He, er.
Hear, f)B'ren.
Heaven, ber $?im'mel, S.
Heavy, fd)Wer.
Heidelberg, et'belberg, 8, n.
Henry, ein'ricb, 8, m.
Here, bier.
High, bocb.
Hill, ber fi'gel, 8, Pl. .
History, bie @efd)idVte, , pl. n.
Hold, bciften, entbal'ten.
Hole, ba8 Sod), e8, pi. Sii'djer.
Holland, ol'lanb, S, n.
Hope, bof'fen.
Horse, ba8 *pferb, e8, pi. ^fer'be.
Hot, ^)etfjHonse, ba8 au8, tS,pi. >o'u'fer.
How? ttie?
However, bod).
Howl, beu'len.
[en.
Human being, tcr HJfenfcb, en, pk
Hunter, ber 33'ger, S, pi. .
I,t<6.
Ice, ba8 @i8, e8.
Immediately, gleid).
In, in.
Inch, ber 3ofl, e8, pi. e.
Indolent, foul, laf'ftg.
Industrious, flei'fjig.
Injurious, fd)ab'licb.
Ink, bie Sttn'te (or Sm'te), , pi. n.

Inquisitive, begie'rtg.
Instead of, onftatt'.
Insect, ba8 3rtfett', S,pl.
Instructive, lebYreub.
Interesting, interef'font.
Into, in.
Invite, em'loben.
January, ber 3a'nnar, 8.

John, Sobann', 8, m.
Journey, bie SRei'fe, , pl. n.
Judge, ber SRicb'ter, 8, pl. .
July, ber 3u'fi, 8.

June, ber 3u'nt, 8.
Just (exactly), gero be.
Keep, bebaften.
King, ber So'nig, 8, pi. e.
Kiss, ber Snfj, e8, pl Siif'fe.
To kiss, fili'Jen.
Kitchen, bie tfi'cbe, , pl n.

Knife, ba8 aKef'fer, 8, pi. .
Knock, tlo't>fen.
[fen'nen.
Know, Wiffen; to be acquainted with,
192
L.
Leipsic, Seip'jig, 8, n.
Labrador, Sa'brabor, 8, n.
Letter, ber Srief, e8, pi. e.
Lake, ber ee, 8, pi. e'en.
Letter-paper, ba8 SBriefpapier, 8.
Land, ba8 Sonb, e8, pi. San'ber.
Language, bie pra'u)e, , pi n. Lighten, blife'en.
Like, gleid), aim' Iid).
Large, grofj. '
Lily, bie Si'lie, , pi. n.
Last, ban'era.
Line, bie êi'U, , pt. n.
Late, fpat.
Linen, bie Sein'toanb, .
Laugh, Ia'd)en.
Lion, ber SiS'toe, n, pi. n.
Lay, le'gen; lay off, ab'Iegen.
Loaf, ba8 S3rob, e8, pt. e.
Lead, fill)'rett.
Lead-pencil, ber SBlet'ftift, 8, pi e. Long, long.
Look for, ertoar'ten; look through.
Learn, let'nen.
burdj'feben.
Leather, ba8 Se'ber, 8.
Leave, ab'fabren, ab'reiftn; laf'fen. Looking-glass, ber pie'gel,S,pi..
Lose, berlie'rczt.
Left (hand), linf.
Loud, laut.
Lend, fcerlei'ben.
Love, lie'ben.
Lesson, bie Scftiott', , pi. en.
M.
Machine, bie 2Kaf(b.i'ne, , pi. n. Milk, bie SKild), .
Mirror, ber pie'gel, 8, pi. .
Magdeburg, 2)iag'beburg, 8, 7*.
Mislay, fcerle'gen.
Mail, bie *pofl, .
Make, ma'cben.
Miss, ba8 grou'leitt, 8, pi. .
Man, ber 3Kann, e8, pi. SWart'ncr. Mistake, bet geb'ler, 8, pt. .
Many, Bie'le, man'che.
Money, ba8 elb, e8, pi. er.
Month, bet 2fto'nat, 8, pt. e.
Many a, man'd)er.
March, ber SWarj, e8.
Moon, ber 2)2onb, e8, pl e.
Market, ber 2Karft, e8, pi. aKart'te. Morning, bet SOfor'gen, 8, />/. .
Mary, Ttaxit',aS,/.
Mother, bie SWut'ter, , pt. 2Rut'ter.
May, SWai, e8.
Mount, ftei'geu, bmauf ftetgen.
May, mB'gen.
Mountain, ber Serg, c8, pt. .
Meadow, bie SBei'be, , pi. n.
Mr., err, n, pi. en.
Mean, ntet'nen.
[. Mrs., grau, , pi. en.
Means (medium), ba8 2Jiit'teI, S, j>l. Much, bid, febr.
Munich, 2J(un'd)en, 8, n.
[fe'en.
Meat, ba8 gleifd), e8.
Merchant, ber Sauf'mann, e8, pi. Museum, ba8 2Jiufe'um, 8, pt. 3Jiu'
Must, miiffen.
Saufleute.
My, mein ; mine, ber URei'ntge.
Mend, repari'ren, au8'beffern.
Nail, ber 9ia'gel, 8, pi. 9ia'gel.
Name, ber 9la'me, n8, pt. n.
Narrow, eng.
Nation, bie Nation', , pi. en.
N.
Near, na'be.
[9?fiVnabel.
Needle, bie 9?a'bel, , pi. n; bie
Nephew, ber SJtef'fe, n, pi. n.
Never, nie.
193
New, neu.
News, bic 9iad)'rid)t, , pi. en.
Newspaper, bic 3ei'tung, , pt. en.
Niece, bie Sttcb'te, , pi n.
Night, bic Maty, , pi. SRiicb'te.
No, nein ; pron. feitt.
Nose, bie Jia'fe, , pt. n.
Nosegay, berStraufj,tS,pl tr5u'*

Not, nid)t.
[fje.
Nothing, 9ctcbt8.
Notice, bemer'fen.
November, ber fflooem'ber, 8.
Now, jefet.
Nuremberg, SMrn'berg, 8, n.
Oak, bie Ei'cbe, , pt. --n.

Object, ber e'genftanb, tS,pi. e'=
genftanbe.
Obliged (to be), miif'felt
Observe, bemer'fen.
October, ber Ofto' ber, 8.
Of, toon, au8*
Often, oft.
Oil, bag Del, e8, pt.
Old, aft.
On, an, auf.
Once, ein'mal.
Only, nur.
Open, of'fen; v. auf'macben. [en;

Opportunity, bie ele'genbeit, , pi.
Or, ober.
Order, beftel'len.
Other, an'berer.
Our, un'fer; ours, ber Un'ferige.
Out (of), au8.
Outside of, au'feerbalb.
[ofett.
Oven, ber Skcf'ofen, 8, pi. SJacf'
Over, ii'ber.
Overcoat, ber Ue'berrocf, e8, pt. Ue'*
berrocfe.
Ox, ber Od)8, en, pi. en.
Page, bie ei'te, , pi. n.

Paint, raa'len.
Painter, ber SWa'ler, 8, pt. .
Painting, ba8 emfil'be, 8, pi. .
Pair, ba8 spaar, e8, pi. e.
Paper, ba8 Spapier', e8, pi. e.
Parasol, ber on'nenfcbirm, e8, pi.
Part, ber Sêil, e8, pi. e. [e.
Pastor, ber ^Jaftor', 8, pi. S}Jafio'ren.
Paul, Spanl, 8, .
Pay, bejab'Ien.
Pear, bie SBir'ne, , pi. n.
Peasant, ber SSau'er, 8, pi. n.
Pen, bie ge'ber, , pi. n.
Pencil, ber SBIei'fiift, 8, pt. e.
Penknife, bo8 ge'bermeffer,8, pl .
People, bie Seu'te (pi.).
Perhaps, JneUeidjt'.
Perish, ltm'fommen.
Permission, bie (grlaub'nifj, .
Permit, erlan'ben.
Peter, ^5e'ter, 8, m.
Pfennig, iPfen'nig, 8, pi. t.
Picture, ba8 Stlb, e8, pt. er.
Photograph, bie ^botograpbte', , pt.
ôtograp&ie'en.
Physician, ber 2lrjt, e8, pi. Slerjte.
Piano-forte, ba8 Plainer', 8, pi. e.
Pick, ppcf'en.
Pie, bie *pafte'te, , pi. n.
Pin, bie tecf'nabel, , pi. tt.
Pink, bie 9M'fe, , pi. n.
Pitcher, ber Srug, e8, pi. Strit'ge.
Place, ber
e8, pt. pS'fce.
Place, flel'ien, le'gen, fefc'en.
Play, ba8 piel, e8 pi. e.
Play, fpie'len.
Plate, ber Sel'Ier, 8, pi. .
Please, gefaffen.
Pleasure, ba8 SSergnii'gen, 8, pt. .
Pluck, pfliict'en.
Pocket, bic a'fd)e, , p1. n.
194
Pocket-handkerchief, Sa'fcbentucb,
e8, pi. a'fcbentii(ber.
Point, bie pi'fee, , pl n.
Poland, ô'ltn, 8, n.
Poor, arm.
[er.
Popular song, ba8 SSolt8'lieb, e8, pi.
Post-office, bie Sljoft, .
Potsdam, ^Jot8'bam, 8, b.
Pound, iI3funb, -e8,pi e.
Pour, gte'fjen.
Praise, lo'ben.
Present (give), fcbenlen.
President.ber^roftbent',ta,pi.en.
Pretty, biibfd).
Price, ber iprei8, c8, /)/. e.
Prince, ber gilrfi, en, pl en.
Procession, bie ^3rojeffton', ,pi.en.
Procure, bo'len.
[feffo'ren.
Professor, ber ^roftffor, 8, pl S|$ro*
Promtse, berfpre'djen.
Pronounce, au8'fpredjen.
Prussia, "ipren'jjen, 8.
Pull, jie'hen.
Put, fe'fcen, flel'len, le'gen.
Put off, ab'legen.
Put on, an'jieben, auHeljen.
Quail, bie aBacb'tel, , Pl n.

Quart. bo8 Guart, 8, pi. e.
Quick, fd)neU.
Quiet, ru'big.
Quire, ba8 SBud),
Quite, jiem'lid), ganj.
R.
Retain, behal'ten.
Rain, reg'nen.
Rapid, fcbneU.
Revoke, rotberru'fen.
Ribbon, ba8 Sonb, e8, pi. SSn'beT.
Rather, lie'ber.
Rice, ber 9iet8, e8.
Read, le'fen.
Rich, reid).
Ready, fer'tig.
Ride, rei'ten, fab'ren; ride there, ba
Really, ttnrt'lid).
Receive, befom'men, erhal'ten.
bin'fobren.
Right, red)t.
Red, rotb.
Rise, ftei'gen, aufftcben ; aufgeben.
Rejoice, fid) freu'en.
River, ber gtufj, e8, pi. glflfffc
Rely, fid) Berlaf'fen.
Roar, briil'len.
Remain, blei'ben.
Roof, ba8 acb, e8, pi. fi'cber.
Repair, repari'ren, au8'beffem.
Room, bo8 dimmer, 8, pi. ; bie
Repeat, wiebertyolen.
Reside, roob/nen.
tu'be, , pi. tt.
Rooster, ber $afm, e8, pi. ab'ue.
Rest, ru'ben.
Rest, bie SRu'be, .
Rose, bie 9io'fe, , pi. n.
Return, tote'berfommen, jtmld"tom* Russia, SRufj'lanb, 8, n.
men, juriicffehren; jnrlid'bringen. Russian, ruf'flfd).
S.
Sail, fe'geln, ob'fegeln.
Say, fa'gen.
Scholar, ber chiller, 8, pl. .
Salt, ba8 alj, e8, pl e.
Same, berfel'be. [ber am8'tag, 8. School, bie d)ule, , pi. n.
Saturday, ber onn'abenb, S,pl. e; School-house, ba8 cbul'bau8, ti,
pi. d)ufbaufer.
Saxony, @ad)'{en, 8, n.
ENOLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
Scissors, bte tleinc cbee're, , pi.
Scotland, chott'lanb, 8, . [tt.
Sea, bte ee, , pi e'en.
Seam, ber awn, e8, pi. au'me.
See, fe'ben.
Seek, fu'cben, au8'fud)en.
Seize, grei'fen.
Seldom, fel' ten.
Select, au8'fud)en.
Self, felbft, fel'ber.
Sell, bertau'fcn.
Send, fd)icf'en.
Sentence, ber afe, e8, pl a'tse.
September, ber eptem'ber, 8.
Servant, ber SHe'rter, 3, pl .
Serve, bie'nen.
Set, fe'fcen; mt'tergebca.
Several, meb'rere.
Sew, na'l)en.
ShaU, fol'Ien; (Jut., tter'ben).
She, fie.
Shears, bte cbee're, , pi. n.
Sheep, ba8 d)aaf, e8, pt. e.
Sheet, bet So'gen, 8, pi. So'gen.
Shepherd, ber irt, en, pt. en.
Ship, ba8 cbiff, e8, pi. e.
Shirt, ba8 $emb, e8, pi. en.
Shoe, ber cbub, e8, />/. e.
Shoemaker, ber chubmacber, 8,
Shoot, fcbte'fjen.
[pi. .
Short, turj.
Show, jei'gen.
Shut, fcblie'fjen, ju'fcbliefjen, ju'mad)en.
Sick, franf.
Side, bie eite, , pt. n.
Signify, bebeu'ten.
[pi. en.
Signification, bte 33ebeu'tung, ,
Silk, bte et'be, , pt.n.
Silk (en), fet'ben.
Similar, Sbn'ltcb, gleid).
Sing, fin'gen.
Sister, bte @d)roe'fler, , pi. n.
Skate, ber (blitt'fcbub, e8, pi. e.
Sky, cer im'mel, 8, />/. .
Slipper, ber ântof'fel, 8, pt. n.
195
Small, fletn.
Smoke, rau'd)en.
Snow, ber cbnee, 8 ; fd)net'en.
So, fo.
Soft, toetcb.
Soldier, ber olbaf, en, pt. en.
Some, ei'mgee ; et'tua8.
Something, et'roa8.
Somewhat, et'toa8.
Son, ber obn, e8, pt. 36'ne.
Song, bo8 Steb, e8, pi a.
Sour, fau'er.
Spain, pa'nten, 8, s.
Spanish, fpo'mfcb.
Speak, fpre'cben.
Speech, bte 9ie'be, , pi. tt.
Spill, gte'fjen.
Spir, ber Xburm, e8, pt. SbiU'rae.
Spirit, ber eift, e8, pt. er.
Spoon, Scf'fel, 8, pi. .
Spring, ber griib'ling, S, pt. e; ba
grilb'jabr, 8, pt. e.
Spring, ber sBrnn'nen, 8, pi. .
Stable, ber toll, e8, pt. tal'le.
Stand, fte'ben.
Start, ob'reifen, ab'fabren.
State, ber taat, e8, pt. en.
Steal, fteb'len.
Steam, ber ontpf, e8.
[pi. e.
Steam-boat, ba8 ampf'boot, 8,
Steamer, ber Sam'pfer, 8, pt. .
Steel, tatjl, 8.
Steel pen, bte Stabjfeber, ,pi. u.
Steep, fteil.
Stick, ber tod, e8, pi. to'de.
Still, nod) ; bod).
Stone, ber tern, e8, pt. e.
Storm, ber turm, e8 pt. tilr'me.
Story, bie efd)tcb/te, , pt. n.
Stove, ber D'fen, 8, pi. De'fen.
Straw, ba8 trol), e8.
Straw hat, ber trob'but, e8,
pi. trob'biit?.
Stream, cer trom, ti,pi. trB'me.
Street, Die trafje, ,pi. tt.
196
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY
Strike, fd)U'gen.
String, bte cbnur, , pt. cbnil're;
Strong, ftart. [bertricf,tS,pi. c.
Student, ber tubenf, en, pt. en.
Study, fiubi'ren.
Stuttgard, tutt'gart, n. [genflanbe.
Subject, ber e'genftanb,e8, pi. e'*
Such, fol'cber.
Suffering, ba8 Seib, e8, pi. cn.

Sugar, ber 3u<* ei, 8.
Sultry, fcbtoiil.
Summer, ber om'mer, S, pi. .
Sun, bie on'ne, , pt. n.
Sunday, ber onn'tag, 8, pi. e.
Surpass, iibertref'fen.
Surround, umge'ben.
Table, ber ifcb, eS, pt. e.

Thunder, bon'netn.
L&
Tailor, ber cbnei'ber, 8, pt. .
Thursday, ber 35on'nerfiag, 8, p1.
Take, neb'men.
Thy, bein ; thine, ber ei'nige.
Take away, toeg'nebmen.
Tie, bin'ben.
Tea, ber Slbee, 8.
Till, bi8.
Teacher, ber Seb'rer, 8, pi. .
Time, bie 3eit, , pt. en.
Tear, rei'fjen, jerret'fjen.
[en. Tired, mii'be.
Telegraph, ber Xelegrabb', en, pi. To, nacb, ju.
Tell, fa'gen.
To-day, f)eu'te.
Thaler, ber Sba'ler, 8, pi. .
To-morrow, mor'gen.
That, je'ner, berje'nige ; conj., bafj. Too, ju (also) crnd).
There, ba.
Toward, ge'gen.
[tiid)er.
They, fte.
Towel, ba8 anb'tud),t&,pi. >anb'*
Thief, ber ieb, t8,pi. e.
Tower, ber Sburm,(S,pt. Sbiir'me.
Thin, bilnn.
Translate, iiberfe&'en.
[en.
Thing, ba8 ing, C8, pi. c; bie Translation, bie Ueberfets'ung, , pt.
a' cbc, , pi. n.
Travel, rei'fen.
This, bie'fer.
Traverse, burcbrei'fen.
Thomas, Sbo'maS, en8, m.
Tree, ber Saum, e8, pi. SJSu'me.
Trout, bie gorel'le, , pt. n.
Thou, bu.
Thread, ber ga'ben, 8, pi. gS'ben. True, roafyx.
Try, toerfu'd)en.
Thresh, bre'fcben.
Through, burd).
Tulip, bie Xul'toe, , pt. n.
Throw, toer'fen.
Twice, jroei'mal.
tr.
Umbrella, ber 9ie'genfd)irm, e8, e. Unlike, un'Stynlid), un'gleid).
Uncle, ber Dn'fel, 8, pi. ;.ber Until, bi8.
Up, tyinauf, tyerauf.
D'beim, 8, pi. e.
Upon, auf, il'ber.
Under, un'ter.
Useful, nuts'lid).
Understand, toerfte'tyen.
Valiant, ta'pfer.
Vegetables, ba8 etnu'fe, 8, pt. .
Veil, ber cblei'er, 8, pt. .
Very. febr.
Vest, bie SBe'fle.

Village. ba8 orf, e8, pi. Sr'fer.
Visit, befu'cben. [/>/. SSotabrtla'rien.
Vocabulary, ba8 SSotabula'rium, 8,
197
W.
Where? too?
Wagon, ber SBa'gen, 8, pi. .
Which? mel'êr?
Wait, mar ten.
whistle, Jjfei'fen.
Walk, ge'l)en.
Wall (of a room), Me 2BaUb, , pl. White, reeifj.
SBon'be ; (of a city), bie SWau'er, Who? toet?
Wide, Brett.
Pl. .
William, SBil'belm, 8.
War, ber trieg, e8, pi. e.
Window, ba8 gen'fter, 8, pi. .
Warm, toarnt.
Wash, roa'fcben.
[en. Wish, toiin'fcben.
Washer-woman, bie SBafd/frau, With, mit.
Within, tn'nerbatb.
Watch, bie Ubr, , pi. eu.
Without, au'fjerbalb ; ob'ne.
Water, ba8 SBaf'fer, 8.
Witness, ber 3cu'9c, n, nWe, Wir.
Wolf, bet SBolf, --e8, pl. SBiSl'fe.
Weak, fd)toad).
Woman, bie grau, , pi. en.
Weary, mil'be.
Woods, ber 2BoIb, e8, pi. SBaTber.
Weather, bo8 2Set'ter, 8.
Wood, ba8 olj, e8, pi. .
Wet, nafj.
Word, ba8 SBcrt, e8, pl. SBBr'ter, ot
What? toa8? toel'cber?
aBor'te.
Wheat, ber SBei'jen, 8.
Wheat bread, ba8 SSetfj'Brob, 8. Write, fd)rei'ben.
Writing-paper, ba8 cbreib'bapier.
When? tt>ann ; conj., al8.
Tard, bie (SI'le, - , pl. n ; ber of,
e8, pi. ftiSfe.
Year, ba8 3abr, (-e8, pl e.
Yellow, gelb.
Yes, 3a.
Yesterday, ge'ftern.
Yet, nod).
Yonder, bort.
Yon, ibr, bu, te.
Young, iung.
Your, @n'er(36r); yours, berEu'riae
(3b'rige).
THE END.
COMFORT'S
GERMAN
SERIES.
By GEORGE F. COMFORT, A.M.,

PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND AESTHETICS, SYRACUSE
UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK ; LATE PROFESSOR OF MODERN
LANGUAGES, ALLEGHANY COLLEGE, PA.
A GERMAN PRIMER: Introductory to "The German Series." 12mo, Half Leather.
A FIRST BOOK IN GERMAN: to Precede the
" German Course." 12 mo, Half Leather.
A FIRST GERMAN READER: to Succeed the
" First Book in German." 12tno, Cloth.
A GERMAN COURSE, Adapted for Use in Colleges,
Academies, and High-Schools. 121x10, Half Leather.
A TEACHER'S COMPANION to the German Course.
1 2 mo, Cloth.
A GERMAN READER, with Notes and a Vocabulary.
12mo, Half Leather.
A MANUAL OF GERMAN CONVERSATION
1 2 mo, Half Leather.
HARPER &' BROTHERS, Publishers, New York,
COMFORT'S GERMAN SERIES.

In preparing this German Series, it has been the aim of the authot
to incorporate the most advanced views and principles of linguistic
instruction, as held by the best writers upon philology, and the best
practical educators in Europe and America. Especial preference
has been given to those features of approved works for the study of
modern languages which, in Europe more especially, have stood the
test of practical use. A few other features, also, have been intro
duced which have been adopted with eminent success by the most
able professors of modern language in their personal instruction,
but which have not heretofore found their way into text-books.
Care has been taken to give due relative prominence to each of
these tried and approved principles, and to mould them into a ho
mogeneous system, adapted to the wants of those schools in Amer
ica in which the German language is taught
On the one hand, the aim has been to incorporate as much in
formation concerning the grammatical structure, the historical de
velopment, the linguistic relations, and the literary character of the
German language as is possible within the period that is usually de
voted to this study ; and, on the other, to initiate the student into
the most practical method of learning to read, to write, and to speak
Sie German language.
The Series includes the following works :
FIRST BOOK IN GERMAN: foryounger pupils in Grammar
Schools, Academies, and Seminaries. The treatment is eminently
practical ; the words and sentences are such as occur in familiar
conversation ; the grammatical rules are stated in simple and terse
language, and are illustrated by a large number of examples ; and
the Lessons are followed by a collection of Familiar Conversations,
which will aid the pupil to express himself on subjects that come
naturally within the range of the juvenile mind. Although intended
primarily for young classes, it may be used with advantage as an in
troductory book to the " German Course " by those of a more ad
vanced age.
FIRST GERMAN READER: for the use of pupils who have
studied the " First Book in German." The selections, which are
from the best and most popular writings in the charming juvenile
literature of Germany, consist mostly of anecdotes, fables, tales, and
pieces of didactic poetry. The style is clear, simple, and elevated.
The sentences are short, and the words employed are those which
are most familiarly used in the conversation of daily life. Abundant
Botes are given for the explanation of the text.
GERMAN COURSE: for beginners in the study of the German
language of a more advanced age than those for whom the " First
Book in German " is adapted ; or for those who are already familiar
with that book. It consists of four parts : Part I. Practical Lessons
tor learning to read, write, and speak the German language. Part
II. Familiar Conversations in German and English, idioms and
Comfort's German Series.

synonyms, models of letters, forms of business, and selections from
German literature. Part III. A compend of German Grammar,
with an introduction on the history, characteristics, and dialects of
the language. Part IV. Tables of German moneys, weights, and
measures, abbreviations, personal and geographical proper names,
and German-English and English-German vocabularies. The book
is eminently philosophic in scope and practical in style, and is well
adapted to the wants of classes in our colleges, academies, and highschools.
TEACHER'S COMPANION to the German Course: for the
use of comparatively inexperienced teachers, containing suggestion*
with reference to methods of instruction in living language, and espe
cially with reference to the use of the " German Course." It con
tains a key to the exercises in the lessons of Part I., with philological,
historical, geographical, and explanatory notes ; a key and notes to
Part II. ; and notes to Parts III. and IV. The teacher will find it
invaluable.
GERMAN READER: to follow the " German Course." The
selections are made from the best German writers, mostly of the
present century ; and, that the student may feel as definitely as pos
sible the spirit of the language, they have reference to Germany and
illustrate German history, biography, geography, mythology, and so
cial life and customs. Abundant notes are added, which contain
elucidations of the more difficult constructions and explanations of
many of the historical events and social customs which are alluded
to in the text. Copious references to the " German Course " are in
terspersed. A vocabulary of all the words that occur in the text of
the Reader, and full indexes of authors and subjects are given also.
MANUAL OF GERMAN CONVERSATION: to be used
alternately with the Reader. The conversations are on the most
familiar subjects of daily life : selections from the " Illustrated Cat
echisms of the Arts and Sciences ;" an extensive collection of idi
oms; items from newspapers; advertisements; an extensive col
lection of classified words, phrases, and expressions, referring to va
rious departments of science, art, politics, religion, trade, manufac
tures, and daily life (with lists of adjectives, regular verbs, homonyms,
and compound words) ; and a number of pages of German current
hand. The volume contains also frequent grammatical references
to the " German Course."
Commendatory Testimonials, Notices, &o.

The following are a few of the commendations of the German
Series received from prominent educational sources :
From E. R. Ruggles, Professor of Modern Languages in Dartmouth
College, Hanover, N. H.
We have adopted the Grammar (German Course), and it is now
in the hands of about a hundred of our students. It is in my judg
ment, on the whole, the best German Grammar published in this
country.
From J. H. Brenneman, Principal of High-School, Chtilicothe, 0.
It is the best German Grammar in print.
Comfort 's German Series.

From C. P. WlLCOX, Professor of Modern Languages in the Georgia
State University, Athens.
It is a somewhat invidious task to substitute new class-books for
those already in use. The fact that I have done so in this instance
is a proof of the value I set upon Prof. Comfort's " Course." I was
so struck with its peculiar adaptedness to the wants of our Ameri
can students that I determined to introduce it into my classes.
From B. W. DwiGHT, Ph.D., Vice-President American Philological
Association.
Having taught German for twenty-five years, I have used every one
of the manuals of instruction in that noble language, and have found
them each marked with decided faultssome in being too minute,
complicated, and voluminous, and others in being quite too general
and vague. Prof. Comfort's "Course" is happily free from these
faults, and is scholarly, practical, and well adapted to the real wants
of those who wish to learn the German language rapidly and well.
From Prof. F. L. O. Roehrig, formerly Director of the Polyglot Bu
reau, New York, and now Professor in Cornell University.
After a careful examination of Prof. Comfort's work, I hasten to
express to you my high appreciation of its merits. This being the
first German Grammar in the English language that stands on the
solid foundation of true and scientific philology, its appearance ought
;o be hailed with delight by every fair critic.
The Germans can now be proud of having our beloved mother
tongue presented to the American public in a worthy form.
The introductory lessons are remarkable for the lucid and prac
tical manner in which the elements of the language are there un
folded.
The idiomatic accuracy of the German exercises is one of the most
striking features of this excellent work.
From G. F. Behringer, Assistant Professor of German, Cornell Uni
versity.
We propose introducing Comfort's " German Course " into all our
:lasses next trimester, numbering one hundred and fifty students.
From Rev. William Nast, D.D., Editor of'Der Christliche Apologet," and President of German Wallace College, Berea, Ohio.
The study of the German language is finding its proper place in
the regular course of schools of every grade. Among the text-books
which have lately been published to facilitate the study of this im
portant and somewhat difficult language, Prof. Comfort's " German
Course " takes a high rank.
The chief requisite for a practical Grammar of a living language
is fully met by Prof. Comfort The scholar is not needlessly bur
dened with theory, but is taught, by well-chosen exercises and ex
amples, at the very start, to make practical efforts himself.
From Prof. Oscar Howes, A.M., ofShurtleff College, Upper Alton, Til.
I am much pleased with Comfort's " German Course," and think
I shall like it better than any other.
From Mrs. A. C. Knight, Wilbraham, Mass.
I have used the " German Course " two terms, and am well pleased
with it. I prefer it to any Grammar I have yet used.

From Prof. Friedrich Stengel, School of Mines, Columbia College,
New York.
Prof. Comfort's " German Course " rises above the common mech
anism of modern text-books.
This method is well calculated to introduce the pupil gradually to
the difficulties of the language ; and the clear and logical mode of
arrangement contributes to facilitate study to such a degree that, if
the instructor follows the practical hints given in the "Teacher's
Companion to the German Course," the pupil, with a little perse
verance, will soon be able to read our German authors, and write and
speak with propriety.
From Miss Rachel Redford, Principal of Seminary, Barking
Ridge, N.J.
I have no hesitancy in saying that Comfort's " First Book in Ger
man " is the best on its subject that I have ever examined.
From Prof. T. B. Threlkeld, Salem College, Ky.
I regard Comfort's "German Course" a very superior work. It
renders easy the study of the German language.
From Prof. L. G. Marshall, Harrison Academy, Cynthiana, Ky.
It seems to me certainly the most scholarly production on the
subject in our country, and last, if not least, it is the most beautifully
printed.
From Prof. J. C. VAN Benschoten, Wesleyan University, Middletown, Conn.
I have found Prof. Comfort's " German Course " the best text
book in the German language I have ever used.
From Gen. Franz Sigel.
I have with some care perused the new English-German Gram
mar of Prof. Comfort, and I think it my duty to write these few lines
as an appreciation of the method applied in the book. Such a Gram
mar and compendium is an excellent addition to what we possess in
this line of literature, and undoubtedly will find its way into our Enflish and German-American schools where the German language
as been made a branch of study. It is " short, sharp, and decisive,"
and gives high proof of the thorough and comprehensive mind of itsauthor.
From Dr. H. Von Holst, New York.
It gives me satisfaction to state, after a pretty careful examination
of Prof. G. F. Comfort's "German Course," that I think the book
may conscientiously be recommended to every teacher. It will be
found practical as well as reliable.
From Dr. J. B. Feuling, Professor of Comparative Philology, Uni
versity of Wisconsin, Madison.
I consider Prof. Comfort's " German Course " a very good book,
and I will introduce it here at the next change of our text-books.
From F. CHRISTIANER, County Superintendent, Abingdon, Knox Co.,
III.
After a due examination, I conclude the "Course" is easy, progress
ive, and comprehensible, and just the thing for our American students.
Being a German by birth and education, I fully appreciate the work,
and shall with pleasure recommend it to our public institutions.

From Eugene Von Nordhausen, A.M., LL.B., late Professor of
Modem Languages, New York.
It was with great pleasure that I perused carefully a " German
Course " published by Harper & Brothers. Without criticising the
former works on the subject, I must acknowledge the great superior
ity of this in the mode of introducing this difficult language to stu
dents.
I have no doubt that an ordinary good scholar may, alone, with
the help of this book, learn enough of the German language to en
able him to enjoy its beauties.
From Prof. Joseph E. King, Principal ofFort EdwardInstitute, N. Y.
Comfort's " German Course " has more than realized our expect
ations.
From J. H. FORD, Principal of School, Jeannerette, Parish Iieria, La.
It is a "Course " prepared with remarkable care ; the rules are con
cise and lucid. I have decided to use it in my future classes.
From Dr. GEORGE W. ERDMANN, Teacher of German in New York.
My first judgment has not only been fully justified, but I have
found it answerable and useful far beyond my expectations. I shall
use Comfort's " German Course " exclusively hereafter.
From J. C. Brodfuehrer, Professor of Languages, College Hill, O.
Of the many text-books with which I am acquainted, I consider
Comfort's the best for clearness of statement and arrangement The
best recommendation of the work is that it has bravely stood the test
of the school-room and class examination. I wish every instructor
of German could see this book to compare it with others and judge
for himself.
From Prof. A. F. Berhdolt, Mercersburg College, Franklin Co., Pa.
The work commends itself to all students of German. Teachers
of German have long felt the want of a Grammar embodying, as this
does, at the same time, the grammatical forms and the history and
development of such forms. The tables of the Comparison of
Words in the Indo-European Languages are of incalculable benefit
to the student.
From Rev. N. E. Cobleigh, President of Eastern Tennessee Wesleyan
University, Athens.
I like the " German Course " better for a text-book than any other
f the many it has been my privilege to examine. For method, com
pleteness, and critical accuracy I consider it superior to any other in
this country.
From Prof. J. B. Garritt, Hanover College, Ind.
I have already carefully gone over the first part of the " German
Course," and am so much pleased with it that I have decided to use
it the next year with my class.
From Prof. Louis Kistler, Northwestern University, Evanston, III.
I can conscientiously recommend it as a most suitable introduc
tion into the living, spoken speech of the German people, while it
furnishes, at the same time, the essential principles necessary to lead
to an understanding of the rich literature of Germany. The
" Course " will supply, in this regard, a long-felt want
.4-
i ^C-j 'y '' C_c
o
--1
>
'
r
r
r.
~r
i r
f.
-1
>
>
f
I
r
1
.o .. ->
f
'
/-
Jv^'uJ:
/w/
/hO^ /*^^
fe\ L-C- k> &w-. Ccd^tvs. =u^=^^.
u^."? {^
to-fey
7
#'
l/X,
1jQ_X
Lay* Ac C/i~,
t
P
<-v^'l'-j</w'
>
t(
/'
/
>
C r,
'-
? J-
<'-K yii:
B
9
&3I
SfsSw?8K&^
Si
J;
mm

First Book To Precede German Course George Comfort

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

First Book To Precede German Course George Comfort

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

Br GEORGE F. COMFORT, A.M.,

Comfort's German Series.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871, by

FIRST BOOK IN GERMAN.

The "First Booh in German" is intended as introduc

will insure in the end greater advancement, and a more

arranged alphabetically, but they are grouped accord

use of the German Current Hand is reserved until the

FIRST BOOK IN GERMAN.

The Potential Verb fiittltett, to be able

II. FAMILIAR CONVERSATIONS.

Going to School (jur Sd)ute gefyen)

III. CLASSIFIED VOCABULAKY.

2. English- German Vocabulary (alphabetical)

2. Words containing the vowels t (i), 0 (o), and n(u

3. Words containing consonants that are not pronounced as in English:

6. 58 (in native words),

2. The Consonantal Combinations fd) (sch),

3. The Compound Consonantal forms d (c7c), $ (sz), tj (te):

3. The Compound Consonants, or

those joined together

4. Doubled Letters are named separately in

5. The Um'-lauts ii, 0, ii, Sit are pronounced thus :

2. After other letters (and in the diminutive sylla

The house is beautiful,

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OF feitt, TO BE.

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OF ftttt, TO BE.

Rem. Where great familiarity exists, as between members of the same

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF I)aJett, TO HAVE.

yesterday? 16. They were in Halle yesterday. 17. The

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF I)aOtlt, TO HAVE.

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.

They are buying nothing.

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.

Rem. 1. All regular verbs are conjugated in the same way.

What were they buying ? 6. They were not buying any.

REGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED).

^^-.'wArfCw ,U>. i Vocabulary.

PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.

PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.

you have loved. ibr i)at4tt t, you had loved.

meat. 4. The carpenter has sold the house. 5. What

Rem. It is very lifficult to learn the gender ofnouns in German. It is also

PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE CASE.

SWn, cr ift fur mid) ju grof,

No, it is too large for me.

THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.

THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.

3. The neuter of the demonstrative pronoun bdSt that,

bein 33ud). 6. SBag fud)t ein'rtd) ? 7. @r fuct feme SWu'^c.

like the indef

THE GEXITIVE CASE.

Rem. 1. In declining nnfcr, the shortened form unfer*n (for unfer*ett) ia

THE GENITIVE CASE.

THE GENITIVE CASE.

2. With masculine or neuter nouns, one ofthe terminations se8, =CH^

THE DATIVE CASE.

11. On account of the price (roegen beg 'pretfeg). 12.Where

THE DATIVE CASE.

32 PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE AND DATIVE.

PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE AND DATIVE. 33

Rem. 1. In declining nnfcr, the shortened form unfern (for unferett) ia